KNOVVLEDGE & PRACTICE, Or, a PLAIN DISCOURSE of the CHIEF THINGS necessary to be Known, Believ'd & Practised in order to Salvation. Drawn up, and Principally intended for the Use and Benefit of NORTH-CADBƲRY in SOMERSETSHIRE, By SAMUEL CRADOCK, B. D. & PASTOR there: Sometime Fellow of Emmanuel Colledge in CAMBRIDGE.
Domine Deus, quaecun (que) dixi de tuo, agnoscant & tuit Siqua de meo, & tu ignosce & tui.
LONDON, Printed by J. Hayes, for John Rothwell at the Fountain in Goldsmiths-row in Cheapside. 1659.
TO THE REVEREND, Doctor DILLINGHAM THE Master, and his worthy Friends the Fellowes OF EMMANƲEL-COLLEDGE in CAMBRIDGE.
IT may seem strange that I should adventure to dedicate so plain a Discourse (calculated for this meridian) to so Learned a Society; But the [Page] Providence of God having by your free choice placed me in this Charge wherein I stand, I take my self obliged to render an account to you (above any others) of this my undertaking. I have found by sad experience, in those few years I have here lived, what extream need my people have of some such help as this, to be ready at hand to admonish them of those things, they are to Know, Believe, and Practise in order to their salvation: As also to acquaint them with such Scriptures (collected together under severall Heads) as declare Gods mind and will concerning those particulars. I could not therefore satisfie my self, without endeavouring to minister to their necessities in this kind according as I was able, especially being perswaded that a Book of this nature left in every family might (through the blessing of God) be a very proper means of their instruction for the present, and might teach [Page] them also hereafter, when my mouth will be stopp'd with dust. This consideration (among others) engaged me in this work; in which at first I did not intend to be so large; but handling such variety of Subjects, it hath swelled to the bulk you see. You may perceive by the whole that the great Master-Builder hath appointed me to labour in the foundations. And blessed (yea for ever blessed) be his Holy Name, that he hath accounted me worthy to be employed any way about his spirituall building. I shall not need to make any apology for the plainnesse of my work, if it be but sure and well laid. Such as it is I humbly present unto you, as an evidence of the great desire I have (according to my poor ability) to feed the people committed to my care, with knowledge and understanding, and to guide them in the way wherein they should go: As also to testifie to the world [Page] my great Obligations to that Religious and Eminent Society. God Almighty blesse your Colledge with his choicest blessings, and grant that Reall Piety, and all Ʋseful Learning may flourish within your wals from Generation to Generation, This is the earnest Prayer of
TO THE INHABITANTS OF NORTH-CADBƲRY in SOMERSETSHIRE.
OUR Blessed Saviour intending to give Peter a charge of his Lambs and Sheep, enquires first concerning his sincere love to him, John 21.15, 16, 17. Simon son of Jonas, lovest thou me more than these? he saith unto him, yea Lord, thou knowest that I love thee: He saith unto him, feed my Lambs. V. 16. He saith to him again the second time, Simon sonne of Jonas, lovest thou me? he saith unto him, yea Lord, thou knowest that I love thee, he saith unto him, feed my Sheep. V. 17. He said unto him the third time, [Page] Simon sonne of Jonas, lovest thou me? Peter was grieved, because he said unto him the third time, lovest thou me? And he said unto him, Lord, thou knowest all things, thou knowest that I love thee. Jesus saith unto him, feed my Sheep. Which words plainly intimate thus much unto us, that Ministers who are called to take charge of Christs Flock, had need of much love unto him; no service about them being approved, if it flow not from this fountain ( but be undertaken for by-respects) and there being no possibility without this love well to endure the many blasts and storms they will meet with (from without) in the discharge of their calling, nor the much toil they will have, even from the flocks themselves. The truth is, the paines and labour and sufferings of the Ministerial Function are so great (where 'tis conscientiously discharged) and there are so many other waies wherein we might make our lives more comfortable (as to worldly contentments) that he must needs be a man of great ignorance and inexperience (or intends not to be over-diligent and faithful in his Ministry) that takes on him that sacred Calling, meerly for temporal advantages. But whoever lifts up his heart to think how much our dear Lord and Saviour hath done for him (who endured the Crosse, and despised the shame to redeem mankind) and shall consider what glorious rewards he propounds to those who turn many to righteousnesse, surely cannot grudge to be employed [Page] in the work of so gracious a Redeemer, or to spend and be spent in his service. This consideration hath drawn me often to think with my self by what means I might best promote your everlasting welfare. And after many serious thoughts, I have judged it exceeding expedient for your benefit, to draw up a discourse of this nature, and to give to every Family among you, one of them. And I blesse God that hath put it into my heart to set about it, and hath enabled me to perform it. 'Twas your benefit, and the winning of your souls to Christ that was the grand motive to this undertaking. And if that great businesse (through the blessing of God) may be any way advanced thereby, I shall never repent of my pains, but shall very much rejoyce that the Lord hath enabled me (in any measure) to be serviceable to you in the furthering of your salvation. And that you may the better know how to make use of this Treatise, I shall acquaint you in brief with the whole designe thereof.
In the first part, I have couched together in three Chapters the chief and necessary things that are to be known and believed concerning God, our selves, and the Mediator between God and man. That so those that have a mind to know, may (in short) be informed of the main things they are so deeply concern'd to be acquainted with. And because 'tis of exceeding great consequence, that people should well understand how [Page] the things they profess to believe are grounded on Gods Word, I have collected together most of those Scriptures that are scattered up and down in the Book of God (upon which the Articles of our Faith are founded) and have reduced them to several heads, and printed them at large, that so they may be as several constellations, or clusters of Stars, giving you the more light, and clearer assurance of the things they are brought to prove. This course I have taken also in the second Part, in reference to the things that are to be practised. My intent herein being, that my Book should fully inform you what is Gods mind and revealed will concerning those particulars I treat of, which may be of singular use to you in several respects.
1. To strengthen and confirm your own belief of the Articles of the Christian Faith; to awe your Consciences with the authority of Gods Word, and to engage your hearts to the practise of those things that shall appear to be your duty.
2. To enable you to instruct your children and servants in the Principles of Faith and obedience from the Scriptures here set down to your hands; which every one is not able readily to find out that has not some such help.
3. To secure you against Errors now so rise among us. Seeing you may hereby defend the Faith once delivered to the Saints, and confute the enemies of truth, as our Saviour did the Devil, by alledging the Sacred Scriptures for the things you believe and practise.
In the Second Part I treat of the things that concern your practise. And because consideration of our waies, and examining the state of our souls to God-ward is a matter of so exceeding great use, that scarce any thing undoes Mankind more than the neglect of it, I begin with that. And oh that I may prevail with you to a conscientious Practise of it. I have heard of a Gentleman that uPon his Death-bed laid this one command upon his wild Son, and engag'd him to the performance of it by a solemn promise, that he should every day of his life be half an hour alone: Which this young man constantly observing, and spending▪ his half hours retirement (at first) in any kind of vain thoughts, at last he began to ponder with himself, why his Father should enjoyn him this penance; and the Spirit of God suggesting to him, that his intent therein could be no other but to bring him to consider of his evil waies, and whither they tended, and what would become of him hereafter if he went on; it pleased the Lord so to set those thoughts home upon his heart, that he became a new man: Of so much advantage is consideration, and frequent taking our selves in private to think of the state of our souls.
In the three next Chapters I handle the Doctrines of Repentance, Faith, and a new nature and reformed life, being indeed the main things wherein the power and life of Godlinesse consists. And therefore I intreat you give the [Page] more heed unto them.
In the Fifth Chapter I treat of maintaining a daily, close communion with God, and shew,
1. How we should awake with God in the morning, and so begin the day well.
2. How we should pour forth our souls in secret prayer and thanksgiving unto him; private prayer being every ones duty, and a great help to Holiness. And that people may not be slight and formal in these duties, and so offend in the manner of doing them, I give some Directions for the right performance of them.
3. I shew how we should diligently read the Scriptures, the Oracles of God, which are able (through the operation of the Spirit) to make us wise unto salvation.
4. How we should live continually as in the sight and view of God.
5. How we should live by Faith, in ten particulars.
6. How we should be diligent observers of the Providence of God, that so we may order our services of prayer and praise accordingly.
7. How we should practise the great duty of daily watchfulnesse, continually watching;
1. Over our thoughts, that we lodge not sinful thoughts in our minds.
2. Over our Affections, that we allow not [Page] any sinful motions, and stirrings in our hearts, but labour speedily to suppress them.
3. Over our words, that we offend not (as we are exceeding apt) with our tongues.
4. Over our actions, that they may be such as proceed from a right Principle, are conform'd to a right Rule, and are directed to a right end. These are the things we must watch over.
Next I set down what are the things we must watch against. In the general, all sin whatever. But in particular,
1. Those sins we are most inclin'd unto by our own temper and naturall constitution.
2. The sins we are most exposed to by reason of our calling, condition, state and course of life.
3. The sins of the times and places where we live.
4. Against all occasions and temptations, that we foresee are like to endanger our souls.
5. Against dishonouring God by the immoderate and undue use of lawful things.
6. Against Errour; where the danger of it is shewed, and some preservatives are given against it.
In the next place is shewed, how we should watch for opportunities of doing and receiving good: And some Motives to watchfulness are propounded, and the Chapter shut up with these two Directions.
1. That we should besides our solemn prayers, send up frequent, mental, ejaculatory prayers unto the Lord for his Grace, help, and assistance.
2. That every night we should retire, and reflect upon all our actions, and whole behaviour in the day past, and so set all at rights between God and our souls before we go to sleep.
And because, whoever desires to grow in Knowledge and Grace, must conscientiously make use of, and improve the means of Grace that God affords him, therefore in the Sixth Chapter I treat.
1. Of the careful observation of the Lords day. Shewing why we should observe it, and how. For my part I never saw true Religion and the power of Godlinesse thrive in any person, family, or Parish, where the religious and conscientious observance of that day was neglected.
2. Concerning hea [...]ing the Word; where directions are given;
1. How we are to prepare our selves before we go to hear.
2. How we are to behave our selves in time of hearing.
3. What we are to do after we have heard. And oh that I might prevail with you to read these Directions often (especially on Saturday-nights) [Page] that so you might come prepared. The great reason of the unprofitablenesse of preaching, and that Sermons do no more good, is, because people come without preparation.
3. Seeing that Heavenly duty of singing Psalms and lifting up the praises of the most High, is now by some question'd (as indeed what is not that tends to Gods Glory and mans good?) I purposely handle that subject, and prove it to be a duty under the Gospel, answer the Objections against it, and give some Directions for the right performing of it.
4. Forasmuch as Christians might exceedingly benefit one another by Religious conference; thereby warming and enlivening one another, and provoking one another to love and to good works,
In the next place I speak of that duty, and set down some Rules concerning it.
Lastly, Because without meditation 'tis not to be expected the Word should do much good, nor that the soul should ever thrive in Knowledge and Grace, I shew the excellency and benefit thereof, and give some Directions for the practise of it.
The Seventh Chapter treats of the danger of frequenting, and unnecessarily conversing with bad company, whereby many have been everlastingly undone. A man that prayes to be delivered from temptations, must not wilfully run himself [Page] into them. And because 'tis the duty of all true Christians both for their own peace sake, and that they may adorn the Gospel of Christ, to serve their generation in some honest and commendable way (avoiding Idlenesse, that great snare of the Devil.)
In the eighth Chapter I discourse of diligence and conscientiousnesse in our particular places and callings.
And that the Name of God may not be blasphemed by the ill lives and practises of such as professe themselves Christians;
In the Ninth Chapter I treat of just and upright dealing in Trading and Commerce, giving some Rules both to buyers and sellers, and shew the necessity of making restitution of, or satisfaction for ill gotten goods.
The Tenth Chapter contains the duties of Governours of Families, which I desire all that are in that relation often to read over, and seriously to meditate upon. There is a great duty lies upon them, and greater than they usually are aware of. They may be exceeding instrumental of the salvation of those under their care, if they discharge their duties as they ought. But through their neglect of the Worship of God in their houses, and their ill lives and examples they prove too often an occasion of the ruine of many in their Families. And because very much of the life of Godlinesse consists in a faithful discharge of relative duties,
The Eleventh Chapter shews the duties of Husband and Wife.
The Twelfth of M [...]sters and Servants.
The Thirteenth of Parents and Children.
The Fourteenth of such as are in office and of Inferiours.
The Fifteenth of People towards their Pastors and spiritual Guides. O what an honour would it be to Christian Religion, if all they that call themselves Christians, would endeavour to walk uprightly and faithfully in their respective places.
And seeing it is a real kindnesse, and an excellent expression of true Christian friendship, to keep one another off from the pit of destruction, and to help one another on towards Heaven,
In the Sixteenth Chapter I treat of that great and hard duty of Christian reproof and admonition, which if it were prudently and faithfully discharged, would (by the blessing of God) much abate sin in the world, and exceedingly advance Piety.
The Seventeenth Chapter contains the duties of rich and poor. Many duties belong to them both; and both have great temptations, therefore they had need be careful to discharge the one, and avoid the other.
The Eighteenth Chapter speaks of the duties of Young and Old. Ministers find by experience that the Word hath the greatest operation on those that are young, who have not contracted [Page] such strong habits of sin, nor so long resisted the Grace of God, nor so much provoked him to give them up to their own hearts lusts, as many ancient people have done, who have liv'd a great while in an unconverted state, under the light of the Gospel. I have therefore shewed young persons the danger of delaies, the advantages of turning to God betimes, and answered the Objections that many are apt to make against it. And because a Minister is also to have a care of the souls of the Ancient, and (to his utmost skill) to endeavour their salvation, I have laid down several awakening considerations for them to think upon, I have shewed them the danger of vain presumptions and groundlesse hopes of Heaven. I have set down some of those false grounds and sandy foundations whereon many ancient people build their hopes of happinesse, that so they may be undeceived, and may look better about them to secure their souls, while there is time.
In the Nineteenth Chapter there are Directions given for the healthy and the sick. To deal wisely and faithfully with sick persons in order to their souls welfare, is one of the hardest pieces of the Ministerial work, and requires much skill to perform it aright. And seeing a Minister is not ever at hand to visit such sick persons as may need his help (and many times they stand in need of much help and instruction) I have drawn up such directions as I judged needful for [Page] them; which they may m [...]ke use of, when they cannot have the help and assistance of a Minister. I have shewed how they should examine themselves: And that they may not slubber over that great businesse, but may come (in some measure) to discern the multitude of their sins, and the manifold waies, whereby they have offended God: I have set down a Catalogue of the duties commanded and sinnes forbidden in the ten Commandments, as also the sins against the Gospel: That so people may not only in general say they are sinners, (and yet when they come and professe to humble their souls, and to confesse their sins unto God, can find few they are guilty of) but may see themselves to be exceeding vile and sinful: I know 'tis very unpleasing to people to search their own Consciences, and find themselves great sinners: They had rather sit down with a false peace, than arraign and terrifie themselves in this manner. But who that is in his right wits, would content himself with a shadow of repentance, or a shadow of Faith, without finding the substance and truth of these Graces in his soul, when his everlasting welfare depends upon it. Those Directions there mentioned may be of use also to all persons, who desire at any time more solemnly to humble themselves before the Lord for the sins of their life past, and more especially before the receiving the Sacrament of the Lords Supper.
The Twentieth Chapter contains a discourse of the four last things, Death, Judgment, Hell, Heaven. There I shew the necessity of Learning (even in time of health) that great art and skill, how to die well. Next, what the Scripture declares concerning the day of judgment, and the everlasting state both of the righteous and the wicked: And methinks the serious consideration of these weighty matters, should hugely affect us. O did people oftener think and consider of those things, they would live at another rate than usually they do. All the businesses of this life would seem small and little (even like childrens play) in comparison of securing the soul to all eternity.
Thus (My Loving Neighbours and Friends) I have given you a short draught and scheme (as it were) of my whole Book. What entertainment it will find with you, I know not. I can in some measure of sincerity say, that an hearty desire of your eternal happiness first set me upon this work. And now (throw the assistance of God) it is finished, my prayers shall not be wanting that it may do you good, yea, much good. If any of you will not afford leisure to read it, nor time to consider of the things therein contained, but after you have had it a little while, shall throw it aside, then I desire you seriously to think before hand, what account you will be able to give to God of this your wilful neglect, when you shall stand at his [Page] dreadful Tribunal. For my part, I have no other design upon any of you, but that you may attain eternal life. My great desire is that true Plety and Godlinesse, that that Religion that saves souls may flourish among you. My desire and endeavour is that where the saving work of Grace is begun upon any of your hearts; it may be carried on daily, and that you may encrease and abound more and more in the fruits of holinesse and righteousnesse, to the praise and glory of God. And where this blessed work of conversion is not yet begun, my hearts desire and prayer to God is that it may be wrought, if it be his holy will. You see the plot and design I have upon you is of so innocent a nature, that you have no reason in the world to go about to defeat me in it. 'Tis my duty to shew sinners the evil and danger of ignorance and ungodlinesse. 'Tis my duty to perswade, intreat, and be earnest with them to leave the tents of sin and Satan, and to come in to Christ, that by him they may have pardon and life, And O that I could even compel them to come in, Luke 14.23. Were it in my power, not a soul among you should refuse or stand out. But if (notwithstanding all my prayers, intreaties, and endeavours) many among you will still prefer a life of bruitish sensuality, before the life that consists in righteousnesse, peace, and joy in the holy Ghost: If Satan that cursed murderer ( who you know labours to ruine you soul and body [Page] for ever) must still be preferr'd before that blessed Saviour, who suffered and endur'd so much to redeem mankind, and offers you salvation on so fair terms: If neither the joyes of Heaven, nor the torments of Hell can affect you, but the pleasures and profits of this world must still ingrosse your minds and hearts; remember what I say unto you, it will one day cut you to the very soul to consider that you were shewed the way to eternal life, and invited, perswaded and intreated to walk in it, but you would not. O Neighbours, think with your selves (I beseech you) that 'tis but a short time, and your souls must be either among Saints or Devils. Does it not concern me therefore to be earnest with you, and in all seriousnesse to call upon you, to work out your salvation, now while you have time? For the Lords sake, as ever you intend to see Gods face with comfort, remember these few following directiōs.
1. Take heed of a loose conversation, of living to the flesh, to fulfill the lusts thereof. If ye live after the flesh ye shall die, Rom. 8.13. Now the works of the flesh are manifest, Gal. 5.19. Which are these, Adultery, fornication, uncleannesse, lalciviousnesse, idolatry, witchcraft, hatred, variance, emulations, wrath, strife, seditions, heresies, envyings, murders, drunkennesse, and such like: Of the which I tell you before, as I have told you in time past, that they which do such things shall not inherit [Page] the Kingdom of God. Never comfort your selves with the hopes of Gods mercy in Christ, if ye live in known and wilful sins. The holy nature of God will never be reconciled to sinners, while they go on in their sins. And Christ came to destroy the works of the Devil. He came not to save men, by bringing them to Heaven in their ungodlinesse, or to Glory in their sins, but to destroy their sins, that would keep them out of Glory. If he save us, his Grace must have dominion in our hearts. Without holinesse no man shall see the Lord, Heb. 12.14.
2. Take heed of worldly-mindednesse. I do not go about to perswade you to idlenesse or negligence, in your Callings, but to take you off from the eager and inordinate love of this world, which duls and deads the heart to Heavenly things. Beware lest ye be the thorny ground. Look to it, that the cares of this life do not choak the good seed that is weekly sown among you. Some people give up themselves wholly to the world, and thrust God out of their hearts and houses; Take you heed of that. Believe it, that man that hath the main bent of his heart set upon pleasing God, and whose great end is to be happy with him for ever, will be careful only so to converse with this world, and only so to mind things temporal, as he may not lose things eternall. He will first and chiefly seek the Kingdom of God, and his righteousnesse. He will look [Page] upon all outwartd things as accomodations only in his passage, but at Heaven as his home and happinesse. He will cordially desire and endeavour so to walk in his particular Calling, as he may be faithful also in his general, and may secure his soul to eternal life.
3. Be careful to get a distinct and clear knowledge of the things that concern your salvation. Ignorance will not excuse any man when 'tis caused by his own negligence. The main things that concern salvation, you may know, if you will give your minds to it. God hath not left you in darknesse, take heed of shutting your eyes.
4. Take heed of neglecting or slighting the publick Ordinances, and means of Grace. To have no appetite to the Word, to apprehend no great need of it, and to find no profit by it, is a mark of a dead and gracelesse heart.
5. Take heed of formality and resting in a meer outward performance of religious services. Learn to distinguish between Religion the end, and Religion the means. Religion the end is, To attain a gracious frame of Spirit, to enjoy God, to fear him, love him, and have our natures conform'd unto him. Religion the means is, to perform such religions duties and services as God hath appointed for the attaining this end. Now if we rest in the means, i. e. in a bare performance of religious duties, without desiring to enjoy God in them, or labouring to get our [Page] hearts into a better frame by them, and aiming at those higher ends to which they were appointed, our services are rather a mocking of God, than a true and sincere worshipping of him. It will do us no good to be of the right Religion as to external profession, if we be slight, and formal, and perfunctory in the duties of that Religion. Take heed therefore of having only a form of Godlinesse, and denying, or secretly hating the power thereof. What will it profit any man to be thought godly and religious, if God know him to be ungodly? Our Saviour hath told us that except our righteousness exceed the righteousness of the Scribes and Pharisees (and yet theirs was outwardly a very strict religiousness) we cannot enter into the Kingdom of God, Mat. 5.20.
6. Take heed of contenting your selves with meer civil honesty, and a fair, just outward conversation. This is very commendable, yea and necessary, but this is not sufficient to salvation. Without regeneration and true conversion there is no salvation to be expected. Not only loose livers, but meer civil persons need a further change. There are many people that applaud themselves in their own righteousnesse; they give every one their own; they defraud no man; they pay what they owe to all men. Do they so? I am glad of it. But let us a little examine whether they be so just as they pretend. Possibly they give every man his due, and would not defraud [Page] any man willingly or knowingly of any thing. I commend them for it, But do they give God his due? They owe their hearts to him: They owe sincere obedience and spiritual worship to him: They are bound to love him above all, and delight in communion with him, and to make Conscience of the duties and services he requires. They ought to fear and reverence his holy Name, to delight in his Word, to sanctifie his day, to attend upon his Ordinances, to be tender of his honour, to decline all waies of sinning against him, either by wicked thoughts, irregular affections, sinful words, evil actions. Their whole life ought to be a living unto God, and his Glory ought to be their end and aim in all their undertakings. They ought to renounce the devil, the world and the flesh, and to serve him faithfully all their daies. Now then come, and let us consider, Do they do thus? Do they indeed give every one his own? Do they give unto God, what of right is due unto him? They make Conscience of being just towards men (and they do well in it) but are they careful also of paying God what they owe to him? And what kind of righteousnesse call you this, to be righteous towards men, and unrighteous and unjust toward God? Is this a righteousnesse any man dare stand upon, and plead for his justification before Gods Tribunal? You see then there is more required than an honest, outward, fair conversation to save the soul.
7. Take heed of deceiving and ill-grounded hopes of Heaven. Secure your state in Grace, and then your title to Glory is unquestionable. Look to your evidences for Heaven. Take heed of mistakes about the great work of repenting and believing in Christ. Many think they have those Graces, when indeed they have only a shadow of them. Examine your selves whether ye be in the Faith: Prove your selves. Whoever is in Christ is a new Creature; old things are passed away, old carnal principles, old sinful inclinations, old wicked practises, old ungodly company are passed away and left by them that are true converts. Ask your selves whether your repentance be a repentance unto life? whether your Faith be a saving Faith? What the true characters of Repentance and Faith are, you may find in the 2 d and 3 d Chapters of the second Part of this Treatise.
'Tis carnal hopes that deceive the world, and hinder people from looking after a saving conversion. Content not your selves therefore to say, you hope you shall be saved, but prove and try whether you are such persons as God hath promised salvation to. Prove by marks of Grace in your souls that you are true converts, and then hope for salvation, and spare not, and the Lord confirm your hopes. Great things and of everlasting consequence, should be made as sure as is possible. Ask your selves what evidences you have you are [Page] converted. 'Tis proof must carry it, and not confident presumption. Take God in Christ for your only happinesse and end: And Christ as Mediatour, for your only Lord and Saviour. Accept him for your Sovereign, as well as for your Saviour. Be sensible of your continual need of his Bloud, Spirit and intercession, and give up your selves sincerely to him, to be justified, sanctified, guided, directed and everlastingly saved by him. Let his Interest be uppermost in your souls, and you are blessed for ever.
8. Pray earnestly unto the Lord to be established in the truth, and to be preserved from Errour, giddinesse, and apostacy, which is the sin and shame of these times. Let not the different Opinions that are now going, be an offence unto you. Remember that though men are mutable, and change from one opinion to another, and grow wanton and wild-headed, yet God and Christ, and the Scripture, and Heaven, and the way thither, are still the same: These change not: Mind you these things. Take heed of that threefold Apostacy that this age is too guilty of. Namely,
1. Of Judgment, from the Truths of God.
2. Of Affection, from the Ordinances of God.
3. Of Conversation, from that sober, humble, and circumspect walking, which all true [Page] Christians should make Conscience of. Let not the treachery of false brethren dishearten you: He is the right Souldier that is not discouraged by those that run away, but still presseth on to victory. In a word, lay not out your zeal on externals, or opinions and the smaller matters of Religion. Look to it, that there be in you an unfeigned and fervent love to God, his Truth and children: Let most of your daily care be about the right ordering and governing of your hearts and affections: Labour to mortifie lusts, and advance Grace. To conclude this, separate speedily from the sins of Christians, but never from the Ordinances of Christ.
9. Count those your best friends that lovingly and faithfully admonish you of any sin or evil they see you going on in. If you were going ignorantly into a house infected with the plague, you would think that man your friend that pluckt you back, and acquainted you with your danger. What a madnesse then is it for any man to be offended and angry with him, that out of true good will and charity to his soul, desires to preserve him from everlasting perdition. Can it be thought by any sober man a malicious thing to endeavour to save a soul from sin and Hell?
10. Take heed of prejudices against a strict and holy walking with God, The Lord deliver you from that mad opinion of the world, that like not serving God so much, nor making so [Page] much ado to be saved. Consider is there any thing in the world doth better deserve your care and diligence, and will better pay you for it? I know carnal people think the way of Religion a melancholick and sad way; But I must not spare to tell them the truth; They will never live a truly safe, peaceable and comfortable life, till they are converted, and have engaged their hearts in an humble, holy walking with God. They ignorantly flee from Godlinesse as from sorrow and trouble, but the truth is, they flee from joy and peace. What should trouble that man that is a member of Christ, and has escaped out of the power of Satan, and is freed from the wrath of God, and the danger of everlasting misery?
O Neighbours! let not the ignorant scorns and senselesse reproaches of wicked men discourage you. He that hath good grounds to believe that he shall live for ever in Glory With God and his holy Angels as soon as his soul parts from his body, I think is a happy man, and so will be acknowledged by every one that has not lost his reason and understanding. There is a time coming when the proudest and most stubborn sinner will be glad to change condition with the meanest Saint. Let me therefore intreat all those that have entertain'd any hard thoughts of the waies of Godlinesse, but to make triall what a holy life is; and if they do not find more comfort in a serious turning unto God, and in a sincere endeavour to approve [Page] their hearts unto him, then in the waies of sin, let them take their course, let Heaven go.
11. Nourish and maintain a tendernesse of Conscience: Be very circumspect in your daily walking. Look upon sin as the greatest evil. Make up every breach between God and your souls betimes. Pray earnestly for the guidance of the Spirit of God, and to be kept from Temptations.
12. Have a care of your Families, that true Piety and Godlinesse may be countenanced, encouraged and promoted in them. Let your houses be Bethels, houses of God, and not Bethavens, houses of iniquity. If you neglect family-duties, and the religious observation of the Lords day, and private instruction, and so let those under your care be nuzled up in ignorance, prophanenesse and ungodlinesse, provide to answer it to God when he shall call for you. Remember, I faithfully warned you of the sin and danger of such neglects. I cannot expect Religion should ever much thrive among us, till Governours of Families be careful to train up those under their Government in the Principles of true Piety, and in the Nurture and Admonition of the Lord.
Lastly, Labour to maintain peace and love among your selves, Mark 9.50. — Have salt in your selves, and peace one with another. Labour to get your hearts seasoned with the graces [Page] of humility, self-denial, and true Charity, and this will keep you in peace among your selves. Let there be no heart-burnings, contentions, brawlings, backbitings or defamings heard of among you. Help one another on towards heaven. Imitate that which is good wherever you find it, but learn evil of no man. Encourage one another in the waies of Godlinesse. Abhor to draw or intice one another to any sinfull course or practise. Do all offices of kindnesse and humanity one for another. As you have opportunity, let it be your desire and endeavour to do good to every body, hurt to no body. Learn that hard lesson of forgiving wrongs and injuries, and praying for, and wishing well to those that are your enemies. 'Tis a hard lesson, but Gods Spirit can teach it you. Remember our Saviours Words in Matth. 6.14, 15. For if ye forgive men their trespasses, your heavenly Father will also forgive you. But if ye forgive not men their trespasses, neither will your Father forgive your trespasses. And the words of the Apostle, Col. 3.12. Put on therefore (as the elect of God, holy and beloved) bowels of mercy, kindnesse, humblenesse of mind, meeknesse, long-suffering. V. 13. Forbearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any, even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye. V. 14. And above all these things put on Charity, which is [Page] the bond of perfectnesse. V. 15. And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body, and be ye thankful. I shall conclude with that divine and affectionate exhortation of the same Apostle, Phil. 4.8. F [...]nally brethren, whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any vertue, and if there be any praise, think on these things.
And now O Lord, thou who hast put into the heart of thy unworthy servant to write these things for the good of this people, be thou pleased by the gracious and effectuall working of thy holy Spirit, to make them useful to them, (and to all others into whose hands they shall come) for the promoting knowledge, Faith, and obedience among them, and the furthering of their salvation. What is here agreeable to thy holy Will, write upon their hearts. O let it not be in vain that this help is afforded them. Grant successe (I humbly beseech thee) to this poor endeavour, and take thou all the Glory. Good Lord give this people a right understanding in all things. Guide them in the way wherein they should go, to attain eternal life. Open the eyes of the ignorant among them, turn the hearts of the prophane, reduce the erroneous, and encrease thy Graces [Page] daily more and more in the hearts of those whom thou hast savingly wrought upon. O let thy blessing be on this people: God Almighty blesse them. Let Truth and Holinesse, reall Piety and the power of Godlinesse, Let soundnesse of mind, and uprightnesse of heart and life; let true Faith and fervent love; let charity and good works (through the operation of thy holy Spirit) abound among them. That so living here in thy fear, and serving their generation according to the Will of God, they may at last (through thy infinite mercy, and the merits of our blessed Lord and Saviour) be received into thy Heavenly Kingdom. This is the earnest and hearty Prayer of,
Dr. Reynolds his EPISTLE TO THE READERS.
AS in humane bodies, some parts are vital, others only integrall, some necessary to the being, others to the well being, integrity, and beauty of them: So it is in Theologicall Doctrines, some are more fundamental, and immediatly necessary to life and Godliness; others such as do greatly accomplish and adorn Christians that have attained unto them, and are of singular use for the edification of the Church, though not so primarily belonging to the very vitals and essentials of Faith and Holinesse.
Now because multitudes of ordinary Christians, either through the exigence of their particular callings, or through the narrownesse of their capacities, want both time and strength to procure such plentiful measures of knowledge, as many others, whose leisure is greater, [Page] and intellectuals stronger, have attained unto: Therefore the Lord hath from time to time stirred up zealous and faithful men to commit unto writing those primary and most necessary Doctrines of Faith and Duty which are common to great and smal, and of principal use for ordering their conversations aright in every relation wherein they stand towards God and men.
Of this sort were Basil's Moralia & Regulae, Ambrose his Book De officiis, Augustin's Enchiridion, Bernards Tractats De interiore domo, De Conscientia, De ordine vitae, De Dilectione Dei, De modo bene vivendi, and other the like writings of the Ancients.
Amongst our selves in this age, several Books of this nature have been written. Mr. Rogers his seven Treatises, Mr. Paul Baine his Directions for a godly life, Mr. John Downham his Guide to Godlinesse and Christian warfare. The Practise of Piety, Mr. Scuddars Christians daily walk, Mr. Boltons Directions for comfortable walking with God, with divers others of the same kind. Of which some possibly may be of too great a price for every poor man to procure, and too large for him to read quickly over. However, the same materials managed by the different gifts of several [...]nstruments, and pressed by new Arguments and Motives, do bring to the Conscience a fuller evidence, and awaken the heart unto a [Page] more serious consideration of the importance of them.
Amongst Books of this Nature, I commend unto the Christian Reader this Manual, which I have read with great satisfaction and delight. It hath many things to render it acceptable to such judicious Palats as are best pleased with savoury and serious things. 1. The variety and necessity of the matters therein handled: Such as are self-knowledge and examination: Repentance and self-judging, living by Faith; watchfulnesse over our hearts, words, and waies: communion with God in spiritual duties; faithfulnesse in our particular callings and relations, &c. 2. The pertinency of the Scriptures produced for confirmation of the Truths which they refer unto. 3. The graciousnesse, savourinesse, and wholsomnesse of the Language, becoming the weight and holinesse of the matter. 4. The strength of the Arguments whereby the duties are pressed.
5. The Brevity of the whole, which rendreth it the fitter for memory, meditation, and practise: In all which the Reverend Author hath shewed himselfe a workman, which needeth not to be ashamed.
Some Learned men have chosen some one or other Book, which they have resolved to read over once every year. I could wish that serious Christians would single out some one [Page] or other choice Book, fraught with variety of most wholsom and necessary Doctrine to read frequently over, for daily quickning and preserving their hearts in an healthy and spirituall frame. Of which sort I should commend, 1. Summaries and Compendiums of sound Doctrine, such as Mr. Crooks guide to true blessednesse, and others of that sort. 2. Summaries of the most weighty and necessary duties: A mixture of both which we have in this little Book. By this means, with Gods blessing, the hearts of men might be established in the love and obedience of the Truth, and be preserved from being tossed about with every wind of Doctrine, the great sin and shame of these daies.
-
CHap. 1. Concerning God.
- Of the Nature of God. Pag. 1.
- Of the Trinity. Pag. 4
- Of the Attributes of God. Pag. 9
- Of the Works of God. Pag. 16
- Of Creation. ibid.
- Of good Angels. Pag. 16 & 19
- Of bad Angels. Pag. 16 & 22
- Of Providence. Pag. 26
-
Chap. 2. Concerning Man.
- Of the happy condition in which he was made. Pag. 30
- Of his Fall. Pag. 33
- Of the blessed way of his recovery by Christ. Pag. 41
-
Chap. 3. Concerning the Mediator between God and man: Wherein are handled these seven things,
-
1. What manner of Person he was.
Pag. 44
- God. ibid.
- Man Pag. 46
- [Page] 2. How he became man. Pag. 48
- 3. How he lived. Pag. 51
- 4. How he died. Pag. 54
-
5. What became of him after his death.
Pag. 62
- He was buried. Pag. 63
- Rose again, Pag. 64
- Ascended into Heaven, Pag. 68
- Sits at Gods right hand, Pag. 70
- Is Head of the Church, Pag. 73
- Shall judge the quick and dead. Pag. 74
-
6. What was the end and intent of his coming into the world.
Pag. 80
- To procure pardon and reconciliation for lost sinners, Pag. 81
- And to sanctifie their natures. Pag. 84
- To this end he commanded the Gospel should be preached. Pag. 87
- Instituted Baptism and the Lords Supper. Pag. 92
-
7. What they are effectually called unto, and through the assistance of the Spirit enabled to perform, who shall receive remission of sins by Christ,
Pag. 95
Scriptures concerning,
- Effectual Calling. Pag. 96
- Believing the Gospel. Pag. 100
- Repentance. Pag. 102
- Faith in Christ. Pag. 106
- Holinesse and since [...]e obedience. Pag. 111
- Perseverance. Pag. 117
- The Members of Christ. Pag. 119
- The new Covenant. Pag. 121
- The state of the soul after death, the resurrection of the body, the day of judgment, and life everlasting, either in joy or misery, Pag. 124
-
1. What manner of Person he was.
Pag. 44
- [Page] Chap. 1. Of Consideration. Pag. 131.
- Chap. 2. Of Repentance. Pag. 135
- Chap. 3. Of Faith in Christ. Pag. 145
- Chap. 4. Of the new nature and reformed life. Pag. 151
-
Chap. 5. Of daily communion with God.
- 1. Of awaking with God in the morning. Pag. 160
- 2. Of secret prayer and thanksgiving. Pag. 164
- 3. Of reading the holy Scriptures. Pag. 182
- 4. Of living continually as in the view of God. Pag. 190
-
5. Of living by Faith, in ten particulars.
Pag. 196
- Directions concerning it.
- 6. Of diligent observing the Providences of God. Pag. 219
-
7. Of daily watchfulness.
Pag. 229
Of Watching,
-
1. Over our Thoughts.
Pag. 231
- Remedies against sinful thoughts. ibid.
-
2. Over our Affections.
Pag. 237
- Directions how to govern them aright. Pag. 238
-
3. Over our Words.
Pag. 244
- The manifold sins of the tongue. Pag. 246
- Directions for the governing of the tongue. Pag. 247
-
4. Over our Actions.
Pag. 260
- Rules for the right ordering of them. Pag. 263
Of Watching,- 1. Against the sins we are most enclined to by temper, and natural constitution. Pag. 267
- 2. Against the sins our particular callings and conditions of life most expose us to. Pag. 268
- 3. Against the sins of the times and places wherein we live ibid.
- 4. Against temptations tending to sin. Pag. 269
- 5. Against dishonouring God in the use of lawful [Page] things. Pag. 270
-
6. Against Errour.
Pag. 271
- Preservatives against Errour.
Pag. 272
- Of watching for opportunities of doing and receiving good. Pag. 288
- Motives to watchfulnesse. ibid.
- Of Perseverance. Pag. 289
- Of mental ejaculatory prayer. Pag. 293
- Of reviewing at night and reflecting upon all the actions of the day past. Pag. 296
- Preservatives against Errour.
Pag. 272
-
1. Over our Thoughts.
Pag. 231
-
Chap. 6. Of improving the opportunities and means of Grace.
Pag. 301
- Of the observation of the Lords day. ibid.
- Of hearing the Word. How we are to prepare our selves before we hear, how to behave our selves in time of hearing, what to do after we have heard. Pag. 319
- Of singing Psalms. Pag. 340
- Of religious Conference. Pag. 349
- Of Meditation. Pag. 354
- Chap. 7. Of frequenting good company. Pag. 358
- Chap. 8. Of diligence, and conscientiousnesse in our particular Callings. Pag. 365
-
Chap. 9. Concerning just dealing in trafick, trading, and commerce.
Pag. 372
- Directions to buyers, Pag. 373
- To Sellers. Pag. 375
- Motives to righteous dealing. Pag. 377
- Of restitution. Pag. 378
-
Chap. 10. Of the duties of Governours of Families.
Pag. 382
- Of Family-Prayer. Pag. 387
- Chap. 11. Of the duties of Husband and Wife Pag. 397
- Chap. 12. Of the duties of Masters nnd Servants. Pag. 415
-
Chap. 13. Of the duties of Parents and Children.
Pag. 428
- Of Infant-Baptism. ibid.
- Chap. 14. Of the duties of such as are in Office, and the [Page] duties of Inferiours. Pag. 448
- Chap. 15. Of the duties of people towards their Pastours and Ministers. Pag. 452
- Chap. 16. Of Christian and Brotherly reproof. Pag. 546
-
Chap. 17. Of the duties of the Rich and poor.
- Of those that concern the rich. Pag. 483
- Of Recreations. Pag. 490
- Of Charity and relieving the poor.
Pag. 492
- Directions concerning the exercise of charity. Pag. 494
- Of the duties that concern the poor.
Pag. 498
- Their Temptations and dangers. Pag. 504
-
Chap. 18. Of the duties of Young and Old.
- Of those that concern the young.
Pag. 509
- The danger of delaies. Pag. 510
- The advantages of turning to God betimes. Pag. 513
- Objections against it answered. Pag. 515
- Directions to the younger sort. Pag. 519
- Of the duties of the Ancient.
ibid.
- Serious considerations for the Ancient. Pag. 524
- The danger of ill-grounded hopes of Heaven. Pag. 528
- What those deceiving and sandy foundations are, whereon many ancient people build their hopes of Heaven. Pag. 529
- Directions to the Ancient. Pag. 534
- Of those that concern the young.
Pag. 509
-
Chap. 19. Directions to the healthy and to the sick.
- The duties of those that are in health. Pag. 539
- Directions and counsel to the sick.
Pag. 541
- How to examine themselves. Pag. 543
- Of the duties commanded and sins forbidden in the Law or ten Commandments. Pag. 545
- Of the sins against the Gospel.
Pag. 556
- Further directions to the Sick. Pag. 564
- The Lessons to be learned in the School of affliction. Pag. 567
- What things are required of them whom God [Page] brings out of trouble and affliction. Pag. 570
-
Chap. 20. Of the four last things, Death, Judgment, Hell, Heaven.
Pag. 577
-
1. Of Death.
ib.
- Directions how to prepare for death. ib.
- Reasons why those that are Godly should not overmuch fear death. Pag. 582
-
2. Of the last Judgment.
Pag. 587
- Arguments to prove there will be a day of judgment. Pag. 588
- Who will be the Judge. Pag. 591
- The nature and manner of this judgment. Pag. 594
- A threefold Book that will then be opened. Pag. 598
- The consequents of this judgment. Pag. 599
-
3. Of Hell.
Pag. 602
- Of the duration of the persons of the damned. ib.
- Of the duration of their pains. Pag. 606
- Of the dreadfulnesse of their pains and torments. Pag. 608
- Of Heaven,
Pag. 617
- Of the resurrection of the body. Pag. 622
- Of the Glory of the body. Pag. 625
- Of the blessednesse of the soul. Pag. 628
-
1. Of Death.
ib.
ERRATA.
THe Reader is desired to Correct these Errata's with his pen, that the sense be not disturbed.
Page 17. line 15. of him is wanting after invisible things. p. 20. the last Scripture viz. Gen 48.16. should have been left out, as being spoken not of a created Angel, but the Angel of the Covenant. p. 43. l. 10. dele of God. p. 71. l. 3. after offered, read one. l. 4. after sins, r. for ever. p. 101 l. 27. after Christ, r. v. 8. By grace ye are saved, through faith, and that not, &c. p. 129 l. 1. the 47 v. of Mar. 9. is left out. p. 132 l. 21. for not, r. ever. p. 137. l 21. for calender, r. calendar. p. 141. l. 18. dele three. p. 144. l 27. for the, r. thee. p. 146. l. 45. for This is the soul, r. Thus is the soul. p. 165. l. 11. dele therefore. p. 173. l. 8. dele Isa. 48. 17. p. 180. l. 15. for my being, r. any being. p. 181. l. 4. for and four beasts r. and the four beasts. p. 240. l. 13. for spirit, r. spirits. p. 246. l. 3. after unlawfull, r. and customary. l. 16. for scurrulous, r. scurrilous. p 253. l. 4. for persons whom, r. persons to whom. p. 263. l. 26. for watch, r. walk. p 301. l 13. for meditations, r. meditation. p. 209. l. 10. for the first of the, r. the first day of the. p. 346. l. 20. for psams, r. psalms. p. 360. l. 6. for to kind, r. to its kind. p. 413. l. 29. for stretched, r. stretcheth. p. 439. l. 10. for that that they do it, r. for that they do (as one saies.) p. 482. l. 1. for beareth, r. heareth. p. 512. l. 19. for dost really, r. dost not really. p. 514. l. 15. for twelfth bour, r. eleventh hour. p. 525. l. 16. for pag. 510, r. page 511. p. 528. l. 18. for pe [...]suming, r. presuming. p. 541. l. 9. for partie, r. parties. l. 13. for cna, r. can. p. 551. l. 1. for visiting, r. of visiting. p 567 l. 8. for corectest, r. correctest. p. 569. l. 23. for Oh, r. O. p. 570. l. 6. for our, r. your. p. 581. l. ult. for his, r. this. p. 589. l. 4. after conscience, r. only. p. 609. l. 17. dele or. p. 627. l. 7. for or, r. and.
KNOWLEDGE & PRACTICE: OR, A Discourse of things necessary to be Known, Believed and Practised in order to Salvation.
TWo things are mainly necessary to Salvation,
- Right Knowledge.
- Right Practice.
The chief things to be Known and Believed are, Concerning
- God.
- Man.
- The Mediator between God and Man.
Concerning God we are to Know three things:
- 1. His Nature.
- 2. His Properties or Attributes.
- 3. His Workes.
Concerning Man three things:
- 1. The happy Condition in which he was made.
- 2. His Fall.
- 3. The way of his Recovery by Christ.
Concerning the Mediator between God and Man, seaven things:
- 1. What manner of Person he was.
- 2. How he came into the World.
- 3. How he lived here.
- 4. How he died.
- 5. What became of him after his Death.
- 6. What was the end and intent of his coming into the World.
- 7. What they are effectually Called unto, and through the assistance of the Spirit of God enabled to perform, who shall receive Remission of sins by Christ.
CHAP. I. Concerning God.
COncerning God we are to know three things:
- 1. His Nature.
- 2. His Properties or Attributes.
- 3. His Workes.
First, His Nature.
That there is one Onely true God, who is a Spirit infinitely Glorious; and being One in Nature, is yet Three in Persons or Subsistences; The Father, The Son, and The Holy Ghost. These are Three and One after a wonderfull and mysterious manner. The Father God, The Son God, And the Holy Ghost God, and yet not three Gods, but one God.
Secondly, His Properties or Attributes.
God is
- Eternal, or without any Beginning or End.
- Omnipotent, or Almighty.
- Omnipresent, or every where present.
- Omniscient, or All-knowing.
Infinitely
- Wise.
- Holy.
- Just.
- Mercifull.
Thirdly, His Works which are principally two.
- 1. Creation.
- 2. Providence.
I. Creation: Concerning which we must know,
1. That God made the world, and all the [Page] Creatures therein, (both visible, and invisible,) by his Almighty power, and Created them all very good.
2. The chief of his Creatures are
- Angels,
- Men.
3. All the Angels were at first made holy and happy Spirits: Some continued in their obedience to God, and are still Angels of Light; Others fell from God through Pride, or some other sin, and are become Devils of Darknes.
Concerning the Creation of Man, see farther in the next Chapter.
II. Providence.
As God Created the World, and all the Creatures therein by his Almighty Power, So he upholds, directs, disposes, and governs them all by his Providence. Nothing so Casual, but he disposes of it; No Agent so free, as to be exempted from his Controule; No affliction or Evil of Punishment, but he hath a hand in it; But as for sin, he neither is, nor possibly can be the Author, or Approver of it.
CHAP. II. Concerning Man.
COncerning Man we are to know and understand these three things.
- 1. The happy Condition in which he was made.
- 2. His Fall.
- 3. The way of his Recovery by Christ.
1. The Holy and happy estate in which God created man at first, Namely, after his own Image, in Knowledge, Holinesse, and Righteousnesse, with Dominion over the Creatures here below, writing his Law on mans heart, requiring perfect obedience from him, and giving him power to perform it, promising the continuance of him in that happy estate if he obeyed, and threatning him with death if he disobeyed; which is called the Covenant of works.
2. The miserable Condition into which man threw himself by sin: Our first Parents (by the temptation of Sathan) disobeyed God, broke his righteous Law and Commandement; and thereby cast themselves out of the Favour of God, became the Slaves of Satan, and liable to the curse of the Law, and brought a great depravation of soul and body upon themselves; And such as our first Parents were, such must [Page] their posterity needs be: For who can bring a clean thing out of an unclean, says Job, Chap. 14.4.
They having lost the Image of God themselves, the holinesse and happinesse in which they were made, could not conveigh it to their posterity. So that the nature of man is now become corrupt, prone to evil, backward to good. And this miserable condition is derived to us from Adam by our immediate Parents; and as men come to be born in several Ages, and generations, so they actually participate of the sap that comes from the first root; we being therefore all of us in so bad a Condition by nature, and by custome and practice in sin having made our selves much worse, and more abominable in the sight of God, more guilty and liable to his wrath; we are to know and consider that this woful state of sin and misery is by no means to be rested in; But seeing we are fallen into so lamentable a condition, we must speedily endeavour to get out of it. And therefore let us remember that without Conversion there is no hope of Salvation; Except a man be born again, and made a new Creature, he cannot enter into the Kingdome of God.
3. The blessed way found out and appointed by God for mans Recovery out of this miserable state, which is by the undertaking and mediation of his onely Son.
CHAP. III. Concerning the Mediator between God and Man.
COncerning the Mediator between God and man, Christ Jesus; We must know and understand these seaven things.
1. What manner of person he was; He was God and Man in the same person. The Eternal Son of God, The second Person in the Trinity took to himself our humane Nature (a humane soul and body) and united it after a wonderfull manner to his Godhead; And so God and Man became one person.
2. How he became man; He was born (about sixteen hundred and odd years ago) of the Virgin Mary, who was of the seed of Abraham, and of the Family of David, as was foretold in the Scriptures, being Conceived in her by the Almighty power of the Holy Ghost, without the help of man, and without sin; and was Called Jesus Christ.
3. How he Lived; He Lived about three and thirty years here upon Earth, a most holy, innocent, sinless Life, performing perfect obedience to the Law of God. And as the great Prophet of God (who was promised, Deut. 18.15. Acts 3, 22.) he declared his Fathers will [Page] in his heavenly discourses, and Sermons, and wrought many miracles to confirm his doctrine, and to prove himself the true Messias, and the Eternal Son of God.
4. How he Died; Being betrayed by Judas, forsaken by his Disciples, scorned and rejected by the World, through the malicious prosecution of the Jews, and unjust sentence of Pilat, he was Condemned to be Crucified; and being tormented by his persecutors, and having conflicted with the Terrors of Death, and felt and born Gods wrath; He endured the painful, shameful, and cursed death of the Crosse; there as a Priest offering up himself a Sacrifice to God, and a Ransome and Propitiation for our sins.
5. What became of him after his Death; He being buried, rose again the third day, and after Fourty days continuance on the earth (in which time he frequently appeared to his Disciples, and others, teaching the things appertaining to the Kingdome of God,) he ascended into Heaven, and is now in Glory with the Father, where he intercedes for, and presents the Merits of his Death and Sufferings, in the behalf of all them that unfeignedly repent of their sins, and do truly beleeve on him. And being made King and Head of his Church, and Lord of Angels and Men, he shall come from Heaven again in great Glory, to judge the quick and the dead at the Last day.
6. What was the End and Intent of Christs Coming into the world. The chief End and Intent of his Coming into the world was to save Lost and undone sinners, to procure their pardon & reconciliation with God by his Merits; & to Sanctifie their Natures by his Holy Spirit; and to bring them to everlasting Life. And to this end he appointed his Ministers to preach the Gospel unto the world, and instituted the two Sacraments, Baptism, and the Lords Supper, to signifie and keep in remembrance the great and inestimable benefits of his Death and Sufferings.
7. What they are effectually Called unto, and through the assistance of the Spirit of God enabled to perform, that shall receive Remission of sins by Christ: They that shall be made partakers of that great and inestimable benefit, the Remission of all their sins by Christ, are effectually called and enabled by the assistance of his Grace, unfeignedly to believe the Gospel, heartily to repent of all their sins, seriously to give up their souls unto him, resting and relying on the Redemption and Ransome of his Blood for their Pardon and Reconciliation with God. And taking him for their onely Lord & Saviour, and yielding themselves up in sincere obedience to him, and to be guided and governed by his Grace and Holy Spirit; they do depend on him alone for Justification, Sanctification, strength [Page] to persevere in the ways of Holinesse, and at last to be brought to eternall Life. And to as many as are thus drawn by the Holy Ghost savingly to repent of their sins, and believe in Christ, being truly united to him, and made branches in him the true Vine, and members of his mystical body the true Church, (whereof himself is the Head,) God hath promised pardon and Remission of all their sins, to write his Law in their Hearts, to subdue their Corruptions by his Grace, that sin shall not have Dominion over them, to bestow on them all such outward blessings as he in his infinite wisdome shall see good for them; And when they die, their souls shall be received into everlasting blisse, and their bodies shall be raised again by the power of Christ at the last day, and made partakers of the same Glory. And this is Called the Covenant of Grace. But such as go on in their sins, refusing to accept of Christ, for their Lord and Saviour, Redeemer and Sanctifier, and to give up themselves in sincere obedience to him; when they die, their Souls shall be adjudged to everlasting punishment; and their bodies shall be raised again at the last day, and made partakers with their Souls of Everlasting Torments.
RIGHT KNOVVLEDGE. Or the chief things to be Known and Believed in order to Salvation.
They are reducible to these three Heads, Concerning
- God.
- Man.
- The Mediator between God and Man.
CHAP. I. Concerning GOD.
COncerning God we are to Know three things:
First, His NATURE.
That there is One onely true God, who is a Spirit, infinitely glorious, and being one in nature is yet three in Persons or Subsistences, The Father, The Son, and the Holy Ghost: These [Page 2] are three and one after a wonderful and mysterious manner. The Father God, the Son God, and the Holy Ghost God. And yet not three Gods, but One God.
Concerning the Trinity.
Concerning God the Father.
Concerning God the Son.
Concerning God the Holy Ghost.
Secondly, His PROPERTIES or ATTRIBUTES.
God is
- Eternal, or without any Beginning or End.
- Omnipotent, or Almighty.
- Omnipresent, or every where present.
- Omniscient, or All-knowing.
Infinitely
- Wise.
- Holy.
- Just.
- Mercifull.
Eternall.
Omnipotent.
Omnipresent.
Omniscient.
Infinitely Wise.
Infinitely Holy.
Just.
Merciful.
Thirdly, His WORKS, which are principally two.
- 1. Creation.
- 2. Providence.
I. Creation: Concerning which we must know,
1. That God made the world, and all the Creatures therein, (both visible, and invisible,) by his Almighty power, and Created them all very good.
2. The chief of his Creatures are
- Angels,
- Men.
3. All the Angels were at first made holy and happy Spirits: Some continued in their obedience to God, and are still Angels of Light; Others fell from God through Pride, or some other sin, and are become Devils of Darknes.
Concerning the Creation of Man, see farther in the next Chapter.
Creation.
Good Angels.
Devils.
The next of Gods works to be considered and understood by us is
II. His Providence.
As God Created the World, and all the Creatures therein by his Almighty Power, So he upholds, directs, disposes, and governs them all by his Providence. Nothing so Casual, but he disposes of it; No Agent so free, as to be exempted from his Controule; No affliction or Evil of Punishment, but he hath a hand in it; But as for sin, he neither is, nor possibly can be the Author, or Approver of it.
CHAP. II. Concerning Man.
COncerning Man we are to know and understand these three things.
- 1. The happy Condition in which he was made.
- 2. His Fall.
- 3. The way of his Recovery by Christ.
1. The Holy and happy estate in which God created man at first, Namely, after his own Image, in Knowledge, Holinesse, and Righteousnesse, with Dominion over the Creatures here below, writing his Law on mans heart, requiring perfect obedience from him, and [Page 31] giving him power to perform it, promising the continuance of him in that happy estate if he obeyed, and threatning him with death if he disobeyed; which is called the Covenant of works.
2. The miserable Condition into which man threw himself by sin: Our first Parents (by the temptation of Sathan) disobeyed God, broke his righteous Law and Commandement; and thereby cast themselves out of the Favour of God, became the Slaves of Satan, and liable to the curse of the Law, and brought a great depravation of soul and body upon themselves; And such as our first Parents were, such must their posterity needs be: For who can bring a clean thing out of an unclean, says Job, Chap. 14.4.
They having lost the Image of God themselves, the holinesse and happinesse in which they were made, could not conveigh it to their posterity. So that the nature of man is now become corrupt, prone to evil, backward to good. And this miserable condition is derived to us from Adam by our immediate Parents; and as men come to be born in several Ages, and generations, so they actually participate of the sap that comes from the first root; we being therefore all of us in so bad a Condition by nature, and by custome and practice in sin having made our selves much worse, and more abominable in the sight of God, more guilty and liable to his wrath; we are to know and consider that this woful state of sin and misery is by no means to be rested in; But seeing we are fallen into so lamentable a condition, we must speedily [Page 34] endeavour to get out of it. And therefore let us remember that without Conversion there is no hope of Salvation; Except a man be born again, and made a new Creature, he cannot enter into the Kingdome of God, Joh. 3.3.
3. The blessed way found out and appointed by God for mans Recovery out of this miserable state, which is by the undertaking and mediation of his onely Son.
CHAP. III. Concerning the Mediator between God and Man.
COncerning the Mediator between God and man, Christ Jesus; We must know [Page 44] and understand these seaven things.
1. What manner of person he was; He was God and Man in the same person. The Eternal Son of God, The second Person in the Trinity took to himself our humane Nature (a humane soul and body) and united it after a wonderfull manner to his Godhead; And so God and Man became one person.
Christ God.
Christ Man.
2. How he became man; He was born (about sixteen hundred and odd years ago) of the Virgin Mary, who was of the seed of Abraham, and of the Family of David, as was foretold in the Scriptures, being Conceived in her by the Almighty power of the Holy Ghost, without the help of man, and without sin; and was Called Jesus Christ.
3. How he Lived; He Lived about three and thirty years here upon Earth, a most holy, innocent, sinless Life, performing perfect obedience to the Law of God. And as the great Prophet of God (who was promised, Deut. 18.15. Acts 3.22.) he declared his Fathers will in his heavenly discourses, and Sermons, and [Page 52] wrought many miracles to confirm his doctrine, and to prove himself the true Messias, and the Eternal Son of God.
4. How he Died; Being betrayed by Judas, forsaken by his Disciples, scorned and rejected by the World, through the malicious prosecution of the Jews, and unjust sentence of Pilat, he was Condemned to be Crucified; and being tormented by his persecutors, and having conflicted with the Terrors of Death, and felt and born Gods wrath; He endured the painful, shameful, and cursed death of the Crosse; there as a Priest offering up himself a Sacrifice to God, and a Ransome and Propitiation for our sins.
5. What became of him after his Death; He being buried, rose again the third day, and after Fourty days continuance on the earth (in which time he frequently appeared to his Disciples, and others, teaching the things appertaining to the Kingdome of God,) he ascended into Heaven, and is now in Glory with the Father, where he intercedes for, and presents the Merits of his Death and Sufferings, in the behalf of all them that unfeignedly repent of their sins, and do truly beleeve on him. And being made King and Head of his Church, and Lord of Angels and Men, he shall come from [Page 63] Heaven again in great Glory, to judge the quick and the dead at the Last day.
Buried.
Rose again.
Ascended into Heaven.
Sits at Gods right Hand.
Head of the Church.
Judge of quick and dead.
6. What was the End and Intent of Christs Coming into the world. The chief End and Intent of his Coming into the world was to save Lost and undone sinners, to procure their pardon [Page 81] and reconciliation with God by his Merits; & to Sanctifie their Natures by his Holy Spirit; and to bring them to [...]verlasting Life. And to this end he appointed his Ministers to preach the Gospel unto the world, and instituted the two Sacraments, Baptism, and the Lords Supper, to signifie and keep in remembrance the great and inestimable benefits of his Death and Sufferings.
To sanctifie their Natures.
He commanded his Disciples to preach the Gospel, and instituted the two Sacraments, viz. Baptism, and the Lords-Supper.
Lords Supper.
7. What they are effectually Called unto, and through the assistance of the Spirit of God enabled to perform, that shall receive Remission of sins by Christ: They that shall be made partakers of that great and inestimable benefit, the Remission of all their sins by Christ, are effectually called and enabled by the assistance of his Grace, unfeignedly to believe the Gospel, heartily to repent of all their sins, seriously to give up their souls unto him, resting and relying on the Redemption and Ransome of his Blood for their Pardon and Reconciliation with God. And taking him for their onely Lord & Saviour, and yielding themselves up in sincere obedience to him, and to be guided and governed by his Grace and Holy Spirit; they do depend on him alone for Justification, Sanctification, strength to persevere in the ways of Holinesse, and at last, to be brought to eternall Life. And to as many as are thus drawn by the Holy Ghost savingly to repent of their sins, and believe in Christ, being truly united to him, and made branches in him the true Vine, and members of his mystical body the true Church, (whereof himself is the Head,) God hath promised pardon and Remission [Page 96] of all their sins, to write his Law in their Hearts, to subdue their Corruptions by his Grace, that sin shall not have Dominion over them, to bestow on them all such outward blessings as he in his infinite wisdome shall see good for them; And when they die, their souls shall be received into everlasting blisse, and their bodies shall be raised again by the power of Christ at the last day, and made partakers of the same Glory. And this is Called the Covenant of Grace. But such as go on in their sins, refusing to accept of Christ, for their Lord and Saviour, Redeemer and Sanctifier, and to give up themselves in sincere obedience to him; when they die, their Souls shall be adjudged to everlasting punishment; and their bodies shall be raised again at the last day, and made partakers with their Souls of Everlasting Torments.
Concerning effectual Calling.
Concerning believing the Gospel.
Concerning Repentance.
Concerning Faith in Christ.
Concerning Holinesse and sincere obedidience.
Concerning Perseverance.
Concerning the members of Christ.
Concerning the new Covenant.
Concerning the state of men after death, and the Resurrection of the body.
THE Second PART: Concerning PRACTICE. OR, A DISCOURSE, containing several usefull Directions to be Practised by those who seriously desire to save their SOULES.
CHAP. I. Of Consideration.
1. AT convenient times use to be alone; and laying aside all worldly cares & businesses, spend now and then a secret hour in strict Self-examining, and Considering, how the case stands between God and thy soul. Ask thy self these two serious Questions:
First, What is it thy heart is most set upon? What is thy great care, thy main designe? What is it that doth most deeply and most frequently possesse thy thoughts? What is it that thou dost most love, and prize? and most desire to enjoy? Is thy mind so spiritually inlightened as to see the lovelinesse of God, and the greatnesse, and excellency of that Glory, that is to be had with him? so as the main drift and bent of thy heart, is after the enjoyment of God, and to be happy with him forever? Or dost thou find, that the main bent of thy heart is to the things of this World, to the Profits, the Pleasures, the sensual satisfactions of this life; and these things thou most mindest, regardest, and labourest for; these thy thoughts, and heart most run upon.
Secondly, Ask thy self, whether ever thou didst feel, and apprehend thy self in a lost, and undone condition by reason of thy sins? Hast thou not seen thy selfe in danger of everlasting misery? Hast thou ever put this serious question to thy selfe, what shall I do to be saved? Hast thou in this or the like manner ever discoursed with thy self?
O my soul, how stands the case with me? What am I? Am I a true Convert? a real Penitent, a new Creature, one born again? Have I an interest in Christ? And is my peace made with God through him? or am I as yet [Page 133] in the state of Nature, under the guilt of all my sins, with the wrath of God abiding on me? If so, is this a Condition to be rested in?
Let me advise thee, as thou lovest thy soul, to deal faithfully, and in good sadnesse with thy self: Let me advise thee to review, and seriously to reflect upon the whole course of thy life past; And (besides thy natural vilenesse) Consider, how many actual sins, failings, miscarriages, and violations of Gods righteous Law, omissions of good, commissions of evil, thou hast been guilty of, in the several parts of thy life, and in the several places where thou hast lived. Believe it, few people do reckon up one sin of ten that they are guilty of. Allow thy Conscience therefore, a liberty to speak freely to thee, and to set thy sins in order before thee. And if thou findest thy self for the present in a bad condition, and that the case is not with thee as it should be, consider whether it will not be an extream folly and madnesse, to go on in that course, not minding, nor regarding speedily to turn to God, and to settle the great affairs of thy soul, while thou hast time? O Remember, remember, thou hast a precious and immortal soul, that must be shortly either in Heaven, or Hell; either in unconceiveable Joyes, or in endlesse, easelesse, and remedilesse torments. Doth it not therefore concern thee to consider, and cast about, how to [Page 134] attain the one, and escape the other? Doth it not behoove thee to look to the securing of the main Chance, and to deliver thy self from the wrath to come? Believe it, nothing undoes mankind more, than want of due and serious Consideration; than want of frequent examining the state of their Consciences, and often pondering and thinking of their everlasting Concernments.
CHAP. II. Of Repentance.
HAving seriously examined thy Conscience, and impartially considered thy waies, and course of life, and the state of thy soul towards God; The next duty I would advise thee (beging the assistance of the Spirit of God) to set upon the speedy practise of; is true, and serious, and unfeigned repentance.
I shall therefore for thy benefit, 1. Open the nature of true repentance. 2. Give some directions about it. 3. Some motives to it.
Repentance unto life is an Evangelical Grace wrought in the soul by the Spirit of God.
And the parts of it are these six,
- 1. Conviction.
- 2. Contrition.
- 3. Hating and loathing sin.
- [Page]4. Confession of sin.
- 5. Forsaking sin.
- 6. Conversion, and turning the bent of the heart towards God.
First, Conviction. The Spirit of God first opens a sinners eies, before he breaks a sinners heart. The soul of a true penitent is convinced, and made apprehensive of these three things,
- 1. The evil; odiousnesse, and filthiness of sin.
- 2. The danger, desert, and mischievous effects and consequents of it.
- 3. Its own deep guiltinesse, both of Original and Actual sin.
I. The evil of sin appears in these seven particulars;
1. 'Tis contrary to Gods holy Nature.
2. To his righteous Lawes.
3. It robs and deprives the soul of Gods Image, consisting in knowledge, righteousnesse, and holinesse.
4. It depraves, disorders, distempers the soul, weakens the powers of it, disables it for holy operations, and brings a corrupt disposition into it.
5. It defiles the soul, and leaves such a blot, and stain upon it, that nothing but the blood of Christ can wash out.
6. It enslaves the soul to the devil.
7. It makes the soul like unto the devil. Holinesse is Gods Nature: Sin and wickednesse is the devils. 'Twas sin that at first, turn'd Angels [Page 136] of light into devils of darknesse: And if we could separate sin from them, they would cease to be devils, and clear up again into Angels of light.
II. The great danger of sin appears in that it brings such a guilt upon the soul, as makes it liable to Gods wrath and curse, and to punishments.
1. Temporal: Sickness, pain, vexation, misery, death: which to the wicked are truly punishments, and fruits of Gods vindicative justice, and have their sting still in them.
2. Spiritual. 1. Losse of the favour of God, and communion with him. 2. The immediate strokes of his anger on the soul, wounds of Conscience, drops of his wrath, horrour of mind, despair. 3. Hardnesse of heart, a Spirit of slumber, blindness of mind, a reprobate sense, to be given over to vile affections, and to Sathan. These are most fearful judgements.
3. Eternal. Such as concern the soules immortall condition after this life. And they are either punishments of loss or pain. 1. Of loss, in being for ever banished from the presence of the Lord, and the joyes of Heaven, 2 Thes. 2.9. being punished with everlasting destruction from the presence of the Lord, and the Glory of his power. 2. Of pain, consisting in those exquisite and unconceivable torments, which shall be inflicted on the d [...]mned; set forth in Scripture by everlasting fire, utter darknesse, [Page] the worm that never dies, the fire that is not quenched, chains of darkness, the blackness of darkness for ever, the lake of fire and brimstone, &c. As therfore, the nature of sin is out of measure sinful, so the punishments are out of measure fearful.
III. The soules deep guiltinesse appears by considering,
1. Its Original sin. In which three things are to be noted: 1. The guilt of Adams particular transgression in eating the forbidden fruit, imputed to us. He was the head and common Father of mankind: and we were legally parties in that covenant which was at first made with him; For God established his covenant with Adam principally, in respect of his Nature, and not so much in respect of his Person: so that by consequence it must follow, that all who are partakers of that Nature, are bound by that Covenant. And therefore we cannot but expect to be liable unto the guilt which followed upon the breach and violation of it, Rom. 5.12. &c. 2. A want of original righteousnesse, Rom. 3.23. All have sinned, and come short of the Glory of God; that is, of the glorious Image of God, which was at first stamped upon man. 3. A corrupt disposition in mans nature, in place of original righteousnesse; These two latter being the sad effects of Adams sin. Now this depravednesse of nature, this great aversenesse to good, and pronenesse to evil, is call'd the old man, and the body of sin, Rom. 6.6. [Page 137] The sin that dwelleth in us, Rom. 7.17. The body of death, Rom. 7.24. The flesh, as opposite to the Spirit, and Grace, Rom. 7.18, 25. The Law of the members, Rom 7.23. Col. 3.5. A mans own lust, Jam. 1.14. where 'tis expresly distinguished from actual sin, as being the procreant cause of it.
2. Its Actual transgressions, where are to be considered,
1. Omissions of good, and the duties required; that might and ought to have been done.
2. Commissions of evil: Offending
- Against the Law, even both Tables of it.
- Against the Gospel.
3. Doing that which was good in an evil manner, slight, and undue performance of holy duties.
4. The aggravations of these sins, in regard First, Of the greatnesse of many of them, Every one has some black daies in his Calender, some more high and great offences, whereof he hath been guilty, and for which he is to be more deeply humbled. Secondly, The number of them, if we consider, 1. Wicked thoughts. 2. Inordinate Affections. 3. Sinful words. 4. Evil actions. Thirdly, That many of them have been committed, 1. Against mercies. 2. Against judgments. 3. Against promises and vowes of better obedience.
Secondly, Contrition, Godly sorrow, brokenness of heart for sin. To be sorry for what we have done amisse, is something towards repentance; but it is not the whole of it. Gracious humiliation, is a deep and hearty grieving for all our sins, and that upon these Gospel Motives.
1. Because we have by our sins highly displeased and offended our gracious God, whom we had all the reason in the world to have studied to please. The displeasure and offence of God is that which sets the soul a bleeding and mourning evangelically. Consider therefore, what is the Spring of thy sorrow. If the punishment or shame of thy sins touch thee nearer than the offence of God, 'tis a sign thy sorrow is not right.
2. Because our sins pierced our dear Lord and Saviour, and put him to such grievous, painful, and shameful sufferings.
3. Because by our sins we have brought a horrible defilement, and stain on our souls.
4. Because we have made our selves liable to the wrath and curse of God, and deserve to be separated from the Lord, and to be punished among devils, and damned fiends for ever. This (in conjunction with the former) is an Evangelical motive. I confesse, to weep, and howl, and grieve, meerly for the wrath and punishment sin has brought upon the soul, is such a sorrow, as Judas had his share in; and the [Page 138] damned in Hell exceed in it. But this sorrow does not use to leave the soul in a better disposition for obedience in time to come, as godly sorrow doth, 2 Cor. 7.10. Godly sorrow worketh repentance unto life, And take notice by the way, this Godly sorrow, is not a flower that growes in the Garden of nature. A hard heart is Adams Legacy: There may be a flexible nature, where there is a hard heart, that knowes not how to mourn and grieve for sin in a right manner. Godly sorrow is voluntary. The soul is active in it, prayes for such a melting frame, is thankful for it, is best pleased when the heart is soft and tender, and deeply affected for its sins and offences against God. 'Tis not so in worldly sorrow; for in that we are meerly passive; It comes upon us without sending for, or being bidden welcome by us.
Thirdly, Hating, and Loathing sin. The Spirit of sanctification works a secret antipathy, an irreconcileable hatred in the soul against sin. The true penitent hates sin, as sin: As David said, Psal. 119.128. I hate every false way, True hatred is to the whole kind. When we hate sin, as sin, we hate all sin. Now the reason why there is such an universal hatred, in the true penitent against all sin, is
1. Because his judgment is altered, his mind is changed; he sees with other eies than he did before; He sees the evil and danger of sin in [Page] those particulars before mentioned. He sees plainly that sin is but like a cup of sweet wine, that hath rank poison in it.
2. His heart and affections are turned against it. He hath a new heart put into him. If God should offer him his choice of these two things, either a liberty to go on in sin, or power, and Grace, and strength against it, he would readily close with the latter. The remembrance of sin is bitter, and grievous to him; not so, the remembrance of affl [...]ction; he blesses God for afflictions, that have weaned his heart from sin. He is sick of sin, weary of it, 'tis a burden to him, his heart rises against it; he had rather God should exercise him with any affliction, than give him up to a hardned course in sin.
Fourthly, Confession of sin. Every true penitent is bound to make private confession of his sins to God, praying earnestly for the pardon of thē. For
1. By this meanes the soul is brought into a dislike of sin. Confession 'tis an act of mortification: 'Tis the spiritual vomit of the soul; it breeds a dislike of the sweet morsels of sin, when they are thus cast up again with loathing. Sin though sweet in commission, is bitter in remembrance, and confession.
2. By a free ingenuous confession of sin, we accuse our selves unto God; take shame to our s lves, judge and condemn our selves before him, humbly acknowledging we are worthy of all his [Page 139] curses, all his judgments. Now self accusing will prevent Satans accusing of us. He can lay no more to our charge, than we in our confessions are willing to charge our selves with: And self-judging will prevent Gods judging of us, 1 Cor. 11.31. If we would judge our selves, we should not be judged. We are not to judge others, but we may and must judge our selves.
Concerning Confession of sin take these Rules.
1. Confesse all thy particular known sins particularly: Take thy self in private, and open the case of thy soul clearly, and without guile of spirit before the Lord, make private confession of all thy sins unto him: not that thou canst acquaint God with any thing he did not before. know; but that it may appear, thou thy self knowest, and art acquainted with the plague of thine own heart, and art sensible of thy sins, iniquities, and defects in obedience. And seeing every one is guilty of many more sins than he can remember, though he examine his heart and life never so seriously: Therefore when thou hast humbly confessed, and bewailed all thy particular known sins to God, then with a general confession acknowledge the rest; namely, all thy secret, unknown, undiscovered sins; saying, as David, Psal. 19.12. Lord cleanse me from my secret sins. Cleanse me O Lord, not only from those particular sins I do remember, and humbly confesse before thee, but from all other sins also [Page] that I am any manner of way guilty of, though I do not now remember them.
2. Remember, that 'tis not only words, and handsome expressions God regards in confession of sin, but there must be shame, a deep sense and feeling of the evil of sin, a heart hatred against sin, a true sorrow for all our offences against God, that must accompany our confessions, else they are no way pleasing unto him.
3. Besides con [...]essing unto God, there are some cases, wherein confession also unto man is requisite; as
1. Under deep wounds of Conscience, 'Tis requisite then to open the true state and case of thy soul to some Godly Minister, or some faithful, experienced Christian, that so they may give advice and counsel, and suit their prayers to thy particular Case.
2. When some eminent judgment seizeth on any, for some eminent provocation. Here as Joshuah said to Achan, Josh. 7.19. My son, confess, and give glory to God. That Gods justice may be cleared; for hereby God receiveth a great deal of Glory, and men a wonderful confirmation, of the care and justice of Providence.
3. He that by any notorious offence really s [...]andalizeth his Brother, or the Church of Christ, ought to be willing by a private, or publick confession and sorrow for his sin, to declare his repentance to those that are offended, who are thereupon to be [Page 140] reconciled to him, and in love to receive him.
Fifthly, Forsaking sin, leaving off whatever appears to be displeasing unto God. The true penitent
- 1. Forsakes the acting of known sins for the present.
- 2. Resolves against sin for the future.
I. Forsakes all his former known sins, secret sins as well as open, profitable sins, as well as those that are not. True and sincere obedience is universal, especially in respect of the purpose of the heart: He that out of Conscience of duty to God, forsakes one sin, will for the same reason fear to offend in another; there being the same Divine authority, awing and binding the Conscience in one sin, as in another. To pick and chuse, here to obey, there to dispense with our selves, is a shrewd sign of hypocrisie.
II. Resolves against sin. And his resolutions come,
1. From solid reasons, and not only from some sudden affections.
2. Are accompanied with earnest and fervent prayers to God. He that is strong in resolution, and weak in supplication is quickly foil'd.
3. Are made, not in his own strength, but the strength of Christ, which he humbly implores, and rests upon.
Sixthly, Conversion, whereby the bent of the heart is turned towards God, choosing him for its chief delight, and portion, desiring to [Page] walk with him, and approve it self unto him in sincere obedience. A true and real penitent does not content himself with a meer negative holinesse, and leaving off his former sinful waies. 'Tis not enough for such an one to be no drunkard, no swearer, no unclean person, &c. But as he hates every evil way, so he makes Conscience of every known duty required of him. The Commands that require duty, are as binding to him, as those that forbid sin. There will be a visible change in such a person; and that
1. In reference to God: He will love God more, and delight in his waies and worship now, more than formerly.
2. In reference to men, He will be careful to discharge his relative duties: He will labour to walk exactly and righteously, & to observe a strict integrity in his dealings with men. And in these two things he will manifest the reality of his conversion.
1. If he remember he has wronged any man formerly, in his goods, or estate, either by defrauding, or unjust detaining what is due to him, he will endeavour to make him restitution, or other satisfaction. He that confesseth, and forsaketh his sin, shall find mercy, Prov. 28.13. He that restoreth not ill gotten goods, liveth still in his sin, Restitution being an inseparable fruit of true Repentance.
2. If he be at variance with any, he will desire [Page 141] and seek reconciliation, being willing to forgive injuries done to him, and desiring forgivenesse of those he has any way injured.
3. In the Government of himself, he will endeavour to he sober, and temperate, and watchful over his heart and waies, his words and actions. See more concerning watchfulnesse, in the fifth Chapter.
Thus much of the nature of true Repentance. I come now to some Directions concerning, it.
I. Remember, Repentance (though never so serious) is not to be rested in, as any satisfaction for sin, or any cause of the pardon thereof (that being the act of Gods free Grace in Christ) yet it is of such necessity to sinners, that none may expect pardon without it.
'Tis necessary for these three Reasons.
1. Because God hath commanded it, and the Gospel enjoynes it, as a condition of the new Covenant.
2. That we may tast something of the bitternesse of sin, that so we may the more carefully avoid it for the time to come.
3. To prepare and fit us to receive pardon, to dispose us into such a frame, as is sutable to such a blessing.
4. To make us set a higher value on Gods pardoning Mercy, and Christs Merits, and Blood. How dear and precious is Christ to a soul truly humbled for sin?
II. Consider, As there is no sin so small, but it deserves damnation, so there is no sin so great, that it can bring damnation upon those who truly repent. 'Tis not the falling into the water, drowns a man, but continuing in it, not getting out again. No sin damnes a man, but as it is accompanied with finall impenitency and unbelief: Therefore the sin against the Holy Ghost is unpardonable, because those that commit that sin do never repent, or flie to Christ for pardon.
III. Look to it, that thy Repentance, and sorrow for thy sins, spring from Evangelicall Motives, (such as are before mentioned,) and not meerly from shame or fear of Hell & wrath.
IV. Labour that thy sorrow for sin, may bear some proportion to the greatnesse of thy sins; Every small touch of sorrow may not be sufficient: As sin is the greatest of evils, so our sorrow for it should be the greatest sorrow. Betake thy self therefore to a more solemn mourning, and renting of heart for the great sins of thy life, refusing to be comforted, with any worldly comfort, till thou hast obtained thy pardon: But remember Godly sorrow is not alwaies to be measured by plenty of tears, and vehemency of expressions, but by the weight of it on the heart, by the deep displeasure of the soul against sin: There may be a deep, rational sorrow for sin, where there is no such outward passionate expressions of it.
V. Content not thy self with a general repentance, but know that it is thy duty to endeavour to repent of thy particular sins particularly: Do not slubber over this great duty (which so much concerns thee) with a slight, formal, general repentance, as too many are apt to do. Many sins long ago committed by thee, may still lie at thy door, if not repented of. Review therefore thy life past. Suffer thy Conscience to speak freely to thee, and to set thy sins in order before thee, and labour to be heartily humbled both for the vileness and depravednesse of thy Nature, and for all the particular actual sins, failings, and miscarriages which thou findest thy self any way guilty of. Repent of all sin that lies upon thy Conscience.
VI. Let thy sorrow for sin be accompanied with a real forsaking of all known sins, and amendment of life: Content not thy self with a partial reformation.
VII. Set upon the practise of this great duty speedily; now while thou art in health, before sicknesse surprize thee. Without repentance, no hope of pardon, or peace with God here; no hope of Glory hereafter: Now Consider, that by repentance, the Scripture does not mean a sudden fit of confession, contrition, and promising amendment at last cast; (when a man can live no longer in sin, and is now afraid of Judgment) but a real change of the mind, a turning of the heart from the [Page] love of sin to God, Take notice that hereby we do not go about to limit the Almighty, or drive any to utter, & final desparation, but to shew what is mans duty, and what is Gods ordinary way o [...] working upon the hearts of those, whom he does conve [...]t. For God can work a [...]eal gracious change upon mens hea [...]s at last. Though to defer repe [...] tance up [...]n that ground i [...] exceed [...]ng dangerous. a durable state of new obedience, and a life of holy walking, which takes up some space, length, and continuation of time, giving a sinner thereby competent opportunity to mortifie evil dispositions and habits, to break off sinfull courses, to set up the dominion of Grace within, and by an holy behaviour in his place and condition of life, to manifest the sincerity of his repentance; and by a steddy course of Godlinesse to give some proof of his real conversion. To put off repentance therefore to the death-bed, is exceeding dangerous, to say no more.
VIII. When thou hast (through the assistance of the Spirit of God) humbled thy soul, and repented seriously of all thy sins, do not rest in thy repentance, (as was said before) but go out of thy self to Christ for thy pardon, Rest not on this side Christ; Not thy tears, but his blood only can cleanse thy Conscience from all guilt. But of this more in the next Chapter.
IX. After thou hast laboured (according to these directions) to revoke, reverse, and undo again all the sins of thy life past by a serious repentance, then be very watchful, lest thou fall knowingly, and deliberatly into any sin again. The true penitent allowes not himself in any sinfull course, yet through infirmity possibly he may fall: Sins of infirmity are such as a man is overtaken with, contrary to the purpose of his heart, either through ignorance, incogitancy, violence [Page 143] of temptation, or suddennesse of surprizal: which when he comes to consider, he confesses, and bemoans, strives, and prayes against, and (by Gods Grace) ordinarily gets more and more victory over. If therefore, contrary to the fixed purpose of thy heart, thou dost at any time sin; endeavour speedily to recover thy self by a serious repentance; and be more watchful over thy heart and waies for time to come.
- 1. 'Tis highly pleasing to God, Ezek. 33.11. Say unto them, as I live saith the Lord God, I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked, but that the wicked turn from his way and live; turn ye, turn ye from your evil waies, for why will ye die, O House of Israel?
- 2. 'Tis the Doctrine Christ himself first preached, as we read, Mat. 4.17. From that time Jesus began to preach, and to say, repent ye, for the kingdome of Heaven is at hand. And when he left the world, he declared that repentance and remission of sins should be preached in his Name among all Nations, beginning at Jerusalem, Luke 24.47.
- 3. The Angels in Heaven rejoyce at the repentance of a sinner, Luke 15.10. Likewise I say unto you, there is joy in the presence of the Angels of God over one sinner that repenteth.
- 4. Consider who are for thy repentance, and who are against it: God the Father, Son, and [Page] holy Ghost, good Angels, and glorified Saints, all good Ministers, and sincere Christians are for it; None but the Devil and his Instruments are against it. And which of these two parties wilt thou encline unto?
- 5. Consider, 'tis not onely a Gospel duty, but a Gospel priviledge. The Law allowes no place for repentance: 'Tis an high favour God will pardon us upon our repentance, and Faith in his Son.
- 6. Consider, All will sooner or later commend true repentance: Be not thou one of them that will commend it, when it is too late.
- 7. Consider, there is no other remedy. For,
Without Repentāce tis not consistent,
- 1. With Gods justice we should be pardoned; though repentance does not satisfie his justice, yet sins unrepented of, & continued in, cannot be pardoned without injustice.
- 2. With his Mercy: God is very merciful, but 'tis to penitent humbled sinners, not obdurate, impenitent transgressours.
- 3. With the undertaking of Christ who came to call sinners to repentance, & to seek, & save those that were lost in their own eies. He was exalted to be a Prince, & a Saviour, to give repentance, & remission of sins, Act. 5.31.
- [Page 144]8. If thou dost seriously, and in good earnest repent of all thy sins, it will be a great foundation of comfort to thee in time of distress. If the Devil, in time of temptation, or the hour of death, shall bring thy sins to thy remembrance, and charge them upon thy Conscience, to drive thee to despair; O what a comfort will it be, if thy Conscience can then truly answer, though I have been guilty of such and such sins, yet through the riches of Gods Grace, I have in time of my health, particularly humbled my soul for them, I have retracted and undone them again by a serious repentance? Believe it, he that has truly repented of all his sins, and has the bent of his heart turned towards God, and is walking in a new course of life, a steady course of Godlinesse; has a surer foundation of comfort in his own soul, than if an Angel should come from Heaven, and tell him he should be saved. Upon all these considerations, let me advise thee (begging the assistance of the Spirit of God) to set upon the speedy practise of this, so great, so necessary, yea, so comfortable a duty. Let not the deceitfulnesse of sin, the cunning of Satan, the hope of long life, a vain presumption on the Mercy of God, or any mistakes, or prejudices against the Doctrine of repentance keep the off: but laying aside all pretences, excuses, demurs whatever, set upon it seriously, and speedily, and thou wilt find thereby (through the blessing of God) abundance [Page] of ease, comfort, satisfaction, and settlement to thy Mind and Conscience.
See more Scriptures concerning repentance, pag. 102.
CHAP. III. Of Faith in Christ.
UPon serious consideration of the evil and danger of thy sins (renouncing all Confidence [Page] in thy self, or any thing thou canst do, to procure thy pardon and peace with God) deliberatly, and advisedly betake thy self unto Christ Jesus, the only Mediatour and Peace-maker between God and man; who once offered up himself, a sacrifice on the Crosse for sin, and is now in Heaven, making intercession, and presenting the Merits of his Obedience, Sufferings, and Death in the behalf of all such, who being lost and undone in themselves, do flie to him for help and relief, and take him for their only Lord and Saviour. With judgment and understanding give up thy self to this Saviour: Cast thy penitent soul at his feet: Rest and rely on him wholly and alone, to be justified, acquitted, and discharged of all thy sins by his Merits, to be sanctified by his Spirit, to be commanded and disposed of by him, and to be enabled by his Grace to persevere in the waies of Truth and Holinesse all thy daies, and at last, to be brought to Eternal life. Intrust all thy hopes of pardon only on him: Enter into a real Covenant with him, to be for ever his, resolving to live and die his faithful Disciple, and servant. And because really to close with Christ, and savingly to believe on him, is a matter of such exceeding high Concernment I shall,
1. Explain the Nature of it.
2. Lay down some Conclusions about it.
3. Give some Motives, and Incouragements to it▪
Know therefore, there is a two-fold Act of Faith.
- 1. Of Adherence.
- 2. Of Assurance.
I. When a poor sinner doth cast himself wholly on Christ crucified for pardon and life, (upon the warrant of the promise) although he hath no assurance in himself, how the Lord will dispose of him. This is commonly called Faith of Adherence, or Recumbency.
II. When a soul that hath thus cast himself on Christ, reflects upon what he hath done, and comparing it with the Gospel promises, becomes (by the assistance of the Spirit, bearing witnesse with his Spirit) confidently perswaded of his interest in Christ, and that he shall be saved by him. This is call'd Faith of Assurance.
Now the former is that Faith which is the Condition of the new Covenant, by which a sinner is freely acquitted of all his sins, and accounted as a righteous and just person in Gods sight.
To this Faith, there are these six things required.
1. A real, firm belief of the truth of the Gospel, a true historical Faith, concerning Christs person, undertaking, and performance, and that he came to be a Mediatour and Peace-maker between God and man.
2. A deep sense and feeling of the heavy burden of sin, with true sorrow and humiliation [...]hereupon. The soul is brought to see its undone [Page] condition by sin, before it closes with Christ.
3. A firm perswasion that there is no other way of salvation, but by Christ alone.
4. A clear knowledge that Christ is able to save to the uttermost, all that come to God by him; and willing to save, and ready to receive such as do own him for the true Messias, and unfeignedly give up themselves unto him.
5. An earnest desire, a real thirsting after an Interest in this Saviour.
6. An actual giving up the soul to Christ, depending on him wholly and alone for pardon and life; firmly trusting in him to be justified, sanctified, and everlastingly saved by him.
This is the soul truly and really united unto Christ. And being by Faith and Love thus joyned to the Lord, (as the Apostle speaks, 1 Cor. 6.17.) is one Spirit, i. e. is governed by one and the self-same Spirit. The Scripture sets forth this admirable spiritual union by these four earthly resemblances.
By the union
- 1. Of the Husband and Wife, Eph. 5.23. The husband is the head of the wife, even as Christ is the head of the Church: and he is the Saviour of the body.
- 2. Of the Head and Members, Eph. 1.22, 23. Hath put all things under his feet, and given him to be head over all things to the Church, which is his body.
- [Page 147]3. Of the stones in the bullding, with the foundation, whereon they rest and are built, Eph. 2.22. In whom you also are builded together, for an habitation of God through the Spirit, 1 Cor. 3.11.
- 4. Of the Vine and the Branches, John 15.5. I am the Vine, ye are the Branches.
So that when we do willingly betroth our selves to Christ, and consent to take him for our Lord and Husband, and to be his loyall spouse: when we are willing to be in subjection to him, and to be ruled by him, as the members of the body are by the head: when we depend, and rest and rely on him alone for our salvation, as the stones rest on the foundation: Lastly, when we derive Grace and Holinesse from him, as the branches derive juice, vertue, and sap from the root and stock, and do bring forth fruits in him, and to him; then is there a real, and spiritual union wrought between Christ and our soules.
Thus much concerning the Nature of saving Faith: The Conclusions I shall lay down concerning it, are these;
1. Though Christ hath paid down a sufficient price on the Crosse, for the ransoming and buying in of lost and undone sinners, yet we are not justified and absolved from the guilt of our sins, till we do actually close with him by Faith.
2. True saving Faith, is not a strong perswasion, [Page] that all a mans sins are pardoned by Christ's Merits, and that he is in Gods Favour, and in a good state and condition: For 'tis evident many of Gods dear servants are exercised with doubts, and feares concerning themselves; and many Gracelesse wretches, that never felt the burden of sin, nor ever made much Conscience of walking holily, are most confident of their own good condition: Therefore this confident, ungrounded perswasion cannot be true Faith; for then, hardnesse of heart, would make the best Faith; and he that could presume most, and be most secure, and free from doubts, would be the truest believer. For a man to be confident of his good condition, while he lies under the power and reign of sin, is the grossest unbelief in the world: 'Tis to believe the flat contrary to what God hath revealed in the Word, 1 Cor. 6.9. Know ye not (saith the Apostle) that the unrighteous shall not inherit the Kingdome of God? Be not deceived, neither fornicatours, nor Idolaters, nor adulterers, nor effeminate, nor abusers of themselves with mankind, nor thieves, nor covetous, nor drunkards, nor revilers, nor extortioners, shall inherit the Kingdom of God. Therefore a confident resting on Christ for salvation, (if it be not a resting according to the Word) will not serve the turn.
3. Fiducially, and savingly to believe on Christ, is not an act of mans power, but wrought in the soul by the Spirit of God; who doth [Page 148] effectually enlighten, perswade, and draw the heart, and assist, and enable the soul, to give up it self unto Christ. Beg therefore the assistance of this blessed Spirit, whom God hath promised to give to them that ask him, Luke 11.9. And in the aid of his Grace, give up thy self unfeignedly unto Christ, to be justified, sanctified, and everlastingly saved by him.
4. A true believer may fear, and be in doubt, that he hath not given up himself to Christ unfeignedly; and this fear may proceed from the abundance of his love to Christ, and earnest desire to be assur'd of an interest in him, which makes him think he can never be certain enough of him; Love is sollicitous, and full of fears, lest it should misse the person beloved.
5. They that truly close with Christ, do take him for their Lord, as well as for their Saviour. None come to Christ by Faith, and savingly believe on him, but they cleave to him by love also, and live to him by obedience. True Faith on Christ, will beget love to Christ, and love will bring forth obedience.
6. The surest mark of true believing in Christ, is a new and holy life. 'Tis the property of Faith to purifie the heart, and so to work a change in the life and conversation. Dost thou make Conscience therefore of all Christ's commands? And art thou careful to refrain thy feet from every evil way? Who ever is in Christ, is a [Page] new Creature, 2 Cor. 5.17. Hath the love of Christ shed abroad in his heart, and that love constraines him to yeeld sincere obedience: Hath the Spirit of Christ, Rom 8.9. not only to comfort him, but to counsel and direct him, to lead him in the paths of truth and holinesse, and to uphold him from taking any desperate and irrecoverable falls, either in matter of judgment or practise. These are the Conclusions.
I come now in the third place, to the Motives and Encouragements to believe in Christ.
1. Consider for thy encouragement, how able Christ is to save thee. There is more merit in the Son of God, to obtain our pardon, than there is guilt of sin in us, to merit condemnation. For the person suffering, being (as to his God-head) infinite, and the merit and value of his sufferings depending on the dignity and worth of his person, the satisfaction made, must needs be infinite, and so abundantly sufficient.
2. Consider his willingness and readinesse to accept to mercy all poor humbled sinners, that come unto him: He never rejected any man that came unto him, and acknowledged him for the true Messias, and unfeignedly gave up himself to be saved by him.
His willingnesse to save sinners, cannot but appear to thee, if thou considerest these three things. 1. His gracious words before he came into the world. The Prophet in the person of [Page 149] Christ, proclaims thus, Isa. 55.1. Ho every one that thirsteth, come ye to the waters, &c. 2. His free and general invitation when he was in the world, John 7.37. In the last day, that great day of the Feast, Jesus stood and cried, saying, if any one thirst, let him come to me and drink, And Mat. 11.28. Come unto me all ye that labour, and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. 3. His great kindnesse to poor sinners expressed after his ascention, and leaving the world, Rev. 22.17. Let him that is athirst come, and whosoever will, let him take the waters of life freely: That these were the words of Christ, appeares, v. 20. where 'tis said, He that testifieth these things, saith, surely I come quickly.
3. Consider, that to believe, and rest on Christ crucified, and to take him for our Lord and Saviour, is to perform that act, to which justification and remission of sins is promised, John 3.16. God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him, should not perish, but have everlasting life. Christ and all his benefits are promised to a believing soul. Wilt thou not therefore give up thy self to him.
4. Consider, 'tis the duty of all truly humbled sinners, to go to Christ, and believe in him. 'Tis the duty of a sick man, to apply himself to a skilful Physitian; and as such an one must not destroy his own life, by a wilful refusing the [Page] Physick that would cure him; so neither must the humbled sinner destroy his own soul, by refusing to close with Christ; He must not add to all the rest of his sins unbelief, and a wilfull neglect of Christ, and the salvation by him purchased, and so freely offered.
5. Consider that the humbled sinner by believing in Christ, does not only bring comfort, and salvation to his own soul, but also in an eminent manner brings Glory to God: When thou (though discouraged in thy self, by reason of thy sins) darest venture thy soul in the hands of Christ: When thou makest thy way through all doubts, scruples, and misgivings of heart, and takest Gods bare Word, because he hath said it, (thereby setting thy seal to his truth and faithfulnesse) and dost resolve to throw thy self on his free Mercy, and Christ's Merits, for pardon and life, to lay thy soul at Christ's feet, and to clasp about him, though he kill thee: This is an excellent, and an heroical act of Faith, which brings Glory to God; as Abrahams Faith did: Of whom it is said, Rom. 4.20. That he staggered not at the promise of God through unbelief, but was strong in Faith, giving Glory to God.
6. Consider, 'tis the greatest folly and madnesse in the world, for an humbled sinner not to close with Christ, and commit his soul unto him. What an irrational, and unprofitable sin is unbelief? If we go not to Christ, Where [Page 150] can salvation possibly be had? As those lepers reasoned, 2 King. 7.3. If we sit still we perish. That person is sure to be damned, that keeps off from Christ. There is no way therefore for a poor sinner, but to venture himself into the hands of Christ, to give up his soul sincerely to him, and to resolve with himself, if I perish, I will perish at his feet.
7. Lastly, If you think you have cause to fear that Christ is not yet yours, and as yet you have no interest in him, my advice is, that you now go unto him, now strike up the Covenant between him and you: Defer no longer; Let this be the marriage-day. Now give up thy self unfeignedly to be pardoned, sanctified commanded, disposed of, and everlastingly saved by him; and rest assured he will on no terms cast thee out.
See more Scriptures concerning Faith, p. 106.
Covenanting with God.
CHAP. IV. Of the new Nature, and reformed Life.
4. HAving thus solemnly given up thy self to Christ, labour to walk worthy of the Lord, to all pleasing, being fruitful in every good work. Let it be thy daily care (begging the assistance of the Spirit to enable thee) to mortifie the old man, to crucifie the flesh, with its affections, and lusts; to weaken, impair, and destroy the dominion of the whole body of sin, and to put on the new man; that thou maist be strengthened & furnished with all saving Graces, to the practise of true holinesse, without which no man shall see the Lord: As Christ (by his divine power) raised and quickned his own body, when it lay in the grave, so he conveighs a spiritual life into all his members, raising them from the death of sin, and enabling them to walk in newnesse of life. I live (saith Paul, Gal. 2.20.) yet not I, but Christ liveth in me. And the life of Jesus is made manifest in our mortal bodies, 2 Cor. 4.11. He that abideth in me, and I in him, (saith our Saviour, John 15.5▪) bringeth forth much fruit. Beg therefore earnestly of the Lord, that thou maiest be sanctified throughout, in Spirit, Soul, and Body. That thy Understanding, [Page 152] Conscience and Will, thy sensual affections and desires; and thy whole outward man may be put into, and kept in a good order and frame; that the fear of God may dwell in thine heart continually, and his Law be written in thy inward man. Look to the bent and frame of thy heart, that it be right towards God. If thy heart be once ordered aright, thou wilt look that thy outward conversation be ordered aright also. Let it appear therefore thou art a living member of Christ, by being a new Creature; by unliving, and undoing thy former sinful course. Live not henceforth in any known sin, but speedily forsake, whatever thou knowest to be evil, and displeasing unto God any kind of way. Labour to testifie the sincerity of thy repentance and Faith, by an holy life, and an unblameable Conversation. Set thy self in good earnest to walk religiously and holily before God, righteously and uprightly before men, and soberly and temperatly in the Government of thy self.
Let it be thy daily exercise (with Paul) to keep a good Canscience, void of offence, towards God, and towards man. Be careful of the duties both of the first, and second Table. And read often and carefully observe our Saviours Sermon in the Mount, co [...]tained in the fifth, sixth, and seaventh Chapters of Matthew. In summe, beg a continual supply of strength, from the sanctifying Spirit of Christ, that though thou [Page 153] art to wrestle, not only against flesh and blood, but against Principalities, and powers, and spiritual wickednesses, and against manifold temptations from the world, yet notwithstanding (through the aides of Grace) the regenerate part in thee may overcome, and that thou maist grow in Grace, and be daily perfecting holinesse in the fear of God.
CHAP. V. Of Communion with God.
5. LAbour to maintain a daily close Communion with God, in these particulars following,
1. Awake with God in the morning.
2. Forget not to poure forth thy soul in secret prayer, and praise before him.
3. Read the Scriptures.
4. Live continually as in the sight and view of God.
5. Live by Faith.
6. Observe all the passages of his Providence towards thee.
7. Be continually watchful.
First, Awake with God in the morning: When I awake, I am still with thee, sais holy David, Psal. 139.8. The morning is an embleme of the Resurrection, when our bodies shall awake from the sleep of death, and that long day shall arise upon us, that shall never have any night. O how shouldst thou then, when sleep fals from thine eyes, lift up thy soul in praises and thanksgivings to the Lord, for his gracious Providence over thee in the night season. Had not he been exceeding gracious, thou mightst have slept the sleep of death, and from the darknesse of the night been sent away into outer darknesse. Let not the commonnesse of this mercy diminish, but the continualness of it rather encrease thy thankfulnesse. O when thy body awakens, how shouldst thou awaken and stirre up thy soul also, to some holy and pious Ejaculations; such as the sweet Singer of Israel, used to send up to God; O Lord, thou art my God, early will I seek thee. I laid me down and slept, and thou hast sustained me. I have been safe under the shadow of thy wings, thy faithfulnesse, and truth have been my shield and buckler, And now Lord, lift up the Light of thy Countenance upon me, instruct me in the way wherein I should go, and guid me with thine eye. Teach me thy way, O Lord, and I will walk in thy Truth, O knit my [Page 161] heart to thee, that I may fear thy Name. And hold up my goings in thy paths, that my footsteps slip not. Let me walk circumspectly this day, redeeming the time, Let my soul put on the Lord Jesus, and be clothed with the white robe of his righteousnesse, and adorn me with the saving Graces of thy holy Spirit, &c.
After some such pious ejaculations sent up to the Throne of Grace, labour to get thy heart possessed, with deep, strong, and powerful apprehensions and impressions, of Gods holinesse. Majesty, Omni-presence, Omniscience: Consider with reverence, and humbly admire, and adore his glorious wisdome, his almighty power, his gracious Providence, his truth and faithfulnesse, and especially his tender love and mercy in Christ Jesus. And if such thoughts as these make strong and deep impressions in thy mind, in the morning, thou art the more like to be in the fear of God all the day after, and to have thy mind possessed both with reverential and delightful thoughts of his Majesty.
Secondly, Omit not daily to poure forth thy Soul in secret and fervent prayer before the Lord, humbly confessing, and bewailing thy sins, with a deep sense and feeling of the evil, danger, and desert of them; begging earnestly (as for thy life) a ful and free pardon and discharge of them all in the blood of Christ, and humbly imploring the aid and assistance of the holy Spirit, to enable thee to mortifie thy corruptions, to resist temptations, and to perform in a right manner all the duties required of thee.
Be much in this duty of secret prayer, if ever thou intendest to save thy soul, to honour God here, or to be happy with him hereafter. And remember that to pray unto God in an acceptable manner, is not to say over a few prayers, or to utter a few petitions (Patrat-like) in a formal, cold, customary manner; where there is not a true sense and feeling of sin and misery; and where the desires of the soul are not carried out earnestly to seek for mercy, and relief from God through Christ, there can be no true hearty praying, such as God will accept, though the outside and external part of the duty be performed [Page 165] never so speciously. God more regards the sighes, and tears, and broken expressions of a truly contrite and humble heart, that are powred forth in secret before him, than the most set, and exactly form'd devotions, that proceed either from formality or hypocrisie. If thou wouldest therefore pray aright, beg the assistance of the holy Spirit of God, to help and enable thee; for we know not how to pray as we ought, except the Spirit help our infirmities. Beg therefore the assistance of the Spirit, to work, and quicken in thy heart those apprehensions, affections, and Graces, which are requisite for the right performance of this duty, And with that gracious assistance labour to pray,
1. With humility, and reverence, having an high and awful apprehension of the Majesty of God.
2. With a deep sense, and feeling of thy wants and necessities: and with brokennesse of heart, and true contrition for thy sins.
3. Offer up thy prayers and supplications to God in the Name of Christ, the only Mediatour between God and man, not barely mentioning his Name, but drawing thy encouragement to pray, and thy hope of acceptance in prayer, from his Merits, Mediation, and Intercession.
4. Pray in Faith, humbly trusting in Gods Power, Goodnesse, Faithfulnesse, and gracious [Page 166] promises made in Christ; not so much a Christians prayer, as his Faith in prayer prevaileth with God. And 'tis a great encouragement to Faith, to consider, there is not only bounty in God, but bounty engaged by promise. O how great are the priviledges of Saints? God is their Father willing to hear their prayers; Christ is their Advocate willing to present their requests; the holy Ghost is their helper and assister to draw up their requests for them.
5. Lift up pure hands without wrath, as the Apostle adviseth, 1 Tim. 2.8. Before thou settest thy self to this duty, labour to get thy heart purged of all malice, wrath, ill will, and desire of revenge, if there be any such vile affection in thee towards any body. When thou goest to pray, thou goest to beg forgivenesse of thy manifold sins from God; which thou canst not reasonably expect, if thou art not willing to forgive others: Our Saviour hath taught us to pray, forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive them that trespasse against us. And this is very remarkeable, he resumes this petition of all the rest to explain and by a strong reason to enforce; Mat. 6.14, 15. For if you forgive men their trespasses, your Heavenly Father will also forgive you; but if ye forgive not men their trespasses, neither will your Father forgive your trespasses. Remember therefore, that it is [Page 167] thy duty, heartily to forgive those that have done thee any wrong; and to pray for them, that God would pardon them in his Son, and give them such a frame of heart, that they may please him, and be blessed by him, both here and hereafter. This is a good signe of Grace, to pray for a blessing on our very enemies.
6. Pray in sincerity; Looke that thy end be right, and that thy aim be at the Glory of God. There is a great deal of difference betwixt a carnal desire, and a gracious supplication, Jam. 4.3. Ye ask and have not, because ye ask amisse, to spend it on your lusts. Praiers that want a good aim, do usually want a good issue. When thou findest thy heart running out by a perverse aim, check it, and disclaim it the more solemnly. If our praiers be not directed to the Glory of God, there is little hope that when we receive the talent we pray for, we shall employ it to our Masters use. They that cannot ask a mercy well, seldome use it well.
7. Labour to pray with zeal, fervency, warmth, and holy importunity, with sensiblenesse, and strong workings of affection. 'Tis easie to say a prayer in a formal, cold manner, when the heart is nothing affected with it, but possibly wandring, while the lips are praying: But that is true prayer, when the soul reaches out after those things it praies for, in holy, ardent, and spiritual desires. Sighs and groans [Page 168] are the Language God understands. When God meaneth to bestow any blessing, he usually stirs up the hearts of his people earnestly to pray for it. And the effusion of the Spirit of supplication, that holy, yet humble importunity, that spiritual violence, and wrestling and striving, and pleading with the Almighty, is a happy presage of an approaching blessing.
8. Beg spiritual blessings, and the things appertaining to the soul primarily, and with greatest earnestnesse: Beg temporall mercies, and such as concern this life, and thy welfare here, with an humble submission unto God; resigning thy will to his most holy will; earnestly begging, that, what he sees not good for thee, nor fit to be granted thee, he would make thee willing and contented to be without.
9. To supplication, forget not to adde praises and thanksgivings to the Lord for all his benefits; for his innumerable favours confer'd on thee in the course of thy life past, and also for thy present enjoyments. Especially quicken and provoke and awaken thy soul to lift up the high praises of God, for his inestimable love in sending his Son, to be a ransome for sin, and sending his Holy Spirit to convince of sin, and of righteousnesse, and to perswade, and enable thy heart to close with Christ. And lastly, upon the receipt of any new mercy and favour from God, offer up a cheerful and hearty sacrifice [Page 169] of praise and thanksgiving, in and through the mediation of Christ, by whom alone our Persons, and Sacrifices are accepted with God.
And to direct and quicken thee to this duty, of rendring praises to the Lord; Consider,
1. That praise is Gods Tribute, his Custom, 'tis all the Impost he sets upon his Blessings. There are three things to be considered in a mercy. 1. The mercy it self. 2. The Comfort, and sweetnesse that may be enjoyed in the use of it. 3. The Glory, Honour, and Praise that is due for it. The two former God freely gives us; he only reserves the latter as a tribute and homage to himself.
2. Praising God for former mercies, invites him to bestow new mercies. God will be bountifull to those that he sees thankfull; and from whom he receives Glory and acknowledgment.
3. Praising God is the beginning of Heaven, 'tis the employment of the holy Angels, and glorified Saints there.
4. To have a heart delighting in praising God, is a great evidence (in conjunction with others) of sincerity; self-love forceth prayer oftentimes from us; but to praise God aright, cometh from a more heavenly affect [...]on, and a sanctified frame of heart.
5. To set upon this duty of praising God is one of the best waies to mitigate any sorrowes that at any time are upon us. If we can work [Page 170] our hearts to praise him for the mercies that are continued to us, it will exceedingly abate the sense and feeling of any present Crosse, or affliction that lies upon us.
6. Consider who they are that are the most unthankfull to God; even Devils, and damned Spirits, who are full of envy, malice, and pride; they will not praise God, but do wretchedly blaspheme him; and wicked men, who imitate their Father the devil. And wouldest thou be like these?
Upon these Considerations stir up thy heart to be much in this heavenly duty of praising God, and remember 1. To praise him with thy heart. 2. To praise him with thy tongue. 3. To praise him with thy life.
Let there be an abiding sense of his favours on thy heart, and let thy life and conversation praise him also. Let thy works praise him, that others seeing thy good works, may glorifie thy heavenly Father. Labour to secure thy state in Grace, and thy interest in Gods favour, through Christ, and then thou maist be assured, that whatever God gives thee, he gives it thee in pure love; all comes swimming to thee in the blood of Christ; and this Consideration will exceedingly raise thy heart to thankfulnesse, and make thy tongue sound forth the praises of the most High.
These Directions may help thee in the performance [Page 171] of that great Christian duty of praier, and thanksgiving,
After thou hast praied, Consider
1. What thou hast praied for. As before praier we should consider and labour to find out our wants; So after prayer we should consider of our petitions, and what we have begged of God.
2. Humbly expect a gracious answer, and return to thy praiers, not for any worthinesse or desert in thy self, or praiers, but for Christ's sake alone.
3. Serve Providence in the use of fair and lawful means, for the attaining those good things thou hast prayed for.
4. To Prayer add watchfulnesse. If through Grace thy heart hath been wrought to a good temper, and holy frame in prayer; labour to keep it afterward; labour to preserve those apprehensions and those affections in thy soul, which thou foundest in time of prayer; And therefore one well adviseth, that for some little time after we have prayed, we should keep our selves silent, and quiet; nor presently (and in the next moment as some do,) but fair and softly removing our hearts from our prayers to our worldly businesses and occasions.
Thanksgiving.
Thirdly, Be frequent, and diligent in reading the holy Scriptures.
When thou readest the Commands, the Promises, the Threatnings therein contained, think God speaks to thee in them; And God must needs be true, he cannot lie, nor deceive.
Now there is sufficient evidence that the Scripture is his Word, and written by the especial inspiration of his holy Spirit; and that will appear if we consider these three things.
1. The internal Light of its own perfection. The holinesse and heavenlinesse of the matter; the Majesty of the Stile; the Consent of all the Parts; the Scope of the whole (which is to give all Glory to God) and the full discovery therein made of the only way of mans salvation and reconciliation with God. Which is a suitable way both to Gods Glory, and mans Necessity.
2. The many providential attestations and confirmations of the Truth of the things therein contained, by real and undeniable miracles, such as could not be wrought but by the power of God. And surely, if the Scripture had been only the device of men, God would some way or other have disowned it ere this, as a notorious [Page 183] abuse put upon him, and not so constantly have preserved it in spight of the Devil, and all his instruments, who have laboured to banish it out of the world, and to weaken the authority of it.
3. The great and wonderful efficacy of the doctrine therein delivered, to enlighten, convince, and humble sinners; to drive them out of themselves, and to draw them to Christ, to conform them to the Image of God, to subdue them to his will, to strengthen them against temptations and corruptions, to build them up in Grace, to establish their hearts in holinesse; and lastly, to comfort them through Faith unto salvation.
As therefore the holy Ghost by special inspiration, was the author of the Scripture, and by extraordinary endowments was the author of the miracles wrought for its confirmation; so also he is the author of the Faith of him that truly and unfeignedly believes it. Yet he doth not cause us to believe by Enthusiasm without any reason or evidence, but he enlightens the understanding (removing the blindnesse and depravednesse thereof,) and shews us the credibility of the thing, and the evidence of the truth that is to be believed, and so perswades the heart to a belief thereof. Indeed, an historical belief of the Scripture (which is true in its kind) we may come to, by rational perswasions, without [Page 184] the special Grace, or illumination of the Spirit of God; but not that deep and firm belief, which shall carry over the will effectually to God in Christ; and captivate the whole man to the obedience of the Truth. And when such a Faith, and belief of the Scripture as this, (attended with sanctification) is wrought in the soul; the effect is, a good argument, to confirm the truth, and excellency of such a Faith, and belief.
1. Labour therefore to work thy heart to a high and reverent esteem of the Word, when thou goest to read it. We should read it as a Letter written by the hand of God from Heaven unto us. If an Angel should bring us a letter from Heaven, we should highly value it and regard it. The Bible is a message sent from Heaven, to acquaint us with the mind of God. If we own the divine authority thereof, let us read it with reverence, and due regard.
2. Beg the Spirit of God (that endited the Scripture, that inspired, and infallibly guided and assisted the pen-men thereof) to open thy eies, to illuminate thy mind, and to encline thy heart to a full belief and perswasion that it is the very Word of God, and to bring over thy will to a sincere obedience, and compliance with the will of God therein revealed.
3. Remember that all things necessary to mans salvation, are either expresly set down in [Page 185] the Scripture, or by good and necessary consequence may be deduced there-from: Unto which nothing is at any time to be added, either by new revelations, or traditions of men; it being a perfect Canon, a perfect rule of Faith and life. St. John, who outlived the rest of the Apostles, sealed up the Canon, Rev. 22.18, 19. which was a great mercy to the world; For God saw what a liberty man enclin'd to in divine things, and therefore needed to be tyed up to a rule, which here is given us. There is enough delivered in the Scripture to make us wise unto salvation, 2 Tim. 3.15. What should a Christian desire more? and the Apostle tels us, we ought to give heed thereto till the day-star arise in our hearts, that is, till we have full communion with Christ. Mr. Manton on Jude. For our reward in Heaven is expressed by the morning-star, Rev. 2.28. To him that over-cometh, I will give the morning-star.
4. Take notice, that those things that are necessary to be known, believed, and observed for salvation, are so clearly propounded, and opened in some place of Scripture or other, that not only the learned, but the unlearned also, in a due use of the ordinary means God hath appointed, may attain unto a sufficient understanding of them. If there arise any question about the true and full sense and meaning of any Scripture, it must be searched and known by other [Page 186] places that speak more clearly. The certain rule of interpreting the Scripture, is the Scripture it self. The Scripture, saies Camero, is so penn'd, that they that have a mind to know, may know. They that have a mind to wrangle, may take occasion enough of offence, and justly perish by the rebellion of their own reason, for God never intended (saith he,) to satisfie men of a stubborn and perverse wit. And Tertullian long before him, hath told us, that God hath so disposed the Scripture that they that will not be satisfied might be hardened.
5. And lastly, Remember, that the supream Judge, by which all con [...]rove [...]sies of Religion are to be [...]ried, all decrees of Councils, opinions of ancient writers, doctrines of men, and private spirits are to be examined, in whose sentence we are to rest, can be no other than the Holy Spirit of God speaking in and by the Scriptures; for what the Scripture saies, God speaks by it.
Fourthly, Live continually as in the view of God, as in his sight, and presence, being careful to approve thy heart, and all thy waies unto him. Remember there is a broad, and a pure eye of Glory alwaies fixed upon thee God sees hearts, as we see faces. There are three things in the heart of man to be especially heeded, and observed. Principles, Projects, and Ends. God sees what Principles thou actest from. Hee sees all the projects and contrivances that are forging in thy [Page 191] breast; and he sees what are the ends thou aimest at in all thy undertakings. That is pure Religion, that eies God rather than man. In all thy actions therefore, whether natural, moral, or spiritual, be carefull still to designe the Glory of God.
1. In naturall Acts, labour to have supernatural aimes, 1 Cor. 10.31. Whether ye eat, or drink, or whatsoever ye do, do all the Glory of God.
2. In civill Acts, such as the discharge of the duties of thy relations, be careful so to walk as designing that God may have Glory by thy Faithfulnesse. For so the Apostle adviseth, Eph. 6.1. Children obey your Parents in the Lord, for this is right. V. 5. Servants be obedient to them that are your Masters, according to the flesh, with fear and trembling, in singleness of heart as unto Christ. V. 6. Not with eie-service as men pleasers, but as the servants of Christ, doing the will of God from the heart. And Titus 2.9, 10. Exhort Servants to be obedient to their own Masters, and to please them well in all things, not answering again. V. 10. Not purloyning, but shewing all good fidelity, that they may adorn the Doctrine of God our Saviour in all things.
3. In spiritual Acts, such as praying, praising God, and worshipping of him, be especially careful that thy aimes be spiritual. Do ye fast to me, even to me? saies God, by the Prophet, [Page 192] Zach. 7.5. He makes no account of any of our Acts of Piety, except we aim at his Glory in them.
What an excellent frame of Spirit was there in holy David, who professeth, Psal. 16.8. I have set the Lord alwaies before me. Did we but keep this one common Principle warm upon our hearts, that God sees; how would it keep us sincere and upright? How would it deter us from heart sins, and the closest hypocrisie, and from warping into any sinful practise? This was that which kept Joseph so upright, Gen. 39.9. How can I do this great wickednesse, and sin against God? Ask thy self therefore often this question, Will this be pleasing to God that I am now going about? If credit or shame will restrain thee from sin, how much more should Gods eie? Nothing more feeds, maintains, and preserves Piety, than a constant awe of God. David gives the reason the wicked are so bad, They have not set God before them, Psal. 86.14. Abraham was afraid of himself in Gerar, Gen. 20.11. And what was the reason? why saies he, the fear of God is not in this place. Men durst as well run their heads into a hot flaming Oven, as sin against God, so impudently as they do, if they thought he saw them, and would call them to an account.
The fear of God is a Grace of continual use; If that be not before our eies, we are exceeding apt to grow carelesse and secure. We cannot be alwaies praying unto God, nor praising of him, [Page 193] nor worshipping of him, nor emploied in Acts of special communion with him. Yet we ought to be alwaies in his fear, and to remember, that we are alwaies under his eie. Be thou in the fear of the Lord all the day long; 'tis Solomons advice, Prov. 23.17. Right thoughts of God are the fewel that maintaines the life of Religion, which otherwise would be soon extinguished. Remember therefore Gods Omnipresence, and that will make thee upright, and careful to approve thy heart unto him. Sincerity, 'tis the life of all our Graces, and puts life into all our duties. Faith unfeigned, Love without dissimulation, a plain Spirit in which there is no guile, these are Gods delight.
The clearer therefore thou standest in thy own thoughts, concerning the uprightness of thy heart, in the tenure of thy Christian course, incomparably the more joy and comfort thou wilt have. Let integrity and uprightness preserve me, was Davids praier, Psal. 25.21. Keep thy integrity; and thy integrity will keep thee: A good man, next to his care that he give not God any occasion against him, will take care that he give not his Conscience any occasion against him. Be afraid therefore of giving thy Conscience any just occasion to reproach, and rebuke thee; Conscience, 'tis Gods Magistrate within, that is appointed to be a terrour not to good works, but to the evil. Wouldst thou then not be afraid of this [Page 194] power? do that which is good, and thou shalt have praise of the same; to allude to that in Rom. 13. O! it is exceeding sweet, (no man knowes how sweet but he that has it) to have the testimony of a good Conscience, upon good grounds. A good Conscience, 'tis the best pillow to sleep upon, the best dish to feed upon; a dish said I? nay, 'tis a feast, a continual feast, Prov. 15.15. Wouldst thou fare deliciously every day, keep a good Conscience.
Fifthly, Labour daily to live by Faith.
Having given up and committed thy penitent Soule into the hands of Christ, to have thy pardon and peace procur'd by his merits and intercession; learn also daily to trust, and depend [Page 197] on the goodnesse of God, and his gracious promises, for a supply of all such blessings both spiritual and temporal as thou standest in need of.
I shall shew thee what it is to live the life of Faith in these ten particulars.
1. Seek unto the Lord, and daily trust and depend on him for the assistance of his holy Spirit, for Grace and strength effectually to enable thee, to subdue thy corruptions, and to mortifie all sinful vile affections in thee.
2. Trust in him to enable thee to resist and overcome the temptations wherewith thou shalt be assaulted from the Devil or the world.
3. Humbly depend on him to assist and enable thee to perform all the duties both of thy general and particular calling, with sincerity, diligence, and delight.
4. Trust in him to enable thee to bear all the afflictions he shall please to lay upon thee, with patience, affiance in his mercy, and submission to his will.
5. As thou must continually depend on God for a supply of all those Graces, and comforts thy soul stands in need of; so likewise thou must depend daily on his Fatherly care to be furnished and supplied with all such outward mercies as thou standest in need of for this life.
6. Humbly depend on him for direction and guidance in all thy lawful waies, and to be counsell'd in difficult cases, and matters of great concernment to thee.
7. Daily trust in him to be protected, and preserved from dangers, evils, and mischiefes (as far forth as he shall see it good for thee) and that his holy Angels may have charge over thee, and may perform all those good offices for thee, which he hath appointed them to do for those who shall be heirs of Salvation.
8. Trust in him to be blessed and made successeful in all thy lawful endeavours. For though man do his endeavour, yet successe is only his to give.
9. Look up to him, and humbly depend on him, to have all lawful enjoyments and possessions sanctified to thee; that they may be sweetned to thee, with a sense of his love and favour in Christ, and then they will be blessings indeed.
10. Humbly trust in him for the assistance of his holy Spirit, to enable thee daily to grow in Grace, and to persevere and hold out in the waies of truth, and holinesse, till thou attainest the end of thy Faith, even the salvation of thy soul.
And that thou maist the better practise this excellent lesson of living by Faith, take these further Directions.
Direction 1. Labour to strengthen thy assent to the truth of the word of God. Unbelief it is a mother sin. There was a faultring of assent in our first parents to the truth of Gods commination concerning eating of the forbidden tree, else they had not fallen so sadly: and still 'tis the ground of all miscarriages, of hardness of heart, and apostacy, Heb. 3.12, 13, Take heed, Brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief in departing from the living God. But exhort one another daily, while it is called to day, lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulnesse of sin.
He that beleeveth not the judgments, and threatnings of the Word will not stick to do any evil: and he that doth not believe the promises, will not be forward to any good: All neglect, and coldnesse in holy duties, cometh from the weaknesse of our Faith: there is a decay at the root. Did we firmly believe the Glory of Heaven, and the happinesse of the life to come, we would be earnest and zealous for the obtaining of it.
Direction 2. Labour to be well acquainted with the promises of God, and learn to stay thy soul upon them: If an able potent friend promise [Page 207] help in troubles, how are we cheared with it? Ought not the promises of God then to be a strong consolation to us? The proper life of a Christian is to take his comforts, and supports from the promises of God, and not only from his outward providences. God many times alters the dispensations of his Providence, but does not alter his promises. The promises are the Saints inheritance, Isa. 54.17. No weapon that is formed against thee shall prosper; and every tongue that shall rise against thee in judgment, thou shalt condemn; this is the heritage of the Servants of the Lord, Whilst Christ is at Gods right hand, and the Bible in the hand of gracious persons, they need not be dejected in any condition, Why art thou cast down O my soul! and why art thou disquieted within me! So David chides his soul, and rebukes his feares, Psal. 42.5. and Psal 77.10. This is my infirmitie, He bewailes his unbelief, and chides his heart for dejection and distrust of Gods Providence.
Direction 3. Live upon God, and account him all in all, even in thy highest and fullest enjoyment of the creature. Let not the creature be the object of thy trust at any time. Trust and dependance is the greatest homage and respect we can yeeld to the Creatour. Therefore Job Chap. 31.24. saies, If I have made Gold my hope, or have said to the fine Gold, thou art my confidence. V. 25. If I have rejoyced because my [Page 208] wealth was great, and because my hand had gotten much, &c. V. 28. I should have denied the God that is above. Men are very apt to make riches the staffe of their lives, and the stay of their posterity; and so their hearts leaning on them, are taken off from God. The great danger of riches is the trusting in them, Mark 10.23. Jesus saith unto his Disciples, how hardly shall those that have riches enter into the Kingdom of God. V. 24. And the Disciples were astonished at his word, But Jesus answereth again, and saith unto them, children, how hard is it for them that trust in riches to enter into the Kingdome of God?
How many rich men are there, that look upon themselves as it were intrenched within their estates, and so promise themselves security against all dangers. Thus God is not regarded, but their wealth, and worldly greatnesse is made their rock and fortress: therefore covetousness is called Idolatry, Col 3.5. And the covetous man an Idolater, not so much for his love to riches, as his trust in riches. Take heed therefore of making an Idol of the creature, do not build thy happinesse, or felicity, on any thing thou dost here enjoy. When God affords thee creature comforts, trust not in them. Live upon God in the use, and live upon God in the absence of the creature.
Direction 4. Use lawful and fair means, for accomplishing and bringing about thy lawful [Page 209] designes, but let thy main trust be on God. Do thy duty, and commit thy self and thy affairs to him in quietnesse of heart. For a man to say, he trusts in God, and yet neglects to do his duty, this is but to mock God; a moderate care in the management of our aff [...]irs is very commendable, which puts a man upon praier, and an humble diligence in the use of lawful means; that once done, a Christian should labour after a holy moderation and composednesse of Spirit: and should take heed his heart be not fixed too much on any thing here below to his disturbance. He should put all his waies and affairs into Gods hands. He should wait patiently, how God will cast his affairs; and then submit, and acquiesse in the issues of Providence. O how sweet a life leads that Christian, who lives in continual dependance on God! This kind of life discharges the creature of all that is burdensom; of all carking cares, and tormenting fears; It leaves nothing upon him, but a conscionable use of the means, no life makes us so humble, so lowly, so nothing in our own eies, as this life of Faith, which fetcheth all from God. Faith useth means, but trusteth in God alone.
In all thy affairs therefore still seek to the Lord, and apply thy self unto him, and trust in him. We are dark creatures, and easily overshoot our selves; we have not wisdome enough to manage our own affairs. God can counsell us, [Page 210] when we know not how to give counsell to our selves: And God takes it well to be advised with by us. Hereby we acknowledge our subjection to him, when we will nor stir a foot without advising with him, when we desire not to be ordered by our own wisdome, but trust in the Lord with all our hearts, and do not lean to our own understanding; as Solomon advises, Prov. 3.5. Take heed therefore of inordinate carefulnesse, and distrusting God. Consider the evil of rhis sin in these four particulars.
1. No sin more dishonours God, and robs him of his Glory, than this sin doth. It cannot indeed rob God of his essentiall, but it does of his declarative Glory. We glorifie God declaratively when we trust in him, and thereby declare to the world, that we own and acknowledge those his excellencies of wisdome, power, mercy, faithfulnesse, which his Word ascribes unto him: And therefore 'tis said of Abraham, Rom. 4.20. That he staggered not at the promise of God through unbelief; but was strong in Faith, giving Glory to God. V. 21. As being fully perswaded, that what he had promised, he was able also to perform, ver. 22. And therefore it was imputed to him for righteousness. Unbelief doth blemish all those four attributes of God, before mentioned, his Wisdom, his Power, his Goodnesse, his Faithfulnesse; 'tis an interpretative blasphemy, [Page 211] and calling all these into question, and so an high injury and dishonour unto God: Whereas faith is said to justifie God, Luk. 7.29. that is, to professe and acknowledge him to be such a God as his Word reveals him to be.
2. Nothing doth more debar, and shut out Gods operation, in order to our relief and help than this sin. If by taking only moderate and due care, we would resigne up our selves, and our concernments into the hands of God, he would charge himself with us. But if we will immoderatly cark and care, and be so peremptory in our designes, and will not submit them unto him; then God is discharged, we must look to our selves. Therefore 'tis not only our duty, but our interest, to resigne up our selves to God, and to submit our concernments to his will.
3. Unbelief 'tis a sin, against which God hath exceedingly declar'd his displeasure: The Apostle tels us, the children of Israel were destroied in the wildernesse for unbelief; Many were their sins there, Murmurings, lustings, Idolatry, but the main reason of their punishment was, they believed not. Look to their finall excision, and cutting off, why what was it for? for unbelief were they broken off, Rom. 11.20. That noble man in 2 Kings 8.2. was troden to death for distrusting Gods power, and could only see the plenty, did not tast of it. [Page 212] Moses and Aaron could not enter into the land of promise because of their unbelief, Num. 20.12. And the Lord spake unto Moses and Aaron, because ye believe me not, to Sanctifie me in the eies of the children of Israel, therefore ye shall not bring this congregation into the land which I have given them. Zachary was struck dumb for not believing what God had revealed. Christ did never chide his Disciples for any thing so much as their unbelief, Luke 24.25. O ye fooles, and slow of heart to believe. And, why doubt ye O ye of little Faith, Mat. 8.26.
4. 'Tis a Paganish sin, as our Saviour intimates, Mat. 6. For Heathens to be full of carking and caring, is not so much to be wondred at, but for us that professe to believe in God, that do acknowledge a particular Providence, and believe the happinesse of another world, to be under the tyranny of distracting cares, anxiety of mind, and thoughtfulnesse, (as if God had no care of us) this is an exceeding unworthy carriage towards God. Take heed therefore of distrusting God, and overcharging thy self with the cares of this life. Let not thy heart be too much fixed on any thing here below. Lay not these outward things too much to heart. And remember that then cares are inordinate, when they cause such a tumultuousness, [Page 213] and unquietnesse in our thoughts, and affections, that reason is disturbed, and cannot allay or compose them: or when they exceedingly hinder, or quite put us by the duties we ought to perform to God; or lastly, when they cause a sinking, or dying in the heart, (as Nabals heart is said to die within him) when we are disappointed in that we were so eagerly solicitous about. And therefore our Saviour in Mat. 6. bids us take no thought, and repeats it three several times, as v. 25. Therefore I say unto you, take no thought for your life, what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink, nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. V. 31. Therefore take no thought, saying, What shall we eat? or what shall we drink; or wherewithall shall we be cloathed? V. 34. Take therefore no thought for the morrow: for the morrow shall take thought for the things of it self, sufficient unto the day is the evil thereof.
Direction 5. Take heed of limiting God. 1. Either to the time of fulfilling his promises. Or 2. To the way; Faith doth not limit the holy One of Israel, to any set time, or any set means. Do thy duty therefore, and resigne thy self to God; Commit thy self, and all concernments to his Fatherly care: and be not over-solicitous or perplexed about events. What strange distrustful language do the children of Israel use [Page 214] in Psal. 78.20. Can the Lord prepare a table in the wilderness, can he give bread also? Can he provide flesh for his people? And therefore at v. 41. What a black character is given of them, They turned back, and tempted God, and limited the holy One of Israel. We must not prescribe to God, we must not go about to subject his Providence to our direction, and prescribe what he shall do for our satisfaction.
Direction 6. Reflect upon the Lords past kindnesse, and gracious dealings with thee. Consider how much God hath done for thee, and for others, that have trusted in him: and that will tend very much to encourage thee still to trust in him. The more experience and manifestation of Gods power and presence thou hast had, the greater reason thou hast, to cast away all unbelief from thee. It exceedingly provoked God against Israel, that notwithstanding so many experiences of his power, yet still they distrusted him, Num. 14.11. And the Lord said, unto Moses, how long will this people provoke me? And how long will it be ere they believe me? for all the signes I have shewed among them. By every experience we should grow up into a greater courage, and strength of Faith, as David drew inferences of hope against the present danger, from the lion and the bear, 1 Sam. 17.36. Thy servant slew both the lion and the bear, and this uncircumcised Philistine shall be as one of them, [Page 215] seeing he hath defied the Armies of the living God. Or as Paul said, 2 Cor. 1.10. He hath, and doth, and therefore will deliver. Who delivered us from so great a death; and doth deliver; in whom we trust that he will yet deliver us. Christ was angry with his Disciples for not remembring the miracle of the loaves, when they were in a like strait again, Mat 16.9. Do ye not yet understand, neither remember the five loaves of the five thousand, and how many baskets ye took up? God is more angry with the unbelief of his children than of others, because they have more experience of his love and care, and therefore that they should distrust him that never fail'd them, is very ungratefull.
Sixthly, Observe all the passages of his Providence towards thee, whether of justice, or mercy, Take notice of every frown, and every smile from God, and that will much direct thee, how to order thy services of praier, and praise, and teach thee submission to his holy will. Many duties depend on the consideration and taking notice of Gods Providential dispensations. How blame worthy then are they, that do not care to observe or regard the works of God? Certainly, it is our duty, to observe and acknowledge Gods soveraignty and dominion in the world, and over all events here below, (not a sparrow, not a hair fals to the ground without our Heavenly Father) And where we cannot understand the waies of God, let us with an humble reverence believe, and admire the wisdome of them. The deep and unsearcheable [Page 220] waies of God are not to be judged before the Tribunal of mans reason. Labour therefore to get a firm belief of this great truth, setled in thy soul, that God governs all humane affairs, and thou wilt find it of great efficacy against those damps and dejections of mind, that in afflictions we are too prone unto; and it will be a singular antidote against all murmurings, and repinings. How did this consideration quiet and compose the heart of old Eli, 1 Sam. 3.18. It is the Lord. And David on the same account saies, I was dumb, and opened not my mouth, because thou didst it, Psal. 39.9. So when a sore and terrible affliction fell upon Aaron, (his two sons Nadab and Abihu being consumed by fire from Heaven) all that the Scripture reports of his carriage and demeanour is this, And Aaron held his peace, Lev. 10.3. As therefore thou art dilgently to observe and mind Gods Providential dispensations towards thee, so remember it is thy duty, and ought to be the posture of thy Spirit, that whatever he takes from thee, or whatever he does unto thee, perfectly and absolutely to submit to his will. Remember there is no resisting the Almighty, Shall a Grashopper contend with an Eagle? Shall we that are wormes contend with our maker? If we consider our sinfulnesse and guilt, we have reason to admire he afflicts us no more; If as the unjust steward in the Gospel for one hundred, set down but fifty; so if God for an [Page 221] hundred stripes due to us, inflicts but fifty, nay but ten, have we not reason to be patient, and to say, He punisheth lesse than our iniquities deserve? Labour therefore to be patient under his hand. Murmuring and repining does but increase our guilt, and provoke God to double our punishment. The Parent takes up the child for whimpering and crying, as well as for any other fault; not patiently to let God have his will, is the way to beg another whipping from him. In patience therefore possesse thy soul. Solomon saies, If the Iron be blunt, put the more strength to it, Eccles. 10.10. So say I, if the affliction be strong, put the more patience to it. Let patience have its perfect work (not only its half work) in thee. Patience meets God in such an humble way, as discreet Abigail met David, let not my Lord be angry, Impatience, and fretting against the Almighty, is just as if a man should beat his shinnes against an iron bar; or as if he should throw a stone against Heaven, that will be sure to fall on his owne head. And further consider the way to have what thou desirest, is to submit to God, and lay thy self at his feet: When thy soul is wrought to that perfect submission, that thou canst truly say, here I am, let the Lord do with me, what seemeth him good; Let the Lord please himself, and he shall please me, thou hast conquered the difficulty of living in this world: Thou hast got [Page 222] that precious art of chimistry, that will extract gold out of any thing. Thou wilt be able in some measure with blessed Paul to say, I have learned in all estates to be content. O labour and pray for this happy posture of Spirit; and that thou maist attain unto it, be especially careful to secure thy interest in his favour, who is the great Governour of the world, and disposer of all events; What a strong consolation will it be to thee, if this God be thy God, thy reconciled Father in Christ? thou maist then be assured all things shall work together for thy good. Let the wind blow from what point of the compasse it will, it shall blow thee on towards thy haven. Thou needst not fear the bitterest potion, if it come from the hand of a loving Father. The Cup that my Father hath given me, shall I not drink it? saies our Saviour, John 18.11. What my Father prescribes, I have no reason to fear any hurt from. If God be thy Father, and thou his adopted child, th u maist comfort thy self with this, that whatever he takes from thee, or deprives thee of, he will supply to thee again (as one saies) either in kind, or in kindnesse; some way or other, he will make it up to thee. Kindnesse is Gods sure pay to his children: if he takes all and gives himself to thee, he makes thee an abundant amends. 'Tis want of Faith that we cannot find all in God.
And as this consideration will exceedingly becalm [Page 223] thy mind in afflictions, so when God dispenses himself in a way of mercy to thee, it will exceedingly raise and quicken thy heart to thankfulness. Thou wilt give God the Glory of all his mercies. Thou wilt not sacrifice to thine own net, to thine own wit, wisdom, industry, friends, or any second cause, (much lesse to chance, fortune, or good luck, as ignorant people speak) but thou wilt cast the Crown of all thy mercies at his feet, humbly ascribing all Honour and Glory unto him. He will be owned and acknowledged by thee as thy chief Lord. Thou wilt look upon thy self, as holding all from him, and to be but his tenant at will, and therefore obliged to pay him his rent duly and faithfully. And what is the rent he requires of thee? but only to give him the Glory of all his mercies, and to honour him, and magnifie him, in the use of them. In a word, to love him, and thank him, to serve him, and obey him, and to walk humbly before him all thy daies.
Seventhly, Charge upon thy self with all seriousnesse, that great and necessary duty of daily watchfulnesse.
Be not like those whose manner is to spend a little time in praier in the morning, and then to take their leave (as it were) of God, for all the day after; but unto earnest and fervent praier, adde serious watchfulnesse.
And for thy better direction herein, I shall here first give thee a short draught; or scheme [Page 230] of the several particulars I treat of under this head.
First, There are foure things thou must watch over; Namely,
- 1. Thy Thoughts.
- 2. Thy Affections.
- 3. Thy Words.
- 4. Thy Actions.
Secondly, Six things thou must watch against; Namely,
- 1. Against those sins thou art most inclined to by temper, and natural constitution.
- 2. Against the sins thou art most obnoxious to, by reason of thy particular calling, condition, state, and course of life.
- 3. Against the sins of the times and places wherein thou livest.
- 4. Against all occasions and temptations that thou foreseest are likely to endanger thy soule.
- 5. Against dishonouring God in the use of lawful things.
- 6. Against Errour and seduction of mind.
Thirdly, One thing thou must watch for; Namely,
- For opportunities to glorifie God; to do good to others; and to receive good to thy owne soule.
The Motives to quicken thee to this duty are these three.
- [Page 231]1. Most of the sins we commit, we fall into through carelesnesse, and want of watchfulnesse.
- 2. The Devil the tempter is alwaies watchfull to betray us.
- 3. The necessity of perseverance, whereunto a concurrence of our care and diligence is required.
First, The first thing I would advise thee carefully to watch over is thy thoughts. Be very careful, not to lodge, or entertain any sinfull thoughts in thy mind: Sinful thoughts are the Reubens, the first-born of originall sin, and the beginning of its strength. They exceedingly defile the soul, and are the first movers to evil, and very abominable in the sight of God. Oh what reason have we to be humbled for the vain, wanton, foolish, proud, wrathful, covetous, blasphemous, idle, useless, unconcerning thoughts that do many times annoy us.
Let us therefore consider of some remedies against sinfull thoughts.
1. Settle in thy mind a strong and deep apprehension of Gods Omni-presence, and Omniscience; and over-awe thy thoughts with this, that they are all seen, and observed, and taken notice of by him.
2. Remember, that though in the worlds wicked proverb, thoughts are free; because man cannot discern them, nor punish them, yet they are not free from Gods observation, nor from his Law, which being spiritual, blndes [Page 232] the thoughts of the heart, as well as the outward man; nor from his Justice, which will call us to account for our sinful thoughts, nor from the rebukes and scourgings of an awakened Conscience; which are no small punishments.
3. Let it be thy care to suppresse, and crush bad thoughts at the very first rising: Do not at all consent, or comply with them; but abhor, and abandon them presently, and cry out unto the Lord for help against them: Take heed of representing, or acting sin in thy thoughts. If thou wouldst keep thy soul pure, beware of speculative sinfulness.
4. Be carefull to have a stock of good materials alwaies in readinesse for thy thoughts to work upon. Have some good subjects ready to present and offer to thy mind, to entertain thy thoughts with. A good man hath a good treasure in his heart, out of which he bringeth forth good things, Mat. 12.35. Let thy mind therefore have alwaies some good heads to meditate on: As the evil and danger of sin, the necessity of conversion; thy absolute need of Christ; the vanity of the creature; the shortnesse and uncertainty of this life; the everlastingness of thy future state, &c.
5. Avoid Idlenesse, and allow not thy self in melancholy. If thou dost not employ thy mind about that which is good, it will busie it self about evil: The mind of man if it be not well emploied, will be ranging, and roving all over [Page 233] the world, and will be intent on things it should not. The spirit of man is active, and restlesse; 'Tis like a mill; it will be either grinding of that which is put into it, or else working upon it self, wearing, and wearying it self in foolish, fruitless, and unconcerning thoughts. Idlenesse is a grand occasion of impure and impertinent thoughts: 'Tis the devils hour, in which he takes advantage to fill and defile mans mind with wicked suggestions; and melancholy disposeth the mind to strange, absurd, incoherent, unreasonable imaginations; to many sad, perplexing, afflicting thoughts. Man disquieteth himself in vain, saith the Psalmist, Psal. 39.6. framing many imaginary evils and grievances to himself, which God hath not really laid upon him.
Let it be thy care therefore to keep thy mind well employed, either in the duties of Piety, or the works of thy particular calling. When thou dost relax thy mind at any time, from being intent on serious things, for thy necessary refreshment, be careful to allow thy self onely in innocent cheerfulnesse; When the loines of thy mind are ungirt, and thy thoughts let loose to run at random, and have not Conscience set over them as a Governour, thou art in great danger of sinning against God.
6. Do not cumber thy self with too much worldly businesse, that will overcharge thy mind with solicitude, and force too many earthly [Page 234] thoughts upon it: it will fill thee with distracting, disturbing thoughts, and torturing cares. When Martha was careful, and troubled about many things, she neglected the one thing necessary, Luke 10.41, 42.
7. Le [...]rn to spiritualize earthly obj [...]cts, and to raise holy meditations from them. This will be an excellent and advantageous employment for thy mind. This was our blessed Saviours practise, and canst thou follow a better example?
8. Learn to divert and put by bad thoughts, by introducing and bringing in some good thoughts that are contrary to them into their roomes: Thus overcome evil thoughts by good thoughts. If self magnifying thoughts come in; bring in self abasing: If distrustful; put thy soul upon thinking of Gods Faithfulness: If revengefull; think how much thou needest forgivenesse from God: Thus let one wedge drive out another.
9. Beg of God to new mould thy mind, and to put it into such an holy and heavenly frame, that it may be fit to produce good thoughts, as a good tree doth bring forth good fruit. Beg that Grace may be the Law of thy mind▪ Rom. 7.23. Pray earnestly, act Faith, and put thy trust in the power, and promise of God, for the casting down of all sinful imaginations in thy soul, and subduing thy thoughts to the obedience of Christ.
10. If thou wouldst keep bad thoughts out of thy mind, be ready to entertain the gracious motions of the blessed Spirit of God, Rev. 3.20. Behold I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear my voice, and open the door, I will come in to him and will sup with him, and he with me. O do not grieve this holy Spirit; do not repell so blessed a guest, who knocks at thy heart in many a sermon, and by many a providence, and sues for entrance that he may make thee happy. What! shall the devil, with his wicked suggestions be let in, and shall the King of glory with his train of Graces, be shut out? O let it not be.
11. Remember that if thou willingly entertainest, and lodgest in thy mind wicked thoughts now, (and diest in an impenitent and unconverted state) thy thoughts will be thy executioners and tormenters in Hell. As light as thou makest of evil thoughts now, they will then prey upon thy soul as so many vultures, and be a never-dying worm in thy Conscience.
And the more to quicken thee to practise these directions; Consider,
This will be a great argument of thy sincerity, and of the truth of Grace in thee, if thou art conscientiously watchfull over thy thoughts. Many restraints lie upon the outward man to over-awe it and keep it from evil; but the power of Grace does then much appear, when it commands [Page 236] the inward man, and laies restraints upon our thinking faculty, that we dare not allow our selves in any sinful thoughts.
Secondly, Watch over thy Affections, the motions and stirrings of thy will, the out-goings of thy heart.
Rightly to order our Affections, is one of our principall businesses, in this life. When they are rightly ordered, and governed, they do much further & help on our course in Godlinesse. Whereas disordered passions blind the judgment, hurry away the will, fill the heart and mind with disquiet, and interrupt prayer, and other holy duties. Keep an especial watch the [...]efore over thy Affections: Be careful they be not set on wrong objects, nor suffered to grow unruly, and exorbitant. Grace doth not extinguish, but rectifie affections. Christ (who was free from all sin) was not without affections: He was angry, did grieve, rejoyce. Let it be thy care therefore to look to the right regulating of [Page 238] these powers, and these affections that God hath placed in thee.
And to help thee in this work, observe these Directions.
1. Beg of God, a sound mind, a right understanding, a clear judgment, that thou maist be able rightly to discern between good and evil; and maist not take shews and appearances for realities. There is great danger in misapprehensions; for as the apprehensions of the mind are weaker or stronger, so the affections are hotter or cooler.
2. Labour to bring thy will, sense, and appetite under subjection to right reason. If sin do seem pleasant to thee, (as the forbidden fruit to Eve) let reason tell thee 'tis forbidden fruit; and therefore thou must not touch it. A man is Lord of himself, when reason rules him: but his own slave, when wilfulnesse, appetite, or passion bear sway in him. When the Coachman cannot rule the horses, but is hurried violently away with them, there is nothing but confusion to be expected; so it is with a man whose reason is overborn, or hurried away by his headstrong passions. Affections are like fire and water; good servants, but very bad Masters: Fire does well while 'tis kept in the chimney; & water is useful, while 'tis kept within its banks; if they break out, they are ve [...]y mischievous Elements: Affections (while they are moderated, [Page 239] & kept within their due bounds) they are very serviceable; but if they overflow those banks and bounds, what a world of mischief follows?
3. Labour to foresee such things before they come, which may prove great provocations to thee, and are like to kindle and excite thy passions. Use precaution, and wisely avoid such occasions as much as thou canst. Passions are far mo [...]e easily prevented, than moderated: And here premeditation is of singular use, whereby the mind may fortifie & strengthen it self against the exorbitancy of p [...]ssion, before it arise; by considering the unreasonablenesse of it, and the bitter fruits and effects of it.
4. Resist evil affections at the beginning, before they grow high and headstrong; Dash Babylons brats against the wall: If they once get strength, they may be too hard for thee. Lusts, and vile affections let alone, do often end in grosse sins. There are works of the flesh, that follow lusts of the flesh, Gal. 5.19. Love of pleasure, if uncontro [...]l'd, may end in drunkennesse, or uncleannesse. Envy, and malice, if uncheck'd, may end in mu [...]der, or violence. Judas allowing himselfe in Covetousnesse, that brought him to deny his Master.
5. Temperance, and keeping under the body is an excellent means to mortifie lusts, passions, and vile affections. He that pampers his flesh, feeds his enemy. And how much better [Page 240] is it to endure the pains of mortification here, than the horrours of everlasting darknesse hereafter?
6. Remember, that when thy blood and Spirits are moved, and thy passions are up, whatever is presented to thy imagination, tends to the delusion of thy soul. Passions like some kind of glasses, represent things falsely: somtimes of a mountain, they make a mole-hill; and somtimes a mole-hill, they magnifie into a mountain. Therefore if it be possible in passion make no resolutions. Let it be one of thy main cares, then to suffer thy spirit and blood to cool, and thy passions to sink, and melt away, and then thou wilt come to right apprehensions. Many have grievously overshot themselves in passion, and repented of it at leisure.
7. Consider the root of all inordinate passion is self-love. The larger the branches of passion, the deeper the root of self-love. Therefore labour to dig up the root, and do not only lop off the branches. Inordinate self-love ought to be subdued, and mortified.
8. Meditate often on the abasings, sufferings, death, and passion of our Lord, and Saviour. Christ suffered for us, leaving us an example, saith the Apostle, 1 Pet. 2.21. that we should follow his steps. Was he crucified for us? and shall not we crucifie our vile affections for him? [Page 241] Did he renounce his own will, to accomplish our salvation? and shall not we deny our wills for him? our corrupt wills? The wills of the flesh and of the mind, as the Apostle calleth them, Eph. 2.3. The lustings of the lower and the upper soul. Was he made of no reputation for us? and shall we be proud? Did he lay down his very life for us his enemies? and shall not we forgive an enemy for his sake? O labour from the consideration of Christs sufferings to mortifie thy lusts and vile affections.
9. By earnest Prayer, even the prayer of Faith, seek for succour from Heaven, against all thine inordinate affections. Humbly plead that promise before the Lord, Rom. 6.14. Sin shall not have dominion over you, for ye are not under the Law, but under Grace.
10. Take the sword of the Spirit which is the Word of God, Eph. 6.17. and therewith labour to slay thy inordinate affections. Apply the Commands and Threatnings of Gods Word to thy self, when thou findest any strong passion or lust stirring in thee: As suppose Anger be up in thee; take that sword of the Spirit thou wilt find Eph. 4.26, 27. Let not the Sun go down upon your wrath; [...]ther give place to the devil. If hatred against thy Brother be working in thee, take that sword, 1 John 3.15. Whoever hateth his Brother is a murderer, and ye know that no murderer hath eternal life abiding in him. If thy [Page 242] heart be pestered with revengeful thoughts: take that sword in Mat. 6.14, 15. If ye forgive men their trespasses, your Heavenly Father will forgive you; But if ye forgive not men their trespasses, neither will your Father forgive your trespasses. If lust be stirring in thee, take that sword in Mat. 5.28. But I say unto you, whosoever looketh on a woman to lust after her, hath committed adultery with her already in his heart. If pride, take that sword, 1 Pet. 5.5. God resists the proud, and gives Grace to the humble. If Covetousnesse, take that sword, Luke 12.15. Take heed and beware of covetousness, for a mans life consisteth not in the abundance of the things which he possesseth. And 1 Tim. 6.10. The love of money is the root of all evil. Thus if thou art well acquainted with the word of God, thou maist find a sword to slay any inordinate affection, any rebellious lust that rises up in thee.
Thirdly, Watch over thy words.
Gods servants in all ages, have seen a great deal of reason, to resolve within themselves, to take heed of offending with their tongues, and to pray earnestly to the Lord, that he would please [Page 245] to set a watch before their mouths, and to keep the door of their lips. 'Tis a great part of Religion, rightly to govern and bridle the tongue. If any man seemeth to be religious, and bridleth not his tongue, this mans religion is vain, Jam. 1.26. And the transgression of the tongue is the rather to be watched against, because of the natural pronenesse that is in us to offend in that kind. We are exceedingly apt to fall into this sin; partly, because of that quick intercourse that is between the tongue, and the heart, so that we sin in an instant; partly, because speech is an Act we perform without labour, and so we the more easily offend this way: And lastly, because the sins of the tongue are very pleasing, and compliant with corrupt nature. Therefore S t James saith, Jam. 3. v. 2. If any man offend not in word, the same is a perfect man. i. e. Not only a beginner, but one that is come to some ripenesse, and growth in Christianity; his care and watchfulnesse over his words, argues him to be a sound, sincere, and upright Christian. Oh how much reason have we to be seriously humbled for the errours and miscarriages of our tongues! Divide the sins of man into two parts, saies Nazianzen, and one half of them are the sins of the tongue. One reckons up twenty four sins of the tongue, and yet possibly he hath not reckoned all.
- [Page 246]1. Taking Gods Name in vain, in ordinary communication.
- 2. Unlawful swearing.
- 3. Lying.
- 4. Cursing.
- 5. Perju [...]y.
- 6. Blasphemy.
- 7. Rash and unlawful vowes.
- 8. Heartlesse and hypocritical praying.
- 9. False accusing.
- 10. Open railing, reviling and reproaching.
- 11. Secret defaming, backbiting, and whispering.
- 12. Scoffing, jeering, scorning, giving biting quips and girds.
- 13. Ribaldry, filthy speaking, scurrulous jesting, rotten communication.
- 14. Menacing and threatning revenge.
- 15. Deceiving and cheating.
- 16. Proud boasting, and self magnifying.
- 17. Rash judging and censuring.
- 18. Vain and idle tatling.
- 19. Flattering and soothing in evil.
- 20. Enticing and alluring to sin and wickedness.
- 21. Seducing into errour.
- 22. Murmuring and repining.
- 23. Disclosing secrets contrary to promise.
To all which may be added,
- 24. Sinful silence. Of which more afterward.
Oh how vile are we, if one member be guilty of so much sin! Not without reason therefore hath St. James in his third Chap. v. 6. described an evil Tongue, to be a fire, a world of iniquity, and set on fire of Hell, i. e. from the Devil the Father of lies, malice, and virulency. They that nourish an evil tongue, nourish that which comes from Hell, and which will carry them thither, without serious, and timely repentance. The tongue can no man tame, as he goes on, v. 8. that is, of himself without the concurrence of Divine Grace. Pray therefore for this Grace, that thou maist take heed to thy words, that thou offend not with thy tongue. And for the better regulating and governing of it, observe these Directions.
1. Begin at thy heart, if thou wouldst rightly govern thy tongue. Pray as David did, Psal. 51.10. Create in me a clean heart O God, and renew a right Spirit within me. Out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaketh, saith our Saviour, Mat. 12.34. The disorders of the tongue, usually proceed from the distempers of the heart. Idlenesse of words, from vanity of thoughts; Rashnesse of speech, from hastinesse of Spirit: Boasting, and proud brags, from pride of heart; Reviling, and open reproaching, from inward malice. The foul stomack betraies it selfe, in a stinking breath. The naughtinesse of the heart vents it self by the tongue. A heart stor'd with [Page 248] wisdom and grace will discover it self in savoury discourse.
2. Let thy end and aim in speaking be, to glorifie God, and to do good to others. That word is an idle word, and utterly lost, which tends to no good purpose. Either speak somthing better than silence, or keep silence, saies the Heathen Poet. Choose either to speak that which is (some way or other) profitable; or to be silent. Now there may be a sinfull silence, as in these cases.
- 1. When God is dishonoured, and we express no dislike of it.
- 2. When 'tis our duty to reprove an offending Brother, and we neglect it.
- 3. When our silence proceeds from want of delight in Spiritual things; when we are free enough to any worldly discourse, but cannot abide to speak of matters that concern our soules.
- 4. When we are ashamed to own the waies of God, for fear of reproach.
- 5. When we neglect to give good counsell where we ought.
3. Consider before thou speakest, and be not rash with thy mouth; Be slow to speak, saith St. Jam. Chap. 1. v. 19. i. e. deliberate, and advised: Let thy mind be thy tongues guide. When thy words are once out of thy mouth, they are past recal. And therefore one set a pretty moral picture over his table (a place usually of too much licentious [Page 249] discourse) of a man out of whose mouth many little birds flew (which were his words) which he with both his hands strove to catch again, but could not: Consider therefore before thou speakest, and ere thy words be gone out of thy reach and power; especially consider before thou promisest any thing: Consider whether the thing be good, fit, convenient, and in thy power, and whether thy mind will suffer thee to do it or no: He that does not this, will be apt to erre, and to ensnare himself by his owne words.
4. Whatever thou hast covenanted, agreed, or promised, be carefull to perform, though to thy losse and damage. If thou findest thy self unable to perform, give notice betimes, and crave either forbearance, or a release. 'Tis a good caution that one gives, that we should be exceeding careful what vowes we make to God, or what promises to man.
5. Be sure, that whatever thou speakest, be morally true; ( i. e. that there be an ag [...]eement between thy heart and tongue) though thou art not obliged to speak all that thou knowest to be true, at all times. There may be somtimes malice in reporting the truth: An eager desire to spread a fault wants not sin.
6. Speak with a great deal of caution and warinesse, where thou art aggrieved, and dost think thou sufferest: Trust not thy self, if there [Page 250] be any the least touch of ill will, or envy in thee, towards the person spoken of. Ill will never speaks well. Under sense of wrong, our mindes are apt to run into very uncharitable imaginations.
7. Forbear altogether to speak when thou art in passion. He that is in a high fit of passion, is as truly drunk, as he whose head is full of wine. Passion is a bad counsellour, and as ill a speaker: Moses when in passion spake unadvisedly with his lips, Psal. 106.33. Job cursed the day of his Nativity, Job. 3.2.3. Jonah spake pettishly against God himself, Jonah 4.9.
8. Deal with anothers good name as thou wouldst be willing thine own should be dealt with; be very wary of speaking of the credit of others on bare reports. A good name is better than riches, Prov. 22.1. Possibly thou abhorrest to steal from thy neighbour, or be thought a thief; do not then rob him of his good name, which is more percious than worldly substance. By a good name many have done good after their death: by the losse of it many have been rendred useless while they lived.
9. Be not severe-spirited, and apt to interpret every thing in the worst sense. Let charity have its perfect work. 'Tis better to erre ten times in a way of charity, than once in a way of cruelty. Goodness is least suspitious: Gracious hearts reflect most upon themselves; they do not seek [Page 251] so much what to reprove in others, as what to amend in themselves; they love to look inwards, and being sensible of their own failings, are tender in reflecting on the weaknesses of others: whereas those that are most inquisitive into the lives of others, are usually most carelesse in reforming their owne. Sharp censurers, and reprovers, had need be very exact in their own lives; else in judging others they pronounce their own doom. Be not apt therefore to judge or censure the actions of others. Consider how often thou thy selfe hast offended; use another with the same mercy thou wouldst have shewed to thy self, Gal. 6.1. Brethren, if any man be overtaken in a fault, ye which are spiritual, restore such a one in the Spirit of meekness, considering thy self, lest thou also be tempted. They that are most spiritual, are most tender to set a fallen Christian in joynt again. Consider well therefore, before thou pronounce too hard a censure upon thy brother: If thou canst not excuse the action, yet consider possibly the intent was good; or it might proceed from ignorance, or some violent temptation, and that thou thy self maist so fall, if so tempted, and God do not sustain thee. Bernard tels of a man, that hearing of a fallen brother, fell into a bitter weeping, and said, he is fallen to day, and I may fall to morrow: Therefore cherish an humble sense of thine own frailty, and that will make thee charitable [Page 252] towards others. And be especially careful thou dost not make the failings, and miscarriages of others, (which should be matter of grief to thee, and set thee upon praying for them, 1 John 5.16.) to serve thee for mirth and sport: And yet this is the usual entertainment of this corrupt world. But the Apostle tels us, 1 Cor. 13.6. Charity rejoyceth not in iniquity; and therefore it cannot make the sins and failings of others, its recreation.
10. Do not recite jests made upon Scripture, or contrived out of Scripture phrase, which can hardly be told, or heard, without leaving in the mind some diminution of the Majesty, and Authority of Gods Word; the Dignity whereof all ought to maintain. Therefore 'tis ill trusting our corruptions with the bare reporting of such jests made by wicked wits, on Scripture abused, for fear of the bad effects that may ensue thereupon. Our tongue is our glory, Psal. 57.8. With that we should blesse the Lord at all times, his praise should be continually in our mouthes, Psal. 34 1. With that we should labour to do good to others with whom we converse. Let us not then pervert it from the right use. Moral infection spreads abroad by words, as the pestilential doth by a corrupt breath.
11. Speak with great modesty, when the matter any way relates to thine own commendation. A mans praise smels sweet out of anothers [Page 253] mouth, but stinks out of his own
12. Speak not ill of any, except it be upon just occasion, and in order to some good, that God may have Glory thereby, and the persons whom thou speakest, may be warned and admonished.
13. In stead of speaking ill, or censuring thy brother, privatly admonish him; but do it not in a masterly way, but in the Spirit of meeknesse, Let love sweeten thy words. When love rules in the heart, the law of kindnesse is in the tongue.
14. Lastly, Consider what Solomon saies, Prov. 10.19. In the multitude of words, there wanteth not sin, and he that refraineth his lips is wise. Due and befitting silence is many times a great prese [...]ver of innocency; but when the tongue runs very fast, and speaks more than comes to its share, 'tis ordinarily a servant either to pride or passion.
Fourthly, Watch over thy Actions.
The Apostle gives us an excellent exhortation in the 5 th to the Ephes. v. 15. See that ye walk circumspectly, not as fo [...]ls, but as wise. And in 1 Pet. 1.15. We are commanded to be holy in all manner of conversation. True and real Christianity is a careful businesse. There is a great deal [Page 261] of watchfulnesse and circumspection required to keep our Consciences void of offence towards God, and towards men. O how sad a sight is it to see men in words professing Christ, and yet in works denying him! Shew me thy Faith by thy works, saies St. James. And our Saviour in Mat. 5.16. Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good workes, and glorifie your Father which is in Heaven. The men of the world have their eies on the lives and conversations of Professors, they know not what they do in their closets, they care not much what they do in the congregation; they look what the tenour and course of their lives is. O therefore let those that name the Name of Christ depart from all iniquity! Let such as profess themselves real Ch [...]istians, and true converts, take heed of being taken tardy in such things, which meer moral men (that are strangers to the life of Grace) cannot be justly charged with.
Be very careful therefore of, and watchfull over all thy actions. Take heed the Name of God be not blasphemed, nor his honour wounded by any ungodly action of thine: Take heed of bringing a scandal on Religion, and a reproach on the Gospel. If ever thou wouldst win others to Religion, thou must be exemplary in holinesse and righteousnesse thy self; it is a woful thing to be an offence, and stumbling block to others, and to be an occasion of keeping them off from embracing the waies of God. O therefore take [Page 262] heed of doing any such things as may make Religion stink in the nostrils of profane men: Take heed of doing any thing that is not justifiable or warrantable, and which may be an active scandal unto others. Indeed there are passive scandals and offences, such as wicked men take through their own corrupt and malicious hearts, as the Pharisees did at Christ; But such people destroy themselves, and like Serpents, turn every thing they eat into poison: But the true Christian is tender of Gods Glory, and the repute of Religion; and therefore dares not do such things as are unwarrantable. If Augustus could say, an Emperor should not only be free from crimes, but the very suspition of them: How much more should true Christians labour to be such, who are commanded to abstain from all appearance of evil? 1 Thes. 5, 22. Do nothing therefore that is misbecomming a real Christian. As Nehemiah once said, shall such a man as I flee? Nehem. 6.11. So do thou reflect upon thy self, when tempted to any evil action: Shall such an one as I, lie, swear, deal deceitfully; be proud, be covetous, be earthly minded, &c? O! if ever thou shouldst be overcome with such things, thou maist say to thy self truly, what Michal said falsely to David, Thou hast made thy self like one of the vile and base ones of the earth.
That therefore thou maist be the more seriously watchful over all thy actions take these three directions.
1. Look carefully to the principle, the spring, the rise of them. Observe from whence all thy external obedience flowes: Does it come from an inward principle of Grace, from a sanctified heart, from a new Nature, from a principle of Faith, and Love? or from external motives, and outward respects and considerations? 'Tis not the matter that makes the work good, but the principle: Some things may be done (for the matter good) and some external obedience performed by meer natural men, and that either for credit, or upon the impulses of natural Conscience, out of bondage, and a servile frame of spirit; like fruits that are ripened by art and force, not naturally and kindly; but 'tis not enough to do actions good and just as to the matter, but we must do them out of love to God, and obedience to his will, and in Faith expecting our reward from him.
2. Look to thy rule. Is the Word of God the rule and square of thy actions? Thy Word is a light to my feet, and a lanthorn to my paths, saies David, Psal. 119.105. And as many as walk according to this rule, peace be on them, and mercy, and upon the Israel of God, saies Paul, Gal. 6.16. Many people watch in a disorderly way; They have no Law or Rule, but their own lusts and corrupt wills; no guide, but their own blind passions and humours. But if thou wouldst order thy actions aright, take the Word of God for thy Rule.
3. Look to thy aim and end. Thy main and ultimate end must be Gods Glory. A Christians whole life should be a living unto God, Gal. 2.19. All that is done, be it an act of Piety, Justice, Temperance, or Charity, it should be done with this aim, that God might be glorified thereby. In all thy actions therefore, whether natural, civil, or spiritual, thou must still designe the Glory of God: But of this we have spoken more under the fourth particular of this Chapter.
Having now dispatched those four things thou must watch over, namely, thy Thoughts, thy Affections, thy Words, and thy Actions. I come now in the second place to speak of those six things thou must especially watch against.
1. Against those sins thou art most enclined to, by temper and natural constitution. The weakest part of the City must have the strongest guard. Some Affections are predominant in one Age, some in another: There are youthful lusts, 2 Tim. 2.22. as well as infirmities proper to old Age. 'Twas a great Argument of Davids sincerity that he could truly say, Psal. 18 23. I was upright before thee, and kept my self from mine iniquity.
Study therefore thy heart, and consider what sins thou art most prone unto. All sins fight against the soul, but thy Master sin is the Goliah; endeavour (through the aids of Grace) to slay [Page 268] that, and the whole Army of the Philistines will be easily vanquished.
2. Against the sins thou art most obnoxious to, by reason of thy particular Calling, Condition, State, and Course of life. A man by reason of his calling, or condition of life may have more frequent, and stronger inducements to some sins, than to others; which he is therefore the more especially to keep watch against, 2 King. 5.18. In this thing the Lord pardon thy servant, that when my Master goeth into the house of Rimmon, to worship there, and he leaneth on my hand, and I bow my self in the house of Rimmon; when I bow down my self in the house of Rimmon, the Lord pardon thy servant in this thing.
3. Against the sins of the times, and places wherein thou livest We must be careful of being carried away with the evil of the times. 'Tis a description of wicked men, Eph. 2.2. that they walked according to the course of this world, i. e. according to the Age, as the manner of the times went. But of righteous Noah, we have another kind of Character, Gen. 6.9. Noah was a just man & upright in his generation, & Noah walked wtih God. And so in 2 Chron. 17.3.4. We read, that the Lord was with Jehosaphat, because he walked in the first waies of his Father David, and sought not unto Baalim, but sought to the Lord God of his Father, and walked in his Commandments, and not after the doings of Israel. And the Apostle exhorts [Page 269] the Philippians, Chap. 2. v. 15. that they should be blamelesse, and harmlesse, the sons of God without rebuke in the midst of a crooked and a perverse nation, among whom (saies he) ye shine as Lights in the world. 'Tis a high point of Grace, not to be snared with the evils of our own times.
4. Against all occasions, and temptations, thou foreseest are likely to endanger thy soul. We that pray to God, not to lead us into temptation, must not run our selves into it: A prudent man should therefore forethink, and consider in the morning, what temptations he is like to be encountred with that day, that so he may (if possible) decline them, or else set his guards the stronger against them. A weak temptation that takes us unawares, will prevail more than a stronger forseen. A prudent man saith Solomon, Prov. 22.3. foreseeth the evil, and hideth himself, but the foolish go on still and are punished. 'Tis a point of true spiritual wisdom to foresee sin afar off, in the occasions, and temptations that lead to it; and by avoiding the one to prevent the other. 'Tis easier and safer for the Fowl to passe by the snare, while she is yet out, than it is to wind her self out again, when she is once in.
Watch and pray, saies our Saviour to his Disciples, Mat. 26.41. that ye enter not into temptation. If ye do rashly enter the lists of temptation, a thousand to one (such is mans naturall weaknesse) [Page 270] you will not come out without some foil.
5. Against dishonouring God in the use of lawful things, such as meat, drink, apparel, lawful refreshments, &c.
Remember that 'tis in the use even of things indifferent, that Satan most usually setteth his snares for Gods servants; for here the snare is not so visible, as in grosser sins; and he prevaileth more often against those that be not grossely prophane and ungodly, by the immoderate or undue use of things in themselves lawful, than by drawing them to such things as are simply evil, and unlawful. The Devil knowes well, that he that will do all he may do, will soon be drawn to do somwhat he ought not to do. 'Tis dangerous to come near the borders and confines of sin: Those that will go to the utmost extent of their Christian Liberty and venture themselves so near the brink, do many times fall into the pit of sin. All things (saith the Apostle) are lawful unto me, but all things are not expedient. 1 Cor. 6.12. and 10.23. All things. i. e. not all things absolutely, but all things in their own nature indifferent, are lawful to me; yet all such things are not alwaies expedient. 'Tis better for us many times to forbear many things we may do, (it will never be grief or offence of heart to us, as was said to David, in another case, 1 Sam. 25.31.) than be once overtaken in what we should not do.
6. Watch against Errour.
As thou must be careful to keep thy heart from sinful lusts, and thy life from being spotted and stained with sinful practises; so thou must be vigilant also to keep thy judgment sound, and thy mind from being tainted and fly-blown with Errour. Thou must take heed of a corrupt judgment, as well as a rotten heart and a wicked life. 'Tis a great judgment to be given up either to an erroneous mind or to vile affections. Some there are that seem very strict in their lives, and pretend as much tendernesse in matter of morality, as Lot did of his guests, Gen. 19. yet are very loose as to their judgments, exposing them as he his Daughters to be defiled with any corrupt Doctrine that comes to their doors. Julian the Apostate was a just, temperate, strict man, but a bitter enemy to Christ: Some that are sober in their lives, are yet drunk with Errour. But let such consider, that as they say of fish, they begin to stink at the head, so a corrupt judgment is very frequently a beginner and introducer of a depraved conversation. Men in this age are wanton, and play with opinions; but (believe it) 'tis not of small moment, what opinions we hold, and whether we be sound in the Faith, or no. Grace and Truth use to thrive together: The way of truth is the way of life, and errour tendeth to death. The Apostle tels us of pernicious Doctrines, and damnable Heresies, [Page 272] 2 Pet. 2.1. that bring swift destruction. Truth in the mind preserveth an awe of God in the heart; But false Doctrines blind the mind, harden the heart, deprave the conversation, destroy the Churches peace, and provoke the Lord to have a controversie with a people where they are tolerated, Rev. 2.14, 15, 20.
And we should be the more watchful over our selves in this particular, because Errours are so agreeable to corrupt Nature; (and Conscience does usually lesse regret a man for Errour, than for unholinesse) and many times also they sute a corrupt interest (namely, profit and worldly advantage) and then people are in great danger to be caught by them.
To keep thee therefore from Errour take these few Directions.
1. Labour to be well-grounded in the truth Let the foundation be laid sure, else the building with every ruffling wind, will be apt to totter. Ungrounded Christians who never understood the true grounds of the Religion they have taken up, and how it is built on the Scriptures, when they meet with Arguments against it, which they never heard of before, and which they (through their unskilfulness) cannot answer; they presently yield to errour; and think, because they cannot answer them, therefore no body else can. But if thou wouldst not be carried away with every wind of Doctrine, Labour rightly to understand [Page 273] the true grounds of Christian Religion: And to this end study the Scriptures, with humility, and be much in prayer, that God would guide thee by his holy Spirit into all saving truth, and keep thee from falling into errour. And remember, that what has been commonly received by the people of God and embraced and practised by the Saints in all ages, is not lightly to be rejected and deserted. Can any rational man think, God would leave the generality of his people to errour and seduction of mind? Consider with thy self therefore whether it be not safer to follow the footsteps of the flock of Christ, than to be led away by pretenders to new light; the Scripture having given so many cautions to beware of seduce [...]s, 2 Pet. 3.17, 18.
2. Rest not in a bare knowledge of the truth, but reduce thy knowledge into practise. Be sincere in the Religion thou professest, and let the truths of God, like leaven, season thy mind, will, and affections, and have a powerful influence on thy life. When men are in love with Gospel-truths, for the goodnesse, sweetnesse and benefit they tast in them, they will labour to hold them fast. Those that have any experience in their own hearts of the comfort and efficacy of the Doctrines of Repentance, Faith in Christ, and daily watchfulness, will not easily throw them off, and exchange them for new opinions: But they that care not to practise the great and necessary [Page 274] truths of the Gospel, no wonder if they prove Apostates, and fall off from them. Labour therefore to practise the truths thou professest, holding the mystery of Faith in a pure Conscience, 1 Tim. 3.9. The more thou growest in Grace, the more thou shalt be kept from falling into the errour of the wicked, Heb. 13.9. He that doth what he knowes of the will of God, shall know more of it, John 7.17. If ye know these things, saith our Saviour, happy are ye if ye do them, John 13.17. Happinesse doth not lie in the meer knowing or assenting to the principles of Christian Religion, but in living according to them, and expressing the power and efficacy of them in our lives. For a man to be of an orthodox judgment, and an haeretical life; an orthodox swearer, an orthodox drunkard, a prophane person, and yet zealous against Hereticks; an antinomian in practise, and yet a declamer against the opinions of the Antinomians, O how sadly do these things sound! A right belief should have a powerful influence on the heart and life: But they whose hearts are rotten and deceitfull under truth, 'tis no wonder if they be deceived by errour. Believe it, if the heart be corrupt and love sin, it will easily encline a man to entertain such corrupt principles as will give liberty to sin. Men would fain have that true which is most accomodate to their corrupt interests. Take heed therefore of harbouring any secret lust or sin in [Page 275] thy heart. 'Tis sin provokes God to give men up to errour; God does many times out of a secret judgment suffer those to fall into errour, who held the truth in unrighteousnesse. They who are not sound in the fear of God, soon prove unsound in the Faith of God. Hymeneus and Alexander first put away a good Conscience, and then made shipwrack of Faith, 1 Tim. 1.19, 20. The women that were led away by seducers, 2 Tim. 3.6. were such as were laden with divers lusts. What Solomon therefore saies of a strange woman, may be applied to a strange Doctrine; whoso pleaseth God, shall escape from her, but the sinner shall be taken by her, Eccles. 7.26.
3. Take heed of pride, conceitednesse, confidence in thine own judgment and understanding. The humble God will teach, but he resists the proud, 1 Pet. 5.5. Pride usually 'tis the mother of Heresies: 'Twas of old the condemnation of the Devil, 1 Tim. 3.6. the ruine of our first Parents; and therefore no wonder if it ruine so many soules in these daies. Proud persons may carry it high for a time, but commonly God suffers them at last to fall into the ditch of errour, or prophanenesse. And 'tis just it should be so; that when the understanding of these high-flown ones returnes unto them (if God have such a mercy in store for them) they may with Nebuchadnezzar, see their folly, and bless the most High.
4. Beware of the itch of noveltie and affecting new Doctrines. He is half gone into errour, that vainly covets after novelties, and listens after every new-fangled opinion. New Doctrines like new fashions, do usually take with unstable minds. We read of itching eares, 2 Tim. 4.3. and following after another Gospel, Gal. 1.6. But Christ tels us but of one way to Heaven, and that is by himself; I am the way, the truth, and the life, John 14.6. There is no new way thither. True Repentance, Faith in Christ, and sincere obedience, this is the good old way that we must walk in, if we intend to come thither.
5. Expose not thy self to the temptations of seducers. 'Tis in vain for any to pray to God to keep them from the infection of errour, if they wilfully (against the expresse Word of God) and without any just warrant and call, run into the company of seducers, and read their Books.
The Scripture bids us,
- To beware of them, Matth. 7.15.
- Not to go after them, Luke 21.8.
- To avoid them, Rom. 16.17.
- To turn away from thē, 2 Tim. 3.5.
- If they come to us, not to receive them, or bid them God-speed, or encourage them in their way, 2 ep. Joh. 10.
But possibly some will say, Are we not [Page 277] commanded to prove all things? 1 Thes. 5.21.
Ans. Will you try poison whether it will kill you or no? Therefore the meaning of this place must needs be, that we are to examine the Doctrines that are delivered unto us, by the Scripture, whether they are built thereon, or no. Like those noble Bereans, Acts 17.11. who searched the Scriptures whether those things were so, that were delivered to them for the Truths of God. And let that place, Rom. 14.1. be considered by all such as are not throughly grounded in the principles of Christianity, Him that is weak in Faith, receive, but not to doubtful disputations. Every private Christian is not fit to cope with hereticks, and such as are skilfull to destroy the Faith of others. You would not allow a man to come and undermine the foundation of your house; This do they, and worse, that go about to undermine your Faith, and labour to shake and unsettle you in the grand truths of the Gospel. Surely they that rob and rifle soules of Truth, are worse felons, than they that rob and rifle houses.
6. Forsake not the publick Ordinances, nor faithful Ministers of Christ, whose endeavours God hath born witness to, by the real conversion of many thousand soules. 'Tis not safe to balk the known and ordinary waies, wherein God uses to dispense his spiritual blessings. Wisdom's dole is to be expected at wisdom's gate. Eph. 4.11. [Page 278] And he gave some Apostles, and some Prophets, and some Evangelists, and some Pastours and Teachers, v. 12. For the perfecting of the Saints, for the work of the Ministry, for the edifying the body of Christ. v. 14. That we henceforth be no more children tossed to and fro, & carried about with every wind of Doctrine, by the slight of men & cunning craftinesse, whereby they ly in wait to deceive.
7. Remember thou art not only to be stedfast in the truth, and to hold fast the truth, as to thine own particular, but also to be valiant for the Truth, Jer. 9.3. To contend for the Faith once delivered to the Saints, Jude v. 3. Thou must shew thy self a Champion for Truth, when it is opposed. Truth 'tis one of the choicest treasures and greatest priviledges that ever God bestowed on any people, And shall we so easily and tamely part with it? Shall we suffer crafty persons that are now abroad, to rob us and steal from us our best treasure? Shall we suffer them to cheat us, and our posterity of our richest Jewell? Not long ago, the great bickerings were about discipline: Now the Doctrine of the Gospel is in danger; And shall we suffer the interest of our Lord and Master to be troden under foot? Indeed we are not to be bitter against the persons of the erroneous, yet we are to be sensible how God is dishonoured, and thousands of soules endangered by their pernicious errours. And therefore it deeply concerns us to [Page 279] have a care of our selves to preserve our owne soules from this infection; and not of our selves only, but to have a regard to our posterity also; that we transmit truth down to them. We would be willing to leave our estates to our children; And shall we not be more careful to leave them truth? Believe it, we are to perform the part of faithful Trustees, and to keep the Doctrine of salvation pure and unmix'd (as much as in us lies) and so to leave it to those that are to come after us.
8. and Lastly, Consider how the Scripture has forewarned us there must be Heresies, 1 Cor. 11.19. Now there is a twofold necessity; Absolute, Conditional.
1. Absolute, when a thing cannot possibly be otherwise; as God must needs be just.
2. Conditional, when a thing must be, supposing such another thing to be before: As suppose the Sun be risen, it must be day; so here, upon supposition of these two things, 1. Satans malice. 2. Mans Corruption, there must be Heresies. Far be it from us ever to think that God imposes a necessity on any to be Hereticks: but he permits them & suffers them to spring up in the Church; and that for these three reasons.
1. That his glorious truths may be the more cleared up, and evidenced, and strongly confirmed and maintained: Many parts of true Doctrine have been but slenderly guarded, till ass [...]ulted [Page 280] by Hereticks; then old evidences have been searched and found out. Many truths have been occasionally most cleared and setled by the opposition of the Adversary.
2. That they that are approved may hereby be made manifest. This is an effect the Devil never intended by raising Heresies; But 'tis the Chimistry of Heaven to bring good out of evil: That is pure gold that endures the trial of the fire. A quick smart wind severs the solid grain from the chaff. They are but chaff who are blown away with every wind of Doctrine: The good wheat remaines still in the floor of the Church. When you see an Army march, you know not who is valiant, and who not; when the enemy approaches, then is the trial.
3. That the obstinate may be rendred inexcusable, who wilfully shut their eies against these more open manifestations, and greater clearings up of the Truth, which (occasionally) by the opposition of the adversary, God is pleased to afford his Church.
I have now dispatched the second Particular, The things thou art to watch against. I come now to the third, the thing thou must watch for.
Thirdly, Watch for, and take all fit opportunities to glorifie God, and to do good. This is to be like our blessed Lord and Saviour, who went about doing good, and made every place (where he came) the better for him. How much good may a seasonable word dropt for God, do? A sin wisely reproved, and discountenanced; a good hint well improved, some good counsel seasonably given, of how much advantage to the soules of others may these things prove? This is to be on Gods side, and true to his party. We say, A wise man makes more opportunities than he finds, but a fool neglecteth those he has: It should be our real design in all companies, either to do good, or to receive good; And this will turn to a comfortable account in the day of recompences.
I come now to the Motives, to quicken thee to this great and necessary duty of continuall watchfulnesse.
First, Consider how naturally we are all prone to be secure and carelesse; and want of watchfulnesse betraies us to most of the sins, we fall into.
Secondly, Consider the vigilancy of the tempter. Shall he be so watchful to destroy us, and [Page 289] shall not we be watchful to keep our selves from his malice?
Thirdly, Consider the necessity of perseverance, whereunto, a concurrence of our care, and diligence is required.
Whoso endureth to the end, saith our Saviour, Matth. 10.22. he and he only shall be saved. Let us all run with patience, saies the Apostle, the race that is set before us, Heb. 12.1. Now in worldly races none gaineth the prize, but he that getteth first to the goal; but in the spiritual race, not only he that cometh first, but whoso holdeth out to the last, he is sure to win and obtain the prize. Be faithful to the death, and I will give thee the Crown of life, saies our Saviour, Rev. 2.10. 'Tis to no purpose therefore for a man to do well for a spurt, and then to give over, & break off that good course he was entred into; for 'tis perseverance in well doing, that carrieth away the Crown. 'Tis true, Gods called and sanctified people are preserved and kept in their state of Grace and Holiness by the power of God; by their close union with Jesus Christ; by vertue of his merits and constant [Page 290] intercession for them; and also by a continued influence from the Spirit, maintaining the essence, life and seed of Grace in them; so that they shall neither totally nor finally fall away. Yet observe these four things. 1. Seeming Grace may be lost; Take from him that which he hath, Mat. 25.28. In Luke 'tis, Take from him, that which he seemeth to have, Chap. 8. v. 18. Blazing Comets, and Meteors are soon spent, and fall from Heaven, while true Stars keep their Orbe and Station. 2. The common work of the Spirit may fail: Such as is spoken of Heb. 6.4, 5. viz. Illumination, external reformation, temporary Faith, a slight tast of the comforts of the Gospel, a weak glance upon the Glory of Heaven, which may possibly stir up such a wish as was in Balaam, O that I might die the death of the righteous; Nay further, there may be a partaking of the gifts of the Holy Ghost, i.e. of abilities for holy duties, (though not of his renewing Graces) And yet such plenty of blossoms as here are, may somtimes be without fruit. 3. True Grace may suffer a shrewd decay; the leaves may fail, though there may remain some life in the root: We read in Scripture of a decay both of Faith, Love, and Obedience. Some left their first Faith, 1 Tim. 5.12. Others left their first Love, Rev. 2.4. And as for obedience, we read of the first waies of David, as distinguished from his latter, 2 Chron. 17.3. because David in his latter time fell into [Page 291] scandalous sins. In temptations, Gods children may be sorely shaken: Their heel may be bruised as Christs was, though their head be not crushed. The operations of Grace may be obstructed for a time; and yet a seed remain, as in the case of David. 4. True Grace, if left to us, would soon be lost. Adam shewed a sad example of this in innocency: But the best is, our security lies in Gods power and promises, and our union with Christ (as was said before) not in our own strength. Christ hath a charge to keep the Saints safe, and to conduct them safe to everlasting Glory, John 10.28. I give unto them eternal life, and they shall never perish, &c. v. 29. My Father which gave them me is greater than all, and no man is able to pluck them out of my Fathers hand; I and my Father are one. God and Christ are engaged in the keeping of them. But observe it; Those whom God causes to persevere, he makes to persevere in the use of meanes, as 'twas in their case. Acts 27.31. All shall come to land; but except ye abide in the ship, ye cannot be safe. No believer is so sure of his continuance in a state of Grace, as that he needeth not be very wary, and watchful, and jealous over himself, 1 Cor. 10.12. Let him that standeth, take heed lest he fall. There is a fear of caution, as well as a fear of diffidence and distrust, 'tis good to weaken and abate the security of our flesh, though not our confidence in Christ. Our [Page 292] Saviour had prayed that Peters Faith should not fail, yet together with the other Apostles, he bids him watch. Luke 22.40, 46. The fear of God is a preserving Grace, Jer. 32.40. I will put my fear into their hearts, that they shall not depart from me. This fear will make us watchful, not diffident of Gods power and goodness. And in this sense, Blessed is the man that feareth alwaies, as Solomon saies, Prov. 28.14. And as our Saviour adviseth, Luke 22.46. that watcheth and prayeth, that he enter not into temptation.
We see then that to perseverance there is a concurrence of our care and diligence required, Jude v. 21. Keep your selves in the love of God. & Phil. 2.12, 13. Work out your salvation with fear and trembling for it is God that worketh in you, &c.
Indeed the main work is Gods; he is the beginner, and he is the perfecter, Phil. 1 6. He is the author, and he is the finisher, Heb. 12.2. But may we then be idle and sit still, be careless and negligent? No, in no wise: For God worketh in us, and by us. If therefore there be no Grace working in us, nor working by us, and exciting, and quickning, and enabling us to sincere obedience, and a careful and watchful carriage towards God, we may justly suspect our state for the present to be very bad. A Christians life is never exempted from care. We must be watchful and diligent to the very last: Satan is alwaies busie; we have corruptions within, and [Page 293] the world is full of snares: And many times, where there seems to be least danger, there is most cause of fear. Lot that was chast in Sodom, miscarried in the mountaines, where there were none but his own Family. David's example may warn the holiest persons to the worlds end, to be jealous over themselves. Who would have thought that he (whose heart smote him for cutting off the lap of Sauls garment) should after fall into uncleannesse and murder? Peter also is a sad instance of confidence in a mans own strength.
Upon all these considerations, let me advise thee to watch and pray, to pray and watch continually. Hast thou begun to make profession of Religion? O do not fall off, and bring an ill report upon the waies of Holinesse. A house begun, and not finished is a habitation of shreek owles. Hold out to the last, that so thou maist obtain that honourable title, that Mnason had, to be an old disciple, Acts 21.16.
I shall conclude this Head of watchfulnesse, and this whole Chapter of maintaining a daily close communion with God, with two further Directions, which (with Gods blessing) will much conduce to the carrying on of the whole work.
Direction 1. Inure thy soul, (besides thy daily solemn prayers) to send up frequent, mental, ejaculatory prayers unto God. These holy [Page 294] liftings up of the heart unto the Lord, as they are very pleasing to him, so they are exceedingly advantageous for the fetching speedy aid from Heaven, for the quenching of a lust, resisting of a temptation, the better performing any service, delivering us out of any present straits, enabling us to bear any affliction, or in case of any failing, to beg mercy and pardon speedily, while the heart is smitten, and tenderly affected with a sense of its miscarriage: As when Davids heart smote him for numbring the people, 2 Sam. 24.10. we find him lifting up his heart unto the Lord, in this manner, I have sinned, I beseech thee take away the iniquity of thy servant.
These ejaculatory prayers are (as it were) messengers sent post to Heaven, (when time is not afforded for continued prayer) for some speedy help. And as they hinder no businesse, but (being duly performed) further it much every way, so no businesse can hinder them. When a Minister is preaching, and finds his heart cold and livelesse in the service, or when in solemn prayer he finds his spirit indisposed, dry, and barren; How may he speed one of these swift and silent messengers, one of these fervent ejaculations to Heaven, for help and assistance? When a Christian is hearing the Word, of how much advantage is it, to send up such silent and fervent prayers, that God would set home such or such a Doctrine upon his heart; or [Page 295] help him to forsake such a sin, then reproved; or enable him to believe, and embrace such a Truth? When Christ was preaching to his Apostles, that hard lesson of brotherly forgiveness, we find in the 17 th of Luke, v. 5. They sent up that holy ejaculation, Lord encrease our Faith. A man that is riding, or walking, or employed in his lawful calling, may thus converse with Heaven, and yet no waies hinder his present businesse.
And further to perswade thee to the practise of this direction, consider,
I. These ejaculatory prayers do very much honour God; in that they acknowledge him, to be a God, that can understand the language of our hearts, and the least movings of our desires, towards him; and that he is a God hearing prayers, and a very present help in time of trouble.
II. They are a good means to keep our hearts spiritual, and heavenly, and in a good frame. Strangenesse often growes between God and our soules, for want of these. And many affecting providences loose their kindly work upon us for want of a present lifting up of our hearts in some sutable ejaculations.
III. They are a special means to fit us for more solemn prayer. We must begin duties with duties: God prepares the hearts of his people, to pray acceptably unto him, by these preparatory ejaculations.
But here observe these few cautions and directions.
1. Take heed of formality, slightness; and customariness in them. Let them be serious, and fervent, and from thy heart. Nothing more usual with many peo [...]le, than God forgive me, Lord blesse me, God help me, when the heart is nothing affected; nor does it send up these as earnest requests unto the Lord, looking for an answer.
2. Use these holy ejaculations, not only in a way of petition, but also of thanksgiving. Thus our Saviour, Father I thank thee, Mat. 11 25.26. Thus David often, as may be seen in his Psalms, that are full of such holy breathings and affectionate thanksgivings.
3. Take heed under this pretence of laying aside, or neglecting solemn prayer in a continued way: For that many ignorant people are apt to do; thinking a few formal, short ej [...]culations to be devotion enough; and begrutch God any more of their time.
4. Get a deep sense of thy own Weaknesse, inability, insufficiency, and of thy continual need of help from God, and that will dispose thy heart to be ready in every thing by prayer, and supplication, with thanksgiving, to make thy requests known unto God.
Direct. 2. Retire thy self every night, and review and reflect upon all thy actions and whole behaviour in the day past. We read that God [Page 297] himself when he created the world, every day looked over his own works. Surely God had no need to examine his works that were so exact and perfect; but 'tis written for our instruction, that we should do so likewise. Therefore for the keeping thy Conscience clear from guilt, it will be very requisite, thou shouldst take thy self in private, before thou liest down to sleep, and consider thy whole carriage and behaviour that day; that so thou maist by a serious humiliation, retract and undo whatever has been amisse, and maist make all streight between God and thy soul. If thou findest out thy sins, when they are but a day old, before they become customary, and have taken root, they will be more easily removed, by serious and speedy repentance, and applying thy self to Christ for pardon. But for want of this frequent self-examining, and soul-purging, the heart becomes hardned, sin gets root, the devil gets possession, and the soul is more and more alienated from God.
To conclude this head of Watchfulnesse.
Let it be thy serious and fixed purpose every morning (through the assistance of Grace) not willingly or knowingly to commit any sin, or to do any thing thy Conscience shall tell thee is displeasing to God. But if (contrary to thy serious intention) through infirmity, sudden surprizal, violence of temptation, incogitancy, thou [Page 298] dost at any time fall; humble thy soul before the Lord, bewail and confesse thy fault with sorrow and grief, and speedily recover thy self by a serious repentance, and flying to the blood of Christ for pardon. When thy peace is broken with God at any time, by sin; rest not, till it be made up again: And rise from thy fall with a greater detestation of sin, a stronger resolution against it, with a greater love to Christ, and thankfulnesse for his pardoning Grace. And begging help from God, be more watchful for the future.
CHAP. VI.
CArefully make use of all good means God hath appointed for the begetting, and increasing saving Knowledge and Grace in thee. Under this head I shall treat of these five Particulars.
- 1. The Observation of the Lords day.
- 2. Hearing the Word.
- 3. Singing Psalmes.
- 4. Religious Conference.
- 5. Retired holy Meditations.
1. Concerning the Observation of the Lords day.
Be careful religiously to observe the Lords day, the Christian Sabbath.
The Law of Nature dictates to us that there ought to be a due proportion of time set apart for Gods solemn Worship and Service. God hath in his Word appointed one day in seaven to be kept holy to him; which was the last day of the week, from the beginning of the world to the resurrection of Christ; and the first day of the week ever since, and so to continue to the end of the world; which is the Christian Sabbath, and in [Page 302] the new Test [...]ment call'd the Lords day.
I shall here do two things.
1. Shew the Reasons why we should observe this day.
2. The Manner how we should observe it.
The first I shall shew in these Particulars following.
I. We find a Sabbath instituted by God himself from the beginning, Gen. 2.2, 3. And on the seventh day God ended his work which he had made, and he rested on the seventh day from all his work which he had made, and God blessed the seventh day, and sanctified it, because that in it he had rested from all his work, which God created and made. Before we read of the fall of Adam, we read of a seventh day, blessed and sanctified by God himself: God blessed the seventh day, that is, dispensed a peculiar favour towards it, exalted that day above the rest; which is intimated in the next words, he sanctified it, that is, he separated and consecrated it to his own holy Worship, and annexed a blessing to the observation of it. Adam did not need a day of rest in innocency, by reason of any bodily wearinesse that would have betided him upon his six daies labour in his calling of husbandry; yet God saw it convenient to enjoyn him to set apart one day in seven, to enjoy more especial communion with his Creator. Now if Adam in innocency (when he had no sin in him) had need of a Sabbath, to [Page 303] take him off from the works of his calling, that he might converse with God (more immediatly) in holy duties, and exercises: How much more need have we in this corrupt estate, who are so prone to sin, and had need of all helps against it? Well then, we find in the very beginning, that the Law concerning the Sabbath was given while the whole Nature of mankind was in our first Parents, even before they fell. They might have lived here on the earth without sin, but they were not to live without a Sabbath.
After the fall, when Enos was born of Seth, the son of Adam, it is said that then men began to call on the Name of the Lord, Gen. 4. ult. That is, (as I take it) to call upon his Name in publick Assemblies: And most like it is, the day they observed was the same that Abel and Seth and Adam observed before them, and the rest of the Patriarchs after them; Namely, that day of the week, in which God himself rested, having finished the great work of the worlds creation: Even before the Law (saith learned Mercer upon Gen.) I doubt not but this day by Gods teaching, was solemn and sacred to those primitive Fathers. Neither did the observation thereof (saith Peter Martyr, loc. com. cap. 7.) begin with the giving of the law in Sinai, but it was celebrated before. Of the same opinion is the judicious Rivet, who answers all Arguments brought to the contrary, in 2 Gen. Exerc. 13. And indeed there is no reason [Page 304] to think otherwise: For besides that in Adams heart the Law of Nature was perfectly imprinted (and to consecrate some time to the Worship of God, was, and is a member of that Law) 'Tis more than probable, God did dictate and prescribe to Adam all circumstances of his Worship, which by tradition past to his posterity, and were in their several Families until Moses observed.
II. We find a Sabbath observed by the Patriarchs, in Exod. 16. Before the giving of the Law, we find there an expresse charge touching the observation of it; and two such Miracles to ratifie and set a value upon it, v. 22, & 27. as seldom we read of greater. The Manna fell in great plenty on the six daies, and on the seventh none. 2. Being gathered on the sixth day, it remained sweet to the seventh, and not so on any other day. Observed therefore it was at this time, and surely in obedience to Gods command: For we must not impute will-worship to these holy men. I shall end this with the words of the learned Paraeus in Com. on Gen. God sanctified the Sabbath in the very prime creation, and doubtless that sanctification was observed in the Patriarchal Families.
III. After all this, we find the day again (for the better observation of it) proclaimed on Mount Sinai, Exod. 20. and that in a very dreadful, and glorious manner, having a more solemn entrance [Page 305] into it, and more solemn reasons to hedge it in, and confirm it, than any of the other Commandements. God (being to give his moral and immutable Lawes to his people) doth first apply himself to them as Jewes, rouzing their attention by inculcating the late signal mercies he had confer'd on them, hereby to excite them to a more strict observation of what he was now to give them in charge; so that though the introduction be proper to the Jewes, yet the commandements have a larger extent, and are spoken alike to all.
Now 'tis very observable the Jewish or Saturday Sabbath, or seventh from the creation is not in expresse terms commanded in the fourth Commandement: That we shall perceive, if we look over the Commandement.
1. Remember thou sanctifie the Sabbath day. The Sabbath day it is you see, and not the seventh from the Creation. Observe saies Zanchy, God said not, Remember thou sanctifie the seventh day, but the day of rest; (that is) the day that is consecrated to rest, either immediatly by himself, or mediately by the Church, directed by the Holy Ghost, whatsoever day it be: So that the day must be of Divine Institution.
2. God telleth us distinctly what Sabbath he here means, viz. the weekly. He saith, Sanctifie the Sabbath, in the singular number, not Sabbaths, in the plural. The observation (not of many [Page 306] festivals but) of one onely is there enjoyned, saith the learned Junius.
3. The Sabbath must be sanctified, but what day is appointed for it? Six daies shalt thou labour: Six daies are ours: The seventh is the S [...]bbath. A seventh God will have: But what seventh? He saies not, the seventh from the Creation. He names no day (as intending the day should change) He saith only the seventh, i. e. The seventh after six working daies.
4. But is the determination of this one in seven in our power? No, for it must be the Sabbath of the Lord thy God, i. e. which he hath already, or should hereafter declare to his Church, to be his Sabbath. It must be Gods own choice.
Now that the fourth Commandement is moral, will appear, if we consider,
1. Except it be moral, there cannot be ten Commandements, and yet so we find, Deut. 10 4. And he wrote on the Tables, according to the first writing, the ten Commandements, which the Lord spake unto you in the Mount out of the midst of the fire, in the day of the Assembly: And the Lord gave them unto me. To keep some time holy to the Lord, and to keep that time which he should appoint is absolutely moral. Now 'tis plain, a Sabbath God must have by the perpetual Ordinance of the fourth Commandement. Remember thou sanctifie the Sabbath day, i. e. That day which for the time being, God hath marked out and appointed [Page 307] for his own. And he hath declared his Will concerning the limitation of it; Six daies shalt thou labour, &c. But the seventh is the Sabbath, so that one in a week he must have. If this Commandement enjoyn no particular and set time under the Gospel, then are there but nine Commandements. Why should the Sabbath be put among the moral Lawes of the Decalogue, if it were only ceremonial? And wherein does the designation or limitation of one day in a week, for Gods service seem ceremonial? It being a memorial of Gods creating the world in six daies, and resting the seventh, this being a benefit whe [...]ein all mankind intercommon, the Jewes can claim no property therein several to themselves.
2 If we look upon the Sabbath of the fourth Commandement, we shall find it stript of all legal observances: For those things which are urged as ceremonial, and several of the Jewes touching the Sabbath, are all post-scripts and by-laws, not one emergent from the fourth precept. As no fire to be kindled, Exod. 16 23. No meat to be dressed, Exod. 17 5. These were peculiar to the Jews: We must distinguish therefore between those precepts of the Sabbath that occur elsewhere & the fourth Commandement: What is ceremonial touching the Sabbath, we must apply to them, what is moral, we must restrain to this. See Mr. Lestrang's learned Treatise of the Sabbath.
Thus we have seen how God had from the Creation, to the Law, from the Law, to Christ, a day appointed, and that by himself, to his own Worship. And hath he lesse reason to require it under the Gospel? Surely no.
IIII. From Christs resurrection, on the first day of the week very early in the morning ( Luke 24.1. John 20.1.) The Sabbath was changed to that day in honour of our Saviour, who that day rising from the dead, finished the work of our Redemption.
The Jewish Sabbath slept its last in the grave with our Saviour, though its shadow indeed walked a while after; but it self, the old Sabbath expired then; and immediatly entred the Lords day. From the resurrection of Christ immediatly, when Christ himself was but newly up, from that very day whereon he arose, doth Augustine derive the beginning of the Evangelical Sabbath: The Lords day saith he, by the resurrection of Christ was declared to be the Christians day; and from that very time (of Christs resurrection) it began to be celebrated as the Christian mans Festival, Epist. ad Jan. 19. c. 13. This was the first day of our Saviours appearing to his Disciples, and the first Christian Sabbath he honoured with his beatifical presence, Joh. 20.19, 20, 26. The next was the eighth day after.
V. Well, our Saviour is ascended. Let us now see what honour the holy Ghost (whom he promised [Page 309] to send his Apostles) hath conferred on this day. The holy Ghost descendeth; But on what day? Why the first day of the week. It was when Pentecost arrived, and that fell that year on that day. On this day the Apostles were solemnly, though closely assembled in prayer and holy duties, and the holy Ghost descended upon them Acts 2.
VI. The next mention of Apostolical observation of this day occurreth, Acts 20. v. 7. The first of the week the Disciples being come together to break bread, (i. e. The Sacramental or Eucharistical bread) Paul preached to them. That for his practise: Now his precept for the day is plainly implied, 1 Cor. 16.1. As I have ordained in the Churches of Galatia, so do ye. v. 2. Upon the first day of the week, let every one of you lay by him in store as God hath prospered him, that there be no gathering when I come. He ordains their collections for the poor Saints, and oblations should be on that day: And why should that day be the Almes-day or Collection day, rather than any other, had it not been observed holy in those times, and that the Congregation did use on that day to assemble? The Collection therefore being enjoyned on that day, the Lords day was consequently enjoyned.
VII. About sixty years after, (as Calvisius out of Irenaeus computes) we meet with this day apparrelled in a Christian Name, not stil'd [Page 310] the first day, but the Lords day; which probably was then current among the Christians, else the holy Ghost would not have used it, Rev. 1.10. St. John saies he was in the Spirit on the Lords day, i. e. in spiritual exercises and Meditations, and by meanes thereof in spiritual raptures, and elevations of soul.
VIII. The Church succeeding the Apostles held her se [...]f obliged to the same observation. For even in times of persecution, before any, either Imperial Edict, or Canon of Council enjoyned it, the observation of this day was so taken notice of by the Heathen, that it became a constant interrogatory to the Christians in their examining, Have you kept the Lords day? To which their answer was ever ready, I cannot intermit it, for I am a Christian, and the law of God prompts me to it, Baron. 30.3. Memb. 5.
Now if any man shall enquire how the Sabbath came to be translated into the Lords day. I answer, Christ in the fourty daies he staied upon the earth after his resurrection, did sundry times appear to his Disciples, teaching them the things appertaining to the Kingdome of God, Acts 1.3. Therefore 'tis probable the Apostles were instructed by Christ concerning the change of the day (from the seventh, to the eighth) and had special order immediatly from himself, concerning it. 'Tis evident Christ is Lord of the Sabbath, Mark 2.27. And therefore had power [Page 311] not only to abrogate the old Sabbath, but to surrogate and substitute the new in its room. But whether this day were instituted immediatly by Christ himself, or by his Apostles, guided and infallibly inspired by his holy Spirit, after his ascention, still the day will be of Divine Institution. And this Act of theirs will appear but the execution of a particular Command from the Spirit of Christ to that purpose.
For consider how Christ sent these Apostles; As my Father sent me, so send I you, John 20.21, He that heareth you, heareth me, Luke 10.16. Go, Mat. 28.19. There is their mission. Teach all Nations, There is their Commission. What? Why, What things I command you: and to assist and help you, Lo, I am with you alwaies, to the end of the world; not in corporal presence, but by my Spirit, the Comforter whom I will send you, John 15.26. And he shall bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you, John 14.26. This Spirit of Truth shall not speak of himself, but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he speak: He shall receive of mine, and shew it you.
Thus we see the Apostles were undoubtedly inspired by the Spirit of Christ, who revealed his will unto them. And that they were thus acted by the holy Ghost, they themselves testifie in their first Council; It seemed good to the holy Ghost and to us, Acts 15.28.
Thus we see there are two things whereon the Divine right of the Lords day is founded; Upon the morality of the fourth Commandement, and upon Evangelical Institution, either by Christ himself, or his Apostles. And what the Apostles delivered by the dictate of the holy Ghost, is as firm and indefeizable (saies Cyprian de ablut. pedum.) as what Christ himself. Our Church reduceth the institution of this day as a weekly day to the fourth Commandement; and as the first day of the week, she foundeth it upon Apostolical practise and tradition.
I shall conclude this, with the words of the judicious Hooker in his Eccles. Pol. Book 5. parag. 17. We are bound, saies he, to account the sanctification of one day in seven, a duty, which Gods immutable Law doth exact for ever; although with us, the day be changed, in regard of a new revolution, begun by our Saviour Christ; yet the same proportion of time continueth, which was before, by way of a perpetual homage never to be dispensed withal, nor remitted.
I come now to the second Particular. The manner how we ought to observe this day.
1. We ought to prepare for the Sabbath, before it comes, by a prudent care, so disposing and dispatching our worldly businesses and affairs, that they may be off our hands, and out of our minds (as much as is possible) on that day, that so our hearts may be more free and fit for those [Page 313] spiritual duties then required of us. The Jewes before the Sabbath had a time of preparation, Luke 23.54. Why should not we?
2. We ought to sanctifie the Lords day, not only by resting from worldly employments and recreations (on other daies lawful) but consecrating that rest unto God; making it our delight to spend the whole time (excepting so much of it as is to be taken up in works of necessity and mercy, and such as are needful for the comfortable passing of the Sabbath) in the publick and private exercises of Gods Worship and Service; Such as Prayer, Reading the Scripture, Preparing for the publick duties, Attending on the Word, Singing the praises of God, Private meditation on that which hath been preached, Repetition thereof in the Family, and religious conference, to make the publick Ordinances the more profitable.
Take heed therefore of being found a slighter of those duties, the neglect whereof cannot consist with any true vigour and power of Religion, or any due care of our own or others soules, that we ought to have a care of. Consider, God hath blessed and sanctified this day, not only as a day of service to himself, but as a time wherein he will confer blessings on the conscionable observers of it. It is his special day of proclaiming and sealing pardons to penitent sinners. 'Tis a blessed day to the careful observers of it, and sanct [...]fied to many gracious purposes. The Sabbath was [Page 314] made for man, said our Saviour, Mark 2.27. i. e. For mans great benefit and advantage. It would not be for the good and benefit of mankind to be dispensed with, from the religious observation of it. How much then are they to blame that make it a day of carnal rest, a day of Idlenesse and jollity, of feasting and pastimes, which more alienate the mind from God, than ordinary labours, and take away the tast of spiritual things. Some people if they have any visit to make, or any odd businesse to do, they refer them to this day. Some keep the Sabbath as the Oxe; they rest from their labours, but serve not the Lord that day. They are weary of the duties of the Sabbath, they do not call the Sabbath a delight, as it is, Isa. 58.13. Delight sweetens any labour. How will people toyl at their sports and pleasures? O had we spiritual hearts, we should account the celebration of the Sabbath not only our duty, but our priviledge!
By observing the Sabbath, we continue a thankful remembrance of the two great benefits of Creation and Redemption, which contain a short abridgment of true Religion. The Sabbath duly observed is a type of the everlasting rest that remaines for the people of God, Heb. 4.9. How then can those ever think to come to Heaven, and to keep an everlasting Sabbath in praising and adoring God, to whom the celebration of a weekly Sabbath is so tedious and irksom here?
3. Every true Christian is to take care not on [...]y to sanctifie the Lords day himself, but that those under his charge do the like. Every Governour of a Family should resolve with pious Joshuah, Josh 24.15. But as for me and my house we will serve the Lord. Observe it, True Religion and the power of Godliness hath there usually most flourished, where the Lords day hath been most conscientiously observed. And many direful judgments have befallen the violators and prophaners of it.
2. Hearing the Word.
We live in an age wherein (through the rich [Page 319] mercy of God) there is much good preaching; but 'tis a general complaint there is so little profiting. We see not those gracious effects of the Word, that were to be desired and wished. And certainly one main reason of it, is, few take care to hear in a right manner, as they ought to do. That therefore thou maist so hear, as to profit I shall shew thee,
- 1. What thou art to do before thou hearest, by way of preparation.
- 2. What thou art to do in time of Hearing.
- 3. What after thou hast Heard.
For the First: Thou must prepare thy heart before thou comest to hear. Rash entring on duties, is seldom successeful: If the ground be not prepared, the seed is lost that is sown therein. Plow up the fallow ground of your hearts, saies the Prophet, Jer. 4.3. and sow not among thorns. In a fallow piece of ground (you know) thorns and briers, weeds and thistles use to grow. And such a thing is mans heart naturally, which if let alone, and no paines taken with it, will quickly be overgrown with hurtful cares, stinking lusts, and distempered affections. And therefore St. James adviseth, Jam. 1.21. That before we go to hear the Word, we should lay apart all filthinesse, and superfluity of naughtinesse, i. e. all evil frames of heart. And how hard a matter that is, I appeal to the experience of every true and sincere Christian. That holy man Gerson professes he many [Page 320] times spent some hours before he could get his heart in tune for solemn duties. Gods children have entred comfortably on duties, [...]hen they have been serious and careful in their preparations for them.
To help thee therefore to prepare thy heart for the Word, take these Directions.
1. Lay aside (as much as possibly thou canst) all worldly thoughts, cares and businesses, that thy mind may be free for God, and the impressions of his Word and holy Spirit,
On Saturday night, shut up the gates of thy heart against the world, as Nehemiah, Chap. 13. v. 19.20. did the gates of Jerusalem, on the evening of their Sabbath. If any Merchants come, any worldly thoughts or businesses, let them stay without till the Sabbath be over: The work of mens Callings, is not only in their hands, but in their minds and heads. A Minister may have a great Congregation, & yet but a few hearers, if their minds be stuft with the world before they come: if they bring their trades, their bargaines, their plow, their worldly businesse along with them. As therefore we read of Abraham, in Gen. 22.5. That when he went up to the Mount to offer Sacrifice, he left his servants and the Asse in the valley behind him; so should we our worldly cares and businesses, when we go to worship God, and to hear his Word.
2. Consider and meditate on the great concernment and importance of the Word. 'Tis the [Page 321] ordinary means God hath appointed for the working that great work of conversion (without which no salvation) and for the edifying and building up those that are already savingly wrought upon, Jam. 1.18. Of his own Will begat he us by the Word of Truth. 1 Cor. 4.15. I have begotten you in Christ Jesus (saith Paul) through the Gospel. Rom. 10 17. Faith cometh by hearing. Indeed sin and consequently death came by hearing at the first, by our first Parents listening to, and believing a tempting Spirit. But now Faith, and consequently life comes by Hearing, through the operation of the blessed Spirit of God in the Word, Rom. 1.16. The Gospel 'tis the power of God unto salvation.
Labour therefore to have an high value and esteem of the preaching of the Gospel. God hath appointed his Ordinances, not in Soveraignty only, but in Mercy to us. As our Saviour said of the Sabhath, Mark 2.27. The Sabbath was made for man, & not man for the Sabbath: So may I say of all the Ordinances of God, they were ordained for man, for mans benefit, and not man made for them. And therefore the great benefit, that (with Gods blessing) may be expected from them (if we duly attend upon them) should make us highly value them.
Indeed it is one of the devils stratagems in this age, to urge the efficacy of the Spirit, as a plea for the neglect of means. Whereas Gods Spirit [Page 322] does usually work in and by the means, and rarely (if ever) when the ordinary means are slighted. 'Tis true, God himself is not tyed to means, nor to any of his own Ordinances, yet he ties us to make use of them, when we may have them. That soul cannot expect to be instructed by Gods Spirit, who is a slighter and neglecter of Gods ordinary means.
Further consider, the intent of the Word is not only to regenerate, but to nourish, increase and perfect the Graces of the Saints, Eph. 4.11, 12. Our knowledge is imperfect. Those that know most, may learn more: We need new inforcements of duty: Our affections are dull, and need a new excitement. None so wise, so knowing a Christian, but he may receive some benefit from a different handling of what he himself knew before.
Therefore seeing the preaching of the Word was ordained for so great and signal benefits to mankind, 'tis just with God, that they that have slight thoughts of it, should be barren under it.
3. When thou art going to hear, consider whither thou art going. Thou art going to meet the great God of Heaven and Earth: A God that is not to be dallied with, Levit. 10.3. I will be sanctified in them that come nigh me. When the people went to hear the Law, Exod. 19.10. The Lord said to Moses, Sanctifie the people, and let them wash their clothes. What does this [Page 323] speak to us? that Christians should only wash their hands and faces, and put on their best apparrel, when they come to hear the Word? No, the Apostle James, Jam. 1.21. tels us; Lay apart all filthiness, and superfluity of naughtiness, and receive with meeknesse the ingrafted Word, that is able to save your souls. If thou findest thy Spirit slight and wandring, to fix it and make it serious, think with thy self, and imagine how it was with the Israelites going to receive the Law of God: When the Mount was all on a flame of fire, the trumpet sounding louder and louder, the people trembling and sore afraid. This is to beat the Devil with his own weapon; for he often prevailes upon us, by casting in sinful Imaginations. Consider therefore how the Lord is present in an especial manner where his Word is preached. Surely the Lord is in this place, as Jacob said of Bethel, Gen. 28.16. The apprehension of Gods presence in the assemblies of his people, will preserve in thee an awful and reverent disposition of soul.
4. Before thou goest, fail not to poure forth earnest and fervent prayers unto the Lord, and that in behalf,
- 1. Of the Minister.
- 2. Of thy self.
I. In behalf of the Minister, that the Lord would teach him what he should teach the people, and direct and enable him to declare the mind of God, [Page 324] and to preach such truths as may tend to the benefit, and salvation of thine and others soules. Certainly if people did more seriously and more frequently pray for their Minister, that the Lord would bless and prosper his labours, and direct him to divide the Word aright, to give to every one their portion, to feed the people with knowledge and understanding; he might expect a greater blessing and assistance in his studies, and they more benefit by his endeavours. How earnestly does Paul beg prayers, Rom. 15 30? Now I beseech you (brethren) for the Lord Jesus Christs sake, and for the love of the Spirit, that ye strive together with me, in your prayers to God for me. v. 31.— That my service which I have for Jerusalem, may be accepted of the Saints. And Eph 6.18. Praying alwaies with all prayer, and supplication in the Spirit for all Saints. v. 19. And for me, that utterance may be given unto me, that I may open my mouth boldly, to make known the mystery of the Gospel. v. 20. — That therein I may speak boldly as I ought to speak. Col. 4.3. Withal praying for us, that God would open to us a door of utterance to speak the mystery of Christ, for which I am also in bonds. v. 4. That I may make it manifest as I ought to speak.
II. In behalf of thy self.
1. That the Lord would fix thy mind, and make it serious. When the mind is serious, truths are apt to make impression.
2. That he would enlighten thy mind, and open thy heart, as he did the heart of Lydia, Acts 16.14. that thou maist have a clear and right understanding of those truths that concern thy salvation.
3. That he would give thee a heart to believe, and embrace the truth, in the love of it; that truth may not only float in thy phantasie, but sink down into thy heart, Rom. 10.10. With the heart man believeth unto righteousnesse. There is a Faith of the head, and a Faith of the heart: Devils, and wicked men have the Faith of the head; but they have no such belief, as affects the heart, and makes it close with truth, and love it and embrace it.
4. That the Spirit of God would set in with the preaching of the Word, and make it effectual for the beating down of thy corruptions. 'Tis a remarkeable expression, that in Isa. 8.11. The Lord spake to me with a strong hand; not with a meer voice, but a strong hand. Pray therefore thus, Lord speak to my lusts and corruptions this day with a strong hand; let them feel thy power, and the strength of thine arm, that so they may be effectually destroyed in me.
5. Labour to come with a teacheable and tractable frame of Spirit. Receive with meeknesse the ingrafted Word, James 1. Christ was anointed to preach glad tidings to the meek, Isaiah 61.1.
There are three sorts of Spirits far from this temper.
1. The cavilling Spirit, that is forward to cavil at the Word, and to frame Objections against it.
2. The wrathful Spirit, that is fierce and ready to rise up in armes against the just reproofs of the Word. When such are admonished or warned, they revile: Conviction, that should humble, provokes them. There is a great deal of difference between those two places, and expressions, Acts 2.37. Now when they heard this, they were pricked in their heart, and said unto Peter and the rest of the Apostles, Men and Brethren, what shall we do? And Acts 7.54. When they heard these things, they were cut to the heart, and they gnashed on him with their teeth. Here is a great deal of difference between being pricked at the heart, and feeling compunction for sin in their Consciences, as it was with the true converts in the former place, and being cut to the heart, and vexed, when they heard their sins reproved, as it was with the malicious and obstinate Jewes in the latter.
A guilty Conscience thinks the Minister aims at him in particular, and intends to disgrace him; he thinks he commits a trespasse by treading upon his ground, and coming so close to his Conscience. It stuck in Herods stomack when John touched him about his Herodias: But (observe [Page 327] it) those that most storm at a reproof, are usually those that most deserve it.
3. The earthy obdurate spirit. Let the Minister say what he will, he is Sermon-proof: He is resolved to hold his own: Indeed his sins may well be call'd his own. 'Tis a sad word that is spoken of the Pharisees and Lawyers, Luke 7.30. They rejected the counsel of God against themselves. And that of the Jewes, Acts 13.46. Ye put it from you (namely the Word of God) and judge your selves unworthy of eternal life; Lo we turn to the Gentiles.
But now a meek spirit is a teacheable and tractable spirit: A tender heart is apt to receive impressions, as you may observe in persons whose hearts are softned by afflictions; How do Sermons work on such? Labour therefore to come with such a frame of spirit to hear the Word, as those did in Acts 10.33. Wee are all here present before the Lord to hear the things that are commanded thee of God.
6. Come with an appetite, with a longing desire to the Word. Nothing makes wholsome food more savoury and sweet, than appetite. Some people come to Church, as sickly people do to a Feast; they sit down for company, though they have no stomack: 'Tis in vain to come to a Sermon, without a spiritual appetite. Blessed are they that hunger and thirst after righteousness, for they shall be satisfied: 'Tis our Saviours own [Page 328] promise, Mat. 5.6. O that people were such to their Ministers, as those Job speaks of, C. 29.23. Who waited for him, as for rain; gasping after the Word, as the chapt earth for showers! O that there were some such Divine affections in us, as were in holy David! that we could truly say, My soul is athirst for God, even for the living God: My soul pants after Christ, after his pardoning Mercy, and sanctifying Grace, as the Hart panteth after the water brooks! We should then see Sermons work other effects, than now we do: But when people come either with no appetite, no desire and love to the Word, (but sit down in the Congregation meerly for fashion or company sake) or when they come with distempered pallats, with prejudices and prepossessions against the simplicity of the Gospel; the most Evangelicall Truths are to them but as a banquet of sweet meats unto swine; they had rather have husks. They can relish (may be) some witty jingling discourse; but the preaching of Christ and him crucified, (which Paul thought so richly of) is too stale a Doctrine, and too flat a note for their eares.
7. Having sought to the Lord, and taken pains to bring thy heart into right frame; come with expectation to profit. 'Tis often said in the Gospel, Be it unto thee according to thy Faith. And truly, usually people profit by Sermons according to their expectations. But take here this Caution. [Page 329] Do not ground thy expectation on the parts or gifts of the Minister, but on Gods promise; looking for his blessing to accompany his own Ordinance. Usually people speed according to their aim and expectation. They that come to hear mans voice do hear it. 'Tis said of Pauls companions, Acts 9.7. That they heard a voice. Acts 22.9. 'Tis said, they that were with him, heard not the voice. They heard a sound, but heard it not distinctly, as Christs voice. Some only hear an outward sound, the voice of man, but not the voice of God in the Word.
Thus much of preparation before Hearing.
Secondly, I come now to give some Directions how thou shouldst carry thy self in time of Hearing.
I. Hear with the most fixed attention thou possibly canst. Attend with reverence and seriousness. Many weighty Truths are lost by negligent hearing. Though it cannot be expected, that we should be totally free from wandring thoughts; yet we ought to be watchful, and not to allow our selves in them. And when we perceive our hearts gone, we should speedily recall them, David saies of Idols, they have eares, and hear not, Psal. 115 6. We have too many such Idols in our Congregations.
There are three sorts of eares, that are not the hearing eares: I mean, that hear aright.
1. The dull ear. When people allow themselves [Page 330] in drowsinesse, and carelesseness. What impressions, is it possible the Word should make on a man that is asleep? What knowest thou, O sleeper, but whilst thou hast slept, those truths have been delivered, which (hadst thou duly minded) might have tended to thy everlasting salvation? If such a Judgment befel him that slept in the night, and that at an exceeding long Sermon, Acts 20.9, 10. What shall we say of those that sleep in the day at a Sermon of an hour long.
2. The stopp'd ear, Some are resolved sinners. They stop their eares like the Adder, against the voice of the Charmer, Charm he never so wisely, Psal. 58.4. We read of some Zach. 7.12. That made their heart as Adamant stone, that they might not hear. 'Tis a sad complaint the Prophet makes (And yet many Ministers may in these daies make the same) I have stretched out my hands all the day long to a disobedient and gainsaying people, Isa. 65.2. Rom. 10.21.
3. The itching ear, 2 Tim. 4.3, 4. The Apostle speaks of some, who having itching eares, did turn away their eares from the Truth unto Fables. When men affect only new things, and another Gospel, as Paul speaks, Gal. 1. They are half gone into Heresie: Plain Doctrines that tend to the conviction of sin, that discover the necessity of conversion, that shew mans lost and undone condition by nature, & his only remedy by Christ, the necessity of Holinesse and new obedience: these [Page 331] serious truths are too stale for many curious eares. But remember, they were carnal people who complained, they had nothing but the old burden, Jer. 23.33, 34.
II. Apply what thou hearest to thy self, Job 5. ult. Hear thou this, and know it for thy self. Do not ward off the blowes of the Word from thy self: Do not say within thy self, this reproof concerns such an one, &c. The Jewes being pricked in their hearts, Acts 2.23. said, What shall we do? not what shall others do to be saved. No plaister can do us good, except it be applyed.
III. Lift up thy heart in frequent, mental, ejaculatory prayers unto the Lord, to set the truths thou hearest, home upon thy soul: Lord help me to remember and practise this lesson. Lord help me to forsake this sin; Lord strengthen my Faith in the belief of this Truth. As the Disciples, when Christ told them how oft they should forgive an offending brother, Luke 17.5. they instantly pray, Lord increase our Faith.
IV. Mix Faith with the Word. Heb. 4.2. The Apostle tels of some that the Word profited not, bccause they did not mix it with Faith. O cursed infidelity! How many thousand souls hast thou destroyed? How many thousand Sermons hast thou made unsuccesseful? St. James tels us The Devils believe and tremble. That is more than many a wicked man does.
Thus much of thy behaviour in time of hearing.
Thirdly, After hearing practise these Directions.
1. Labour to keep alive those good motions, those good inclinations, those Heavenly affections, and stirrings of Spirit which thou foundest in time of hearing. Thou wilt quickly cool, when out of the Congregation, if thou take not heed.
2. When thou goest from the Congregation, be willing to speak and confer of what thou hast heard, labouring thereby to work those truths on thy own heart, and on the hearts of others: O how sad is it that people as soon as ever they are out of the Congregation, fall a talking of any thing rather than the Sermon they have heard! They are free to talk of bargains, or news, or any thing else: But they are ashamed of such precise discourse, as to speak of the truths they have heard, though they concern them never so much.
3. Let such as are governours of Families revive the truths they have heard in publick, by repetition in their Families: Our memories are weak, and Commands had need be repeated to forgetful servants. At first hearing many truths may be lost through distraction and wandring. Paul in his Epistles does often repeat the same passages; and renew the same exhortations. And he tels the Philippians, C. 3. v. 1. To write the same things to them, was not to him grievous, but for them safe.
4. Retire thy self, and meditate on the truths [Page 333] thou hast heard, and labour to fasten them by prayer in thy heart. Let thy Conscience in secret preach them over to thee again, Luke 2.19. 'Tis said, Mary pondered those sayings in her heart. O how few will spend a secret hour on the Lords day to consider and meditate on what they have heard. One main reason Sermons do no more good is because people so soon forget them. And why do they forget them so soon? But because they do not consider and meditate on them, when they have heard them, Heb. 2.1. Therefore saies the Apostle, we ought to give the more earnest heed to the things which we have heard, lest at any time we should let them slip. And 1 Tim. 4.15. Meditate upon these things, give thy self wholly to them, that thy profiting may appear unto all.
5. Be not a bare hearer, but a doer of the Word. Speedily set upon the practise of what thou hast learned to be thy duty. Be ye doers of the Word, and not hearers only, deceiving your own soules. Jam. 1.22. Some do not care to hear, because they have no mind to practise. Some hear, and rest in it. 'Tis practise that proclaims the sincerity of our profession. In hearing we may look like Saints, but in doing we live like Saints. Practise is the best commendation of a Sermon.
Having thus shewed thee what thou must do.
- 1. Before hearing the Word.
- 2. In hearing the Word.
- [Page 334]3. After hearing the Word.
I come now to give thee some Motives to quicken thee to the practise of these Directions.
1. Consider, such as wilfully neglect to prepare their hearts, before they come to hear, do tempt God to withdraw the assistance and blessing of his holy Spirit from them when they are come. Presume not on Gods assistance in an Ordinance, if you neglect to prepare for it. If the ground be not well prepared, we do not expect a crop.
2. Consider and remember, the Devils care is, not only to disturb thee at the Ordinance, but to indispose thee for it, before thou comest. The Devil is stirring early on the Lords day morning. He is at work betimes: Be sure, he hath a mornings draught for thee; he will be presenting and suggesting something to thee, to unfit and indispose thee for the duties of the day.
3. Consider, as thou art more or less careful to prepare, so wilt thou ordinarily more or lesse tast the sweetnesse of the Ordinance. Preparation is like exercise before a meal: It will make thee come with the better appetite to the Word, and relish it the better.
4. Consider, preparation is not only advantageous in order to the Ordinance, but it brings advantage to us, considered in it self. By preparation we have communion with God: We come to u [...]derstand our selves, and the case of our own souls. Whilst thou art preparing, thy Graces are increasing; [Page 335] the work of Heaven goes on.
5. Consider, If thou makest Conscience thus to behave thy self before, in, and after hearing of the Word (as thou hast been directed) thou wilt find it a great evidence of the sincerity and uprightnesse of thy heart. Outward respects may make people come to Church, but to take pains thus with their hearts beforehand, argues a true desire after communion with God, and a real willingnesse to profit by the Word, and to grow in Grace.
6. Consider what a choice mercy it is to enjoy the Gospel. 'Tis not a dish that is set on every table. God hath not done so for every Nation, as for this. No Island so far from Jerusalem, had the light of the Gospel so soon as this. And I know not any particular promise whereby the Gospel is entailed on this, or any other Nation. If we slight the Gospel, for ought I know, we may quickly forfeit it; and provoke God to take it from us. When the Israelites despised Manna, God quickly sent serpents among them. If we despise the Manna of his Word, and count it light food; God may justly send Serpents among us; I mean, such deceivers as with their pernicious Doctrines may poison many souls to their everlasting destruction.
7. Lastly, Consider, though the Gospel may continue to the Nation, yet thou or I may quickly be deprived of our personal opportunities of enjoying of it. I have heard of one lying on his deathbed, [Page 336] that cryed out, Call time back, Call time back. Thou maist shortly cry out call Sermons back; call Sabbaths back, and all in vain, if thou neglectest the present opportunity and season of Grace. Consider the Spirit of God will not alwaies strive with the children of men. Consider, this may be the last Sermon that ever thou maist hear; (Some one Sermon will be the last) And think thus with thy self, such a gale of the Spirit, as now I feel, may never be afforded me again. Shall I be so foolish then, as not to yeeld to these blessed motions? To day, while it is called to day, hear his voice, and harden not thy heart.
3. Of Singing of Psalmes.
Neglect not that excellent and Heavenly Ordinance of singing Psalms, and lifting up the praises of the most high; singing with understanding, and making melodie to God in thy heart. Many people in this age not understanding the reasons and grounds of the duties of Religion they perform; when they are questioned, are apt to lay them aside. I shall therefore here do these four things.
- 1. Shew that Singing of Psalms is a Gospel-duty.
- 2. That it is lawful and warrantable to sing Davids Psalms.
- 3. Answer the Objections made against it.
- 4. Give some Rules and Directions how Christians may practise this Ordinance to the Glory of God, and to their own great benefit and spiritual advantage.
For the First; Singing of Psalms was once an Ordinance of God in the Church, and a part of Divine Worship; and never repealed under the Gospel. Psal. 95.1, 2. O come, let us sing unto the Lord, let us make a joyful noise to the Rock of [Page 341] our salvation. Let us come before his presence with thanksgiving, and make a joyful noise to him with Psalms. And 'tis sorted with other duties that are of a perpetual obligation, as Prayer, Hearing the Word, &c. v. 6. 7. 'Twas practised by those eminent Saints of God, Moses, Deborah, Barak, David the sweet Singer of Israel, Solomon, and others, whose Songs and Hymnes we have recorded in the old Testament.
2. The Prophesies in Scripture, that foretel the state of the Church under the Gospel, do speak of Psalms to be used as a part of Gods Worship and Service then. Compare Rom. 15.9. with Psal. 18.49.
3. We have several exhortations to it, in the New Testament.
'Tis spoken generally: Is any merry? let him sing, &c. not that it is unlawful to sing at other times (for then it might be argued as well, that 'tis not lawful to pray, but when sad) but as prayer is the best remedie for sorrowes, so thanksgiving or singing to Gods praise, is the proper duty in the time of Mercies and Comforts. In Misery, the proper duty is prayer; In Prosperity, giving thanks.
4. We have Directions and Rules given us how to sing in a right manner. Namely, with Grace in our hearts unto the Lord: Which directions were needlesse, if singing of Psalms were not a duty under the Gospel.
5. We find it practised by our blessed Saviour and his Disciples, Mat. 26.30. And when they had sung an Hymn, they went out into the Mount of Olives. And by Paul and Silas, Acts 16.25. And at midnight Paul and Silas prayed, and sang praises unto God: and the prisoners heard them.
6. In the primitive times it was frequently [Page 343] practised; insomuch that the Heathens took notice of this use and custome among the Christians. Pliny writing to Trajan the Emperor, tels him of the Christians morning Hymns or Psalms to Christ and God, as an usual practise in their solemn Worship.
I come now to the Second thing; That 'tis lawful and warrantable to sing Davids Psalms.
1. Because no composures can be equal to those of Gods Spirit. If any Psalms therefore are to be sung, then surely such as are given by Divine inspiration, as Davids were. Those excellent composures being part of the Word of God, and full of Heavenly matter tending to instruction and consolation; and being consigned to the use of the Church, ought to be preferr'd before the composures of private persons, ordinarily gifted, and not infallibly assisted: Observe that, 2 Chron. 29.30. Moreover Hezekiah the King, and the Princes commanded the Levites to sing praise unto the Lord, with the words of David, and Asaph the Seer, and they sang praises with gladness. As for that extraordinary gift of composing Psalms by the sudden suggestion of the holy Ghost (which was given to some of the members of the Church of Corinth, 1 Cor. 14.) it is now ceased, with other extraordinary gifts, as that of Tongues, and Healing, &c.
2. The Apostle in those two places before mentioned, Eph. 5.19. & Col. 3.16. by using those [Page 344] three words, Psalms, Hymns, and Spiritual Songs, does seem plainly to point at Davids Psalms, for they answer exactly to those three Hebrew words, Shirim, Tehillim, Mizmorim, whereby Davids Psalms were called, divided, and distinguished.
3. 'Twas the custome of the Jewes to sing some of Davids Psalms in the night of the Passeover (as Scalliger, Buxtorfius, and others, skill'd in their customes, inform us) Those Psalmes were those six from the 113 th to the 119 th. which were call'd the great Hallelujah. And 'tis more than probable, Christ with his Disciples followed their custome herein, because in other things he observed their usual Passeover Rites.
I come now to the Third thing; to answer the Objections usually made against this duty.
Obj. 1. Some scruple to sing in a mixt Congregation, where wicked men joyn, that praise not God in a right manner.
Ans. To render praises is a duty all men owe to God. David cals on all creatures to sing praises to God. Psal. 145. And all the Kingdomes of the Earth are bidden to praise the Lord, Psal. 68.32. Though therefore wicked men do not praise God as they should, yet they sin more in not doing it at all, then in not doing it in a right manner.
2. In Exod. 15. We find Moses and the Children of Israel sang praises to God together. [Page 345] And yet surely there were some wicked persons among them. Paul in the ship, Acts 27.35 gave thanks to God before Infidels, and professed Heathens. If the presence of wicked men should hinder the acceptation of those that are sincere, the people of God were in a most sad condition, being never certain but some secret Hypocrite may be in the most pick'd Assembly. But the best is, God will accept us according to our integrity, not our company. God will hear the bleating of one sheep, though in the midst of a thousand wolves. If the wicked take the Name of God in vain, sin lies at their own doors. We warn them against it: If they do not their duties as they should, must we therefore neglect ours?
Obj. 2. Why should we sing Psalms? Cannot we read them for our instruction?
Ans. Singing will affect, and raise, and quicken the heart to praise God, more than reading. The voice is a great matter to quicken our hearts both in prayer and singing. The people of God formerly did not think it enough to say what God had done for them, but they did sing it, that their hearts might be more affected, warmed, raised, enlivened, and lifted up in the praises of God.
Obj. 3. Some are offended we sing on daies of fasting and humiliation.
Ans. All Psalms are not fit for all occasions. There ought to be a wise choice made: Many of the Psalmes David penn'd, and sung, when his [Page 346] mind was full of anguish and grief, and so he eased his heart, by lamenting his sad condition before the Lord. Observe the Title of Psalm 102: A prayer of the aflicted, when he is overwhelmed and poureth out his complaint before the Lord. Therefore our singing on fasting daies, is not to make us merry; but to affect and melt our hearts with a deep sense of our sins. Penitential Psalms provoke to sadnesse, as Eucharistical, to joy and rejoycing.
Obj. 4. Davids Psalms do not suit our conditions. Is it not absurd to give people Davids Conditions to sing, and for them to tell God it is so with them, as it was with David, when possibly 'tis nothing so?
Ans. 1. All Scripture is profitable for doctrine, reproof, correction, instruction, &c. 2 Tim. 3.16. And written for our learning and comfort, Rom. 15.4. And therefore the Psalms also.
2. The Psams seem principally written for a threefold use.
- 1. For Instruction and admonition.
- 2. For Consolation.
- 3. For Praise and Thanksgiving.
Now what passage is there in Davids Psalms, but thou maist accomodate to thy self one of these waies? Suppose David said, I am not puft in mind, Psal. 131. And thou findest thy heart prone to pride; here is a word of admonition to thee. So that whilst thou art reciting and declaring [Page 347] Davids humble frame and condition, thou oughtest to lift up thy heart to God, that he would work the like frame in thee. Lord, thy Servant David could truly say, I am not puft in mind: Good Lord grant me this Grace also. Suppose thou canst not find in thy self such a love to Gods Law, as was in David, Psal. 119. Then there is a word of Instruction to thee, teaching thee what thou shouldst do. Thou oughtest to pray, to have such a Divine Affection to the Law of God kindled in thee. So that we sing Psalms as we read them, for the benefit and good use we may make of them. 'Tis therefore no more a lie to sing them, than to read them. By singing, as by reading them, we recite and repeat what God has revealed in his Word for our admonition and instruction. And though we cannot make some passages our own, by using them for our selves, and in our own name (as David did) yet we may make them our own by a sweet meditation on them, for our benefit and edification.
I come to the Fourth thing, to give some Rules and Directions how Christians should practise this duty aright.
I. Sing with understanding and attention of mind to the matter sung. Labour to understand the mind and meaning of the holy Ghost, in the Psalm you sing, Psal. 47.7. Sing ye praises with understanding.
II. Labour to sing with Grace in [...]he heart, i. e. [Page 348] with a gracious frame of spirit. Our singing must not be a lip labour, an outward bodily exercise only, pleasing our selves or others with the tune of a Psalm: But we should look to it that our hearts be well tuned, as Maries was, Luke 1.46. My soul doth magnifie the Lord, &c.
III. Labour to exercise and act those peculiar Graces, which the matter sung requires and gives occasion to. God looks at the heart, and how a man is affected within.
1. Some Psalms are laudatory, and set forth the high praises of God, from the consideration of his glorious Nature, Attributes, and Works. In singing these, we should stir up our hearts to love God, to fear him, to trust in him, and our hearts should prompt our tongues to sound forth his praises.
2. Some are petitionary, containing supplications for spirituall blessings, such as pardon, Grace, the favour of God; or temporall, such as direction, protection, provision, &c. Here we should look up to God, as the only author of these mercies, and humbly pray to him for them.
3. Some are Eucharistical, containing thanksgivings to God for mercies received, private or publick, spiritual or temporal.
4. Some contain precepts and instructions, to fear God, to love him, to walk in his waies, being backed with promises to encourage us thereunto. Some declare the evil waies of sinners, [Page 349] and the judgments of God that attend them, to deter us there-from.
5. Some contain imprecations and prayers for judgments on enemies. Here we are not to pray for, or wish the same judgments on our private enemies. But,
1. We may meditate on the fearful judgments of God that hang over the heads of all wicked and impenitent transgressours; that so we may fear to be like them.
2. We may pray for the like judgments on all the implacable and incurable enemies of Christ, and his Kingdome.
6. Some contain the sad complaints of the Church, under afflictions. Here thou maist meditate on the sufferings of the Saints, and lift up thy heart to God to give thee also suffering Graces.
IV. Let there be a wise choice made of Psalms to be sung according as our present necessities and occasions do require.
V. Let thy end in singing be, that God may be honoured, thy self and others edified; that the Graces of Gods Spirit may be excited and exercised in thy self and others.
4. Religious Conference.
'Tis the duty of all true and sincere Christians to labour to further one another Heaven-ward. [Page 350] And surely religious conference rightly mannaged is a great means of increasing knowledge and Grace among Christians. Communion of Saints is an Article of our Faith. The Apostle tels us, Rom. 12.5. We being many, are one body in Christ, and every one members one of another. Such a body true believers are by their union with Christ, and ought to be by communion and fellowship one with another, for their mutual edification. There ought to be a mutual serviceablenesse among Christians, and helping one another on in gracious courses.
I shall therefore,
- 1. Give some Arguments, to perswade to it.
- 2. Some Directions about it.
1. We have many exhortations to it in the Scriptures, 1 Thes. 5.11. Wherefore comfort your selves together, and edifie one another, even as also ye do, Heb. 10.24. And let us consider one another, to provoke unto love, and to good works. v. 25. Not forsaking the assembling of our selves together, as the manner of some is, but exhorting one another, and so much the more, as ye see the day approaching. Heb, 3.13. But exhort one another daily, while it is called to day, lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulnesse of sin.
2. We find this practised by the primitive Saints, Acts 2.42. And they continued stedfastly in the Apostles doctrine and fellowship, and breaking bread, and in prayers.
3. To this end God hath given several Gifts and Graces to his people, 1 Pet. 4.10. As every man hath received the gift, even so minister the same one to another, as good stewards of the manifold Grace of God. 1 Cor. 12.7. But the manifestation of the Spirit is given to every man to profit withal.
4. Where Christians are most frequent, and most faithful in this duty, there usually they are in a most thriving condition, both as to knowledge and holinesse: As Countreys that maintain a trade and commerce together, do inrich each other.
5. 'Tis a good way to prevent seduction into errour. Christians are better able to resist errours by their united forces, and mutual counsels, than singly and alone. The Church is said, Cant. 6.10. to be terrible as an Army with banners. But straglers, and such as go alone are often snatcht up. How easie is it to pervert and draw one single person into any dangerous errour, who neglects the benefit of other Christians advice and counsel?
6. It will be a good means to increase love in the hearts of Christians one towards another; And Love is Christ's Livery, John 13.35. By this shall all men know that ye are my Disciples, if ye have love one to another.
Thus much of the Arguments to perswde to this duty: The Directions follow.
I. Let Christians in their Religious Conferences have this principally in their aim, to edifie [Page 352] one another, to further one another Heaven-ward, to do good to one another soules.
II. Let them labour for those Graces that are requisite for this duty. Such as these,
- 1. Sobriety of judgment.
- 2. Humility and lowlinesse of mind.
- 3. Ingenuity, acknowledging and prizing the Gifts and Graces they see in each other.
- 4. Self-denial, condescending to them of low parts, going a slow pace, rather than outgoing the young and tender lambs.
- 5. Love, affability, encouraging weak beginners.
- 6. Inoffensivenesse.
- 7. Sincerity and plain heartedness.
III. Let them avoid censuring or judging the Spiritual state of others. Such persons meet together for the worse, and not for the better.
IV. Let them decline controverted points, (such things usually gendring strife and variance) and apply themselves to speak of things that are practical; As of God, and his Goodnesse. Of Christ, his Person, Offices and Merits: Of the Covenant of Grace: Of the Doctrine of justification: Of the patience and self-denial of those that are gone before us: Of Heaven, and the Glory of that Kingdom. How did the Martyrs in prison (by such ravishing discourses) set one another at liberty from the fears of death? How did holy Bradford's sweet and cheerful company make the [Page 353] very dungeons lightsom, and palace-like to his fellow-prisoners, as themselves confessed? These, and such like practical matters will be the fittest subjects for Christians to discourse of, when they meet together.
V. Let them impart their experiences and the methods of Gods dealings with themselves or others: How they got rid of such a corruption, vanquished such a temptation, attain'd to a facility in such a duty. Let them impart what may tend to the advancement of Holinesse.
VI. Let them provoke, and stir up one another to Holinesse, to Love, and to good works, admonishing and exhorting one another to watch, and take heed to their waies, seeing so many watch for their haltings, like those the Prophet speaks of, Jer. 20.10. All my familiars watched for my halting, &c.
VII. If any fallings out or jars shall happen among them at any time, let them be prudently and seasonably healed and made up. And in this case, praying together, and for one another, is of singular use. Let them (as the Apostle speaks in another case, Jam. 5.16.) Confesse their faults one to another, and pray one for another, that they may be healed; if their minds have been distempered, and ill-affected one towards another.
5. Retired holy Meditation.
Holy Meditation is the acting of the mind upon some Divine Object, in order to the working upon the affections, and raising fome fit resolutions in the soul therefrom; tending to Gods Glory, and the furtherance of Holinesse. How many Christians are there, that live in a constant neglect of this so exceeding useful duty, by which all other duties are improved, and by which the soul digesteth truths, and draweth forth their strength for its nourishment and refreshing? Certainly, Meditation rightly mannaged, doth exceedingly tend to the advancement of Piety. I shall therefore,
- 1. Give some Reasons why we should practise it.
- 2. Give some Directions as to the manner how we should perform it.
I. Consider, this was the practise of many of the eminent Saints of God recorded in the Scriptures. Isaac and David were much in this Duty.
II. Consider the great benefit of it duly performed.
Tis an excellent means,
1. To encrease knowledge, and to make the mind serious and solid: None are more knowing, setled, established Christians, than such as are much in Meditation.
2. To stir up and awaken the Graces of Gods Spirit in us. Hereby we awaken our Faith, inflame our love, strengthen our hope, enliven our desires, encrease our joyes in God, we loosen our affections from the world, and fore-acquaint our selves with the Glory that is to come.
3. To make the Word profitable. Meditation is the digestion of the soul. 'Tis not the taking in of food, but the stomacks concocting of it, that makes it turn to blood and Spirits. For want of this, How many Sermons are lost and do no good? The Word will not profit us, except we take time to think upon it.
4. To prepare the heart for prayer and other holy duties. Meditation tunes and prepares and fits the heart for solemn Worship.
5. To antidote and fortifie the soul against sin and temptation. If men would but often consider of the evil and danger of sin, it would be a great means to deter them from the practise of it.
6. 'Tis an excellent help and means of Communion with God. 'Tis the souls perspective, whereby it sees something of the Glory and happinesse of that Kingdom that is above.
Thus much of the Arguments for it.
I come now to give some Directions how it should be managed.
I. Pitch upon some convenient time of the day for this duty. A Christians timing his duty aright, is a great help to him in the right performance [Page 356] of it. Some have chosen the morning for this duty, and some the evening: We have examples of both in Scripture. Of our Saviour, we read, Mark 1.35. And in the morning, rising up a great while before day, he went out, and departed into a solitary place, and there prayed. Gen. 24.63. And Isaac went out to meditate in the field at the even-tide.
II. Pitch upon some convenient retired place. The wise man tels us, Prov. 18.1. Through desire a man having separated himself, seeketh and intermedleth with all wisdome. First he separates himself, & then intermedleth with wisdom. There is nothing the Devil more spights than this, that a man should often retire and separate himself from the world, to meditate on his everlasting concernments. The Devil cannot endure a man should consider whether he be journeying towards Heaven or Hell.
III. Get a good stock of profitable materials to meditate on: as the Attributes of God: His promises of remission, sanctification, reward. The love of Christ; The evil and danger of sin; The vanity of the Creature; The necessity of regeneration, The state of thy own soul to God ward; The excellency of a gracious state; The preciousness of time; of Eternity: And the four last things, Death, Judgment, Heaven, Hell. These and such like subjects will be fit matters to employ thy thoughts about.
IV. Labour to get thy heart into a right frame and temper. The work is serious, and thou hadst need rally together all the powers of thy soul, that thy thoughts may be intent and fixed when thou settest on this duty.
V. Begin with prayer, begging the assistance and help of God, to order thy meditations aright. Prayer sanctifies every thing.
VI. Confine thy thoughts to one Subject only at a time. One truth driven home by meditation will kindly affect the heart.
VII. For the Method.
1. Let thy mind consider and dwell on the thing thou propoundest to meditate on, so long, till thou hast setled some perswasions in thy self concerning it.
2. Labour to stir up and awaken such affections in thy heart, as the Subject meditated on requires.
3. Draw some fit and proper resolutions tending to Gods Glory, and the furthering thee in a gracious course, from thy meditations.
VIII. For the manner.
1. Do it sincerely. Take heed of formality and superficialnesse, the bane of most religious performances.
2. Shut up all with prayer.
3. Reduce thy meditations into practise.
CHAP. VII.
FRequent good company, that may further thee, and help thee forward in the way to Heaven. And though thy Calling, Necessity of businesse, Charity to their souls, and a desire to do them good, may draw thee somtimes to converse with, yet be not willingly, ordinarily, and unnecessarily a companion of wicked and ungodly men; who by their vain, unsavoury discourse, and sinfull conversation, will be apt to draw thy heart unto a neglect and slighting of spiritual things. 'Tis exceeding dangerous to be ordinarily in such company, as will be ever hindring, never helping us forward in the way to Heaven; and where we shall hear no talk of Religion, but in distast and contempt. Believe it, Thousands have been everlastingly undone by evil company.
That therefore thou maist be more wary in this [...]ticular, I shall desire thee to consider of these things.
I. Ill company must needs be exceeding dangerous, because sin is of an infecting, contagious nature. It quickly spreads among such, as ordinarily and familiarly converse together. Why should we not be as much afraid of being infected with sin, as with a contagious disease? but that we are carnal, and fear the evil of the body [Page 359] which is death, more than the evil of the soul, which is sin and damnation. The ground of that dreadful Church-Censure, Excommunication, is the contagion of other mens sins. Purge out the old leaven, saies the Apostle, 1 Cor. 5.7. Which was the incestuous person. And why? because a little leaven leaveneth the whole lump. There is a strange power in ill company, to infect and deprave the best dispositions. Can a man touch pitch, and not be defiled? saies the son of Sirach, Chap. 13.1.
1. By frequent & familiar converse with such, there steals upon a man secretly & insensibly, a dislike of Religion, and the waies of Godliness, as too strict and restraining to humane nature.
2. He usually comes by degrees, to approve and delight in sensual courses, and sinful practises.
3. At last he comes to be an utter enemy, and opposer of the waies of Holiness. And no wonder, for such as men usually converse with, such (for the most part) they prove to be Ungodly company is the deep ditch, out of which few escape.
II. To delight in ungodly company, is a sure sign a mans heart is naught. Similitude is the cause of love: Like will to like, whether good or evil. Though many will not be drunk or swear, &c. Yet if they delight in the company of those that do so. 'tis plain their dispositions are against Godlinesse. David having a Godly frame of heart, [Page 360] declared it in this, that in the Saints of the Earth, and the excellent was all his delight, Psal. 16.3. & Ps. 119.63. He saies, I am a companion of all them that fear thee, and of them that keep thy Precepts. Ecclesiasticus tels us, Ch. 13.16. All flesh consorteth according to kind, and a man will cleave to his like. What fellowship hath the wolf with the lamb? So the sinner with the Godly? When you choose wicked, loose company, when you may have better, and find delight and content in such, you plainly declare what you are. There is no reason he should be accounted Gods friend, who familiarly converses with his professed enemies.
III. By frequenting ill company, thou dost harden, encourage, and embolden them in their sinful courses. How can they think, but thou approvest their waies, seeing thou delightest in their society: Whereas the Apostle commands us Eph. 5.11. To have no fellowship with the unfruitful works of darknesse, but rather reprove them. David's eyes ran down with rivers of tears, because he saw men kept not Gods Law, Psal. 119.136. And Lots righteous soul was vexed with the unclean conversation of the wicked among whom he lived. So far is it from the temper of a gracious heart to hold a delightful familiarity with wicked companions.
IV. Consider ill company is a great hinderance to conversion. Wicked companions ( like Herod) kill the young beginnings, and first tendencies [Page 361] of the heart towards God. One wicked person, by his scoffs and flouts has done more hurt, than many Sermons have done good. Scoffers at Religion, and deriders of true Piety, and Holinesse, make things of the saddest and most serious concernment, to seem ridiculous. And when once the awe of these great Truths is weakned, men are easily induced to cast off all care and profession of Religion. Many have been jeer'd from the practise of Godlinesse, and a holy life, that could never by serious Arguments be disputed or disswaded from it. Mockers and Scoffers at Religion, are usually the worst of sinners. In Psal. 1. there are three degrees of sinners mentioned; and the highest rank are they that sit in the seat of the scornful: Which the Septuagint render the chair of pestilence: They being indeed the pests of mankind. 'Tis better to go with the frowns and scoffs of carnal friends to heaven, than with their love to hell.
V. Remember, 'tis not only the openly prophane and dissolute, the swearer, the drunkard, and the professed open enemies of Godlinesse, that thou art to avoid, as hurtful companions; but thou must also take heed of too frequent society with dead hearted formalists, and persons meerly civil, whose conference is usually barren and unsavoury, nothing conducing to the raising the heart Heaven-ward. And by conversing much with such, though thou dost not endanger thy soul as to infection with sin, yet thou dost, as to [Page 362] defection from gracious courses. Such lukewarm professors are usually remiss, and slight and indifferent in Religion; and though they run not into such exorbitant courses, as the openly prophane do; yet usually they love not strictness, nor the power of Godlinesse, thinking it more ado than needs. And by frequent, familiar converse with such, thou wilt be in danger to content thy self with a little goodnesse, and seem some body in thy own eies, having no better patterns before thee (as he that hath but half an eie, is a King among them that are blind.) Whereas among wise, holy, spiritual, improv'd Christians, thou wilt still have matter of imitation and provocation to aspire to a greater perfection in goodnesse. He that walks with the wise, shall be wiser (saith Solomon) but a companion of fools shall be destroyed, Prov. 13.20.
VI. Consider, our company will be part of our happinesse in Heaven. Communion of Saints here, is the lower Heaven of Saints. O what comfort, what benefit, may we reap from good society? How many thousands have cause for ever to blesse God, that ever they liv'd neer, or came acquainted with some persons seriously Godly? From such company a Christian comes away revived, quickned, encouraged to walk in the waies of Holinesse. He finds a good relish on his Spirit; and his heart drawn Heaven-ward: He finds himself provoked to presse forward towards the mark of his high calling: But from wicked company, [Page 363] 'tis ten to one, but either a man brings away a guilty Conscience, or a sad heart, or both. Upon all these considerations, labour to make thy acquaintance and familiar converse with those here, who must be thy companions in Heaven, if ever thou comest thither.
CHAP. VIII.
VVAlk conscientiously in thy particular calling, according to these Directions following.
I. Avoid idlenesse and sloth. Remember Adam in innocency had a calling appointed him by God: And after the fall, Gen. 3.19. 'tis Gods decree upon man, in the sweat of thy face shalt thou eat thy bread, till thou return unto the ground. No man has a priviledge to live idly and lazily; but either by labour of body, or toil of mind, either by the sweat of his browes, or of his brains, ought to be serviceable and profitable to humane society. Idlenesse exposes a man to many sins and many punishments. When the Devil finds men idle, and not employed in Gods service, he entertains them into his. If thou hast nothing to do, the Devil will be ready to employ thee. David when idle, fell into [Page 366] the heinous sin of adultery. A lawful calling is an excellent preservative against a multitude of sins and temptations, 1 Cor. 7.20, 24. Let every man abide, saies the Apostle, in the same calling, wherein he was called. When God cals us to be Christians, he cals us out of the world as to our affections, but not out of the world as to our employment. An idle professor is a scandalous professor, and walks inordinately.
II. Be diligent in thy calling, for Conscience sake. Many take pains enough, but not out of Conscience to Gods Command, nor with an eye to his Glory. Whatever ye do, do it heartily, as to the Lord, saies the Apostle, Col. 3.23. Thou must be diligent in thy calling on a religious account, performing the duties thereof in obedience to God, studying both for matter and manner to approve thy self to him. Think with thy self, this is the calling wherein the Providence of God hath set me. I am but his servant in my own shop, or at my plow. To him I must give an account of my diligence and faithfulnesse.
III. Seek and pray earnestly to the Lord for his blessing on thy lawful labours, and endeavours. 'Tis an irreligious course to engage in any thing, without prayer. Thou must be fervent in prayer, as well as not slothful in business. All lawful businesse is sanctified by the Word and prayer, 1 Tim. 4.5. When we do that which the Word of God alloweth, and by prayer humbly beg his blessing [Page 367] upon our endeavours, we take a right course to prosper. 'Tis Gods blessing maketh rich, and he addeth no sorrow with it, Pro. 10.22. 'Tis his blessing that giveth thee power to get wealth, Deut. 8.18. If his blessing be wanting, (which thou art not like to have, except thou cravest it) all thy labours are to little purpose, Psal. 127.1, 2. Except he blesse thee, 'tis in vain to rise early, to sit up late, and eat the bread of carefulnesse, &c.
IV. In the management of thy Calling, labour to exercise these Graces,
1. Faith & affiance in the goodnesse of God; casting thy self on his gracious promises and providence in the use of lawful means; expecting successe from him alone, according to that of the Psalmist, Psal. 37.5. Commit thy way unto the Lord, trust also in him, and he shall bring it to passe.
2. Moderation of affections: Be not over-eager, nor inordinately bent on thy worldly affairs. Remember our Saviours precept; Let not your hearts be overcharged with surfetting, and drunkennesse and the cares of this life, Luke 21.34. Pursue not thy worldly business with too much anxiety and fervour of mind.
3. Contentation: Be content with that portion (little or much) which God upon thy honest labours shall please to allot thee, quietly acquiesce in his wise disposal.
4. Patience: Be not dismaid, neither fret [Page 368] nor repine at those crosses and troubles which befall thee, in the way and course of thy calling; considering God doth often exercise his own dearest children with many afflictions.
V. Let not thy particular calling too much incroach upon thy general: The world is of an incroaching nature. 'Tis hard to converse with it, and not come into bondage to it. Worldly employments will be apt to justle out Spiritual duties; if thou hast not a great care.
Now the true Christian should especially look to these two things.
1. That his worldly businesse do not eat up and devour that time which should be set apart (every day) for communion with God, and for the exercise of religions duties.
2. That his worldly employments do not blunt the edge of his affections to Spiritual things. Thou maist use the world, but take heed of loving the world, 1 John 2.15, 16. Love not the world, neither the things that are in the world; if any man love the world, the love of the Father is not in him. For all that is in the world, the lust of the flesh the lust of the eye, and the pride of life, is not of the Father, but is of this world.
VI. Labour carefully to avoid the temptations that thy particular calling is most liable unto. Every calling and condition of life hath its peculiar temptations. And a great deal of care and Christian prudence is required to foresee them, and avoid [Page 369] them, that so we be not insnared with them.
VII. In the mannaging of thy worldly affairs, endeavour to carry a Heavenly mind. Be often lifting up thy [...]rt in Spiritual and Heavenly meditations. Think how little it will profit thee, if thou shouldst gain the whole world, and loose thy soul. Think how Godliness is profitable for all things, having the promise of the life that now is, and of that which is to come, 1 Tim. 4.8. Remember thou art but a pilgrim, and a stranger here upon earth: Heaven is the proper Country of holy souls.
VIII. When success crowns thy faithful endeavours in thy calling, let God have all the Glory. If thou speed well, thrive, and prosper, sacrifice not to thy own net, to thy wit, parts, industry, or any second cause; but ascribe the Glory wholly to him, in whose hands alone it is to give successe.
CHAP. IX. Concerning just dealing in Traffick, Trading, and Commerce.
OBserve a strict integrity, and uprightness in all occasions of intercourse, matters of traffick, commerce, and bargaining; making Conscience to be true in thy words, faithful in thy promises, punctual in thy performances, and in all things, dealing justly and uprightly; doing to others (according to our Saviours Golden rule, Luke 6.31.) As thou wouldst that others should do to thee, Mat. 7.12. Whatsoever ye would (with a rectified judgment, and an honest heart) that men should do to you, even so do ye to them, for this is the Law and the Prophets. In all contracts, and acts of commerce with others, 'tis good to put our selves in their stead; and to make frequent appeals to our own Consciences, and to ask our selves, Would I be thus dealt with? Would I be content to have this measure measured to my self? Should I (if it were my own case) think this fair dealing, if used towards my self? Paul saies Gal. 5.14. All the Law is fulfilled in one word (that is, all that part of the Law which concerns our duty towards man) Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thy self. This expression prescribes the manner [Page 373] of our love, not the measure of it; a parity or likenesse for kind, not for degree or proportion.
That therefore the black art of defrauding may be abhorr'd, and all deceit in traffick and commerce avoided; I shall give some Directions both to buyers and sellers, which (if carefully observed) will exceedingly tend to their comfort and advantage: For light and honest gains make a heavy purse, whilst great and dishonest make a heavy heart.
Directions to buyers.
1. Let not the buyer debase or dispraise a good commodity that he is about to buy, to bring down the price, and to get it for lesse than he knows it to be worth, Prov. 20.14. It is naught, it is naught, saith the buyer, but when he is gone his way, then he boasteth.
2. Let not the buyer peremptorily say he will give no more for a commodity, than he offers, and yet intend to give more, rather than go without it. 'Tis too frequent with buyers to say they will not give a farthing more, and with sellers, to say, they will not take a farthing less, and yet usual with both to go from their words.
3. Give good and currant money for what you buy, Gen. 23.16. And Abraham weighed to Ephron the silver which he had named in the audience of the Sons of Heth, four hundred Shekels of silver, currant [Page 374] money with the Merchant. To put away brasse or false money, (when you know it to be false, though perhaps you took it for good, except you return it to the person of whom you received it) is a branch of deceit. 'Tis better to suffer wrong, than to do wrong.
4. Do not work upon the weaknesse or necessity of the seller, and so give him lesse than in your Conscience you apprehend the thing to be justly worth between man and man. Some will not buy, except they may have that they are dealing for, at their own price; though the seller cannot so afford it. We should be willing to give to the worth of the thing we buy, according to common estimation. If the buyer give a price (knowingly) far inferiour to the true value, he is an Over-reacher: If he work upon the necessities of the poor, who must sell to buy bread, he is an Oppressour.
5. In your buying a commodity, do not take any advantage of any oversight, or mistake in the seller, Gen. 43.12. And the money that was brought again in the mouth of your sacks, carry it again in your hand, peradventure it was an oversight.
6. Buy not any thing on the Lords day, except upon absolute necessity. Let God have the time consecrated to his Worship. Let there be no bargaining nor dealing on that day.
7. Buy not any stollen goods (if you know them to be stollen) though the price be never so low.
Directions to Sellers.
I. Do not multiply words in selling, Prov. 10.19. In the multitude of words there wanteth not sin. Zach. 11.12. If ye think good, give me my price, if not forbear.
II. Do not highly commend and over-praise a commodity you know to be faulty; nor sell that for good, which you know is not so. Do not lie, nor equivocate. How many are there, that in this case, to deceit, add lying; and (too often) bind all these sins together with an oath, swearing their commodities are good, when they know they are not? And then what an heap of sin is here gathered together? abundantly enough to sink any poor soul into Hell: And all this, to skrew a little more money out of their neighbours pockets; and that somtimes so very little, that it is an amazing wonder, how any man that thinks he has a soul, can set it at so miserable and contemptible a price.
III. Do not disguise and hide the faults of the commodities you sell, by using some art to them, to make them look fairer and better than indeed they are. This is acting a lie though it be not speaking one) which has surely as much of the intention of cheating and defrauding as the most impudent lying can have. Hereby thou makest thy neighbour pay for somewhat which is [Page 376] not in the thing thou sellest him; he presuming there is that good quality in it, which thou knowest is not.
IV. Do not sell commodities by false weights or measures, Amos 8.5. When will the new Moon be gene, that we may sell corn? and the Sabbath, that we may set forth wheat, making the Ephah small, and the Shekel great, and falsifying the ballances by deceit? Prov. 20.10. Divers weights, and divers measures, both of them are alike abomination to the Lord, Deut. 25.14, 15. Thou shalt not have in thine house divers measures, a great, and a small. But thou shalt have a perfect and just weight, a perfect and just measure shalt thou have; that thy daies may be lengthened in the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee, Micah 6.10. Are there yet the treasures of wickednesse in the house of the wicked, and the scant measure, that is abominable?
V. In selling, do not work upon the ignorance or unskilfulness of the buyer: If you discern him to be unskilful, use him rather the better, than the worse. Zeph 1.9. In the same day also will I punish those that leap on the threshold, and fill their Masters houses with violence and deceit. 1 Thes. 4.6. That no man go beyond, and defraud his brother in any matter, because that the Lord is the avenger of all such, as we also have forewarned you, and testified Neither take advantage of his present urgent necessity: Do not make him [Page 377] pay unreasonably, because thou seest he extreamly wants it, and must have it. An unreasonable price is that which exceeds the true worth of the thing, considered with those moderate gains which all tradesmen are presumed to be allowed in the sale of their commodities. Consider soberly what the thing is worth, and for what thou wouldst afford it to another (of whom thou hadst no such advantage) and accordingly rate it to him. Do nothing to any man, but what thy self, or any honest-minded man (according to right reason, and common justice) would be content to have done to him. The truth is, in the whole businesse of traffick, there are so many opportunities of deceit, that a man had need fortifie himself with firm resolutions, and have in his heart a great love of justice, or he will be in danger to fall under temptation.
VI. Do not ingrosse corn in a time of scarcity, Prov. 11.26. He that withholdeth corn, the people shall curse him. And that both buyers and sellers may be perswaded to make Conscience of these things, let them consider,
1. The commonnesse of injustice is a reproach to Christianity. The Name of Christ is blasphemed among Turks and Infidels, by the injustice, fraud, and deceit that is practised among too many that call themselves Christians: And methinks, this very reason should make us abhor it.
2. A secret curse usually goes along with ill gotten goods, and a strange unprosperousnesse (for the most part) attends ill gotten estates: Whereas the blessing of God doth wonderfully accompany just and righteous dealing; and makes that which is so got to prosper.
3. What will it profit a man to gain never so much, and lose his soul? Thou thinkest (may be) thou hast been very cunning, when thou hast over reached thy Neighbour, but considerest not, there is another all the while overreaching thee, and cheating thee of that which is infinitely more precious, even thy immortal soul. And alas! What will it ease thee in Hell, to think thou hast left a great deal of wealth behind thee upon Earth?
4. Remember, what is unrighteously got by defrauding and injuring another, must not only be repented of before God, but restitution thereof, or other satisfaction made to the party wronged. For God pardons no sin we will pertinaciously retain and live in, Prov. 28.13. He that covereth his sins, shall not prosper, but whoso confesseth and forsaketh them, shall find mercy And he that restoreth not ill gotten goods, liveth still in his sin, and repenteth not of it; seeing restitution is an inseparable fruit of true repentance. Take heed therefore of all unjust getting, and all unjust detaining: For in such cases, restitution is to be made in kind or value to the person wronged, if [Page 379] alive: If he be dead, to his heirs: If they cannot be known, to the poor. And equity requireth that the time be considered, wherein his right has been detained from him.
For restitution we have,
1. Gods Command. God requireth if any thing be gotten either by violence, fraud, or deceit, restitution should be made to the true owner, Lev. 6.2. If a soul sin, and commit a trespasse against the Lord, and lie unto his neighbour in that which was delivered him to keep, or in fellowship, or in a thing taken away by violence, or hath deceived his neighbour; V. 3. Or have found that which was lost, and lieth concerning it, and sweareth falsly, in any of all these that a man doth, sinning therein: V. 4. Then it shall be, because he hath sinned and is guilty, that he shall restore that which he took violently away, or the thing which he hath deceitfully gotten, or that which was delivered him to keep, or the lost thing which he found.
2. We have examples for it. Josephs brethren restored the money found in their sacks, Gen. 41.12. Zacheus practised it, Luke 19.8. And Zacheus stood, and said unto the Lord, behold, Lord, the half of my goods I give to the poor, and if I have taken any thing from any man by false accusation, I restore him fourfold. Yea, Judas himself, being convinced of his sin, made restitution, Matth. 27.3. Then Judas which had betraied him, when he saw that he was condemned, repented [Page 380] himself, and brought again the thirty pieces of silver to the chief Priests and Elders.
3. There is this great reason for it: For our repentance is not sincere, if we do not labour to undo our sins again: Now he that restoreth not ill gotten goods, liveth still in his sin, and doth not labour to retract and revoke it, as he ought to do. And because many are loath to come to this hard duty of restitution, for fear of shame or reproach that may acrue to them thereby; they may desire some Godly Minister, or some faithful Christian friend to transact that businesse for them; who (if they see cause) may conceal their names, and yet present the satisfaction or restitution by them sent to the injured person. And whoever in singlenesse of heart, and as in the sight and presence of God, do thus labour to retract their sin, and clear their souls of guilt by choosing rather to part with some of their substance, than to retain what they ought not; I am most confident will find abundance of comfort in so doing.
Upon all these considerations labour to mortifie that which is the root of all injustice, namely, Covetousnesse. And remember, that upon all rational accounts, true Piety and exact Honesty is the best policy. A little righteously got is better then the great treasures of the wicked.
CHAP. X. Concerning the duties of Governours of Families.
GOvernours of Families ought to be very careful that not only themselves, but the rest of their Family also do faithfully serve the Lord.
In treating of this,
- 1. I shall give some Arguments for it.
- 2. Some Directions for the right performing of it.
- 3. Shew, whence the neglect of it proceeds.
I. There is great reason for it, in respect of God, whose Honour (above all things) we should endeavour to advance: And what better course can be taken for it, than to set up his Worship in our houses and families.
II. In respect of our Families. The greatest good we can possibly do them, is, to instruct them in the principles of true Piety. To provide an estate or inheritance for children, meat and drink and wages for servants, is no more than sober Heathens do: What singular thing is this? To leave them rightly principl'd, and instructed, interested in the Covenant of Grace, under the favour, blessing, and protection of God: This is a high and a singular good indeed. For this they may have cause to bless God for ever. Is it enough for Christian Parents to breed up their Children so as they may live in this World, and take no care what shall become of them hereafter? Can they be content to train them up for the Devil, to be for ever tormented with him in Hell? (And yet so they must be, if they live and die in ignorance, impenitencie and unbelief) Where are their bowels?
III. In respect of Church and Common-wealth. A Family is the first society, and a seminary of the rest. 'Tis made up of single persons in several relations: And Towns, Congregations, Cities, Countries, all are made up of several Families. Particular Families are (as it were) the hives out of which swarms go forth into the world. To make Families good and religious, is the way to make good Magistrates, good Husbands, good Wives, good Masters, good Servants, good Neighbours. Families are the Nurseries of Church and [Page 384] State. Now if the Canker take the young trees in the Nursery, they are never like to be good when they are transplanted. The want of Family reformation, is the cause of most of the miscarriages in Church and Common-wealth. If there be Ignorance, prophanenesse, errour, ungodlinesse in particular Families, we shall soon hear of it in Church and State. As therefore Elisha heal'd the naughty waters, by casting in salt at the spring head, 2 King. 2.21. So let us labour to season our Families with true Piety, if we would keep disorders out of Church and State.
'Tis true, when all care is used, there may be some bad in the best Families. In the first Family, there was a Cain, in the best Family, a Judas, in Noahs Family (the only Family then on earth) a Cham; yet ordinarily God is pleased so to bless the care and endeavours of religious Governours, that their Families are Schools of Piety and Vertue, and both Church and Common-wealth reap the fruit of it.
IV. In respect of our selves.
1. The benefit is great that will come to us thereby. There is no such way to bring children and servants to be obedient and faithful, as to infuse principles of true Piety into them, and to plant the fear of God in their hearts. Then they will do their duties for Conscience sake: And besides, such persons in a Family are a great blessing to it. Potiphar's Family was blessed for Josephs, & Labans for Jacobs sake.
2. 'Tis a great honour to a Family, to be truly religious Let prophane scoffers talk what they will; Is it not a greater honour for any Christian to have his house to be a Bethel, a house of God, than a Beth-aven, an house of iniquity? Religious Families are dignified by the Apostle with the title of Churches, Rom. 16.3. Greet Priscilla & Aquila my helpers in Christ Jesus, v. 5. Likewise greet the Church that is in their house. Col. 4.15. Salute the brethren which are in Laodicea, and Nymphas, and the Church which is in his house.
3. It will bring much comfort to us, both here and hereafter. What a joy must it needs be to any serious Christian, to see his Family (through the blessing of God on his care and labour) to thrive in Piety, and to walk in the way leading to Heaven? And with how much comfort may be leave them, when he comes to die, having this testimony in his own bosome, that he hath been faithfull this way? We know Eli was charged with, and severely punished for the sins of his Children, 1 Sam. 2.29. Because he had been too remisse in reproving of them. I shall conclude this, with the words of Mr. Rogers, a learned Divine of our own. Believe it, (saies he) Every Governour of a Family is as deeply charged with the souls of those under his Government, as any Pastour is, with the souls of that Flock which is committed to his charge: Nor will the publick Ministry become [Page 386] fruitful, if that which is sown in publick, be not watered in private, by conference, examination and good instruction. What can we more impute the unprofitablenesse of our Ministry to, than to Masters and Parents neglect of their duties? You call our Congregations our charge; and so they are; so are your Families also your charge: Thus he.
So much of the first Particular; the Reasons why Governours of Families should be careful that those under their Government do faithfully serve the Lord.
I come to the second, to give some Directions for the right performance of this Duty.
I. Let Governours of Families begin at themselves, labouring to reform what is amisse in themselves; that so they may be exemplary in wisdom and Holiness to those under their care. Let them humbly beg of God those Graces and abilities that may fit them for the discharging of their places. Inferiours mind more what superiours do, than what they say. He that walks disorderly himself, cannot expect to reform his children, or servants, or keep his Family in order.
II. Let them be careful about the constitution of their Families. Let them look well to it, that those they admit into their house, (as neer as they can guesse) be hopeful and tractable, as to Religion, Psal. 101. v 6. Mine eies shall be upon the faithful, that they may dwell with me; he that walketh in a [Page 387] perfect way, he shall serve me.
III. Let them set up the practise of true Religion in good earnest in their Families. Let them worship God together morning and evening, offering up the spiritual Sacrifice of prayer and supplication, with thanksgiving. For let them consider,
1. Is it not the duty of all sincere Christians to make Religion the main businesse of their lives? Should not Governours of Families endeavour to make their Families Godly, to win the souls of those under their Government to Christ? And can this be done by them who neglect to pray in their Families?
2. Does not the very light of Nature seem to suggest we should begin and end the day with God?
3. Was not Family Worship the first Worship performed to God in the world, for a long time?
4. Did not God declare his pleasure under the Law, by the evening and morning Sacrifice? And does not the Apostle in Analogie to this continual and daily sacrifice, bid us pray continually? 1 Thes. 5.17. Col. 4.2.
5. Is not the neglect of prayer made a branch of Atheism? Psal. 14.4. Have all the workers of iniquity no knowledge? who eat up my people as they eat bread, and call not upon the Lord. And are not Heathens described to be Families that call not on Gods Name? Jer. 10. ult. Pour out thy fury [Page 388] upon the Heathen that know thee not, and upon the Families that call not on thy Name, &c.
6. If Job offered Sacrifice, and prayed for his Children, when they were absent, Is it not more then probable he did the like with them when present? seeing 'tis said, thus did Job continually, Job 1.5.
7. Did not Queen Esther, and her maids pray and fast together, Esth. 4.16. Go gather together all the Jews that are present in Shushan, and fast ye for me, and neither eat nor drink three daies, night nor day; I also and my maidens will fast likewise.
8. Did not Christ pray with his Family, Luke 9.18? And it came to pass, as he was alone praying, his Disciples were with him—As he was alone, not singly, but privately alone; as appears by comparing this place with Mark 4.10. And when he was alone, they that were about him, with the twelve, asked of him the Parable.
9. Does not our Saviour in the Lords Prayer, plainly teach that Christians should pray joyntly, as well as severally? Our Father, &c. Give us this day our daily bread, &c.
10. Does not the Apostle bid us pray with all prayer, Eph. 6.18. i. e. With all manner of lawful prayer, therefore with Family prayer.
11. Is there not a blessing promised to joynt-prayer, Matth. 18.19? Again I say unto you, [Page 389] that if two of you shall agree on earth, as touching any thing that they shall ask, it shall be done for them of my Father which is in Heaven; v. 20. For where two or three are gathered together in my Name, there am I in the midst of them.
12. Should not every Christian Family be a little Church of Christ? And is not a Church to pray together, Acts 12.5? Peter therefore was kept in prison, but prayer was made without ceasing of the Church for him. v. 12. And when he had considered the thing, he came to the house of Mary the mother of John, whose Sir-name was Mark, where many were gathered together, praying. Acts 2.42. And they continued stedfastly in the Apostles Doctrine, and fellowship, and in breaking of bread and in prayers.
13. Do not the necessities of a Family require it? They are joyn'd in mercies, in judgments, and often in sins; Should they not therefore joyn in humiliations, prayers, and thanksgivings?
14. Can a Family expect to be blessed by God, that lives in a constant neglect of this duty? The favour of Providence is a mans best inheritance. Family Piety is usually attended with Family prosperity, Prov. 3.33. The curse of the Lord is in the house of the wicked; but he blesseth the habitation of the just.
15. Were not houses as well as Temples to be dedicated to God, by the inhabitants, at their first entrance into them, Deut. 20.5. And the Officers [Page 390] shall speak unto the people, saying, What man is there that hath built a new house, and hath not dedicated it? let him go and return to his house, lest he die in the battel, and another man dedicate it. Psal. 30. Title. A Psalm and song at the dedication of the house of David. And why should they not afterward be used for places to pray in, to read the Word, to sing Psalms in, as well as to eat, and drink and sleep in? Is there not as good fellowship in holy duties, as in merry company, and idle communication? Why should a Family do nothing joyntly that tends to the good of their souls? Are we Christians, and shall we not be willing God should be the Master of our houses?
16. Does not the neglect of prayer expose a Family to many judgments, and many sins? Where prayers are shut out of any house, there usually the door is opened wide to prophanenesse, and all licentiousnesse: And what follows thereupon, but the wrath and curse of God?
Let not Family prayer therefore morning and evening be neglected, upon any pretence whatsoever; and let all persons be carefull they be not slight and formal in the performance of it. And besides prayer, let there be reading the holy Scriptures, and other good books; singing Psalms, Catechizing and private instruction; a due care to sanctifie the Lords day, a diligent frequenting the publick Ordinances, a reviving by repetition in private, what they have heard in the [Page 391] publick; religious conference, and whatever else may conduce to the encreasing true Piety and Godlinesse among them.
IV. Let Governours of Families call upon and charge those under their Government, to pray privately and in secret, and not to content themselves only with the Family-prayer, as too many are apt to do.
V. Let them keep out (as much as they can) lewd company out of their Families. When swearers, drunkards, Atheists, scorners of Godlinesse, may have free access, entertainment, and countenance in a Family, Religion is not like to thrive there, nor any thing that is of good report or praise-worthy.
VI. Let them also be careful to preserve their Families from seducers, and soul deceivers, 2 Epist. John v. 10. If there come any unto you, and bring not this Doctrine, receive him not into your house, neither bid him God speed.
VII. Let them watch over their Families. The want of vigilancy in the Governour, is usually the fountain of most disorders in the Family. Let there be Family-Discipline. Let them admonish the unruly, and seek to reclaim them, and if they prove incorrigible, cast them out; if they be separable members: Let them incourage those that do well; letting them see, they take notice as readily of their well-doing, as of their faults: When there is cause to rebuke any offender, let it [Page 392] be done without bitternesse or reviling. Let there be more strength of reason in their words to convince them of their sins, and to make them see their danger, and to know how to amend; than heat of anger to utter their own displeasure. Let the fault be made manifest to the person offending, that his own Conscience may condemn him. Bitternesse does oftner harden the heart, than reform the life.
And if Governours of Families would according to these Directions, labour to do their duties faithfully, they might be exceeding instrumental of the salvation of those under their Government. Oh how much good may the prayers, precepts, example, prudent admonitions, and constant vigilancy of such pious Governours do? They may more promote the businesse of Religion in their Families, than any Minister can. 'Tis morally impossible a Minister should bring a Town or Congregation to good order, except assisted by Governours of Families. The long desired reformation both of Church and State sticks here. To reform all, let us begin at home: 'Tis a vain thing to expect the reformation of a Congregation, while private Families remain unreformed, and are pestered with ignorance, errour, or prophanenesse.
A Governour of a Familie should look upon himself as Christs deputy in his own house, and (as it were) invested with his three Offices, of [Page 393] Prophet, Priest, and King. He should be,
1. A Prophet, to teach, instruct, catechize his houshold, Deu. 6.7. And thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up. An uncatechized head, and an unsanctified heart do too frequently go together. Lewis the ninth of France, was found instructing a poor Kitchin boy, and being asked why he would do so, answered, the meanest hath a soul as precious as my own, and bought with the same blood of Christ. Our Saviour instructed his Disciples, praied with them, taught them to pray, sung an Hymn with them; And can you follow a better example? Timothy was train'd up by his parents, and that from a child in the holy Scriptures, 2 Tim. 3.15. Want of instruction at home, is one main reason of the unprofitablenesse of preaching.
2. A Priest, to offer up the spiritual sacrifices of prayer and praise for them and with them.
3. A King, to rule, command, and govern for Christ in his own house, Gen. 18.19. I know Abraham, that he will command his children, and his houshold after him, and they shall keep the way of the Lord, &c. A Master of a Family has a greater command and authority over those in his own house, than any Minister has. He is more with them, and has his eie more upon them: He [Page 394] should therefore improve his power for God; and be like the good Bishop described, 1 Tim. 3.4. ruling well, i. e. Religiously his own house, having his children in subjection with all gravitie.
So much of the second particular, the directions how Governours of Families should discharge their duties towards those under their Government.
I come now to the third and last; to shew whence the neglect of this so great and necessary a duty proceeds: There are several causes of it.
1. Ignorance: Some are so ignorant themselves, they know not how to instruct others. They know not how to pray with their Families. Oh let all such presently apply themselves (with all care and seriousnesse) to learn the things that concern their salvation, that they may discharge their duties towards their relations. And let them know, it is their duty to labour for ability to pray, and for that gift whereby (upon all occasions) they may in an humble and fitting manner) express the desires of their hearts unto the Lord. In the mean time (till by seeking to God for his Spirit to enable them, and by a faithful endeavour they have attain'd to some measure of this gift) they may use some good prescribed form. Only let them be exceeding watchful over their hearts, for fear of that formality and meer lip-service, which in such cases we are more especially in danger of.
2. Carelesness. Some are of Gallio's temper, Acts 18.17. They care for none of these things. They think this more ado than needs. They will provide portions for their children, look that their servants do their work; but for Religion, (the one thing absolutely necessary) they do not much trouble themselves.
3. Worldly-mindednesse. Some are so worldly, they cannot afford time for Gods Worship and Service. Not a swine about the house, but shall be served morning and evening; but God is not regarded.
4. Prophanenesse. Some are so far from having any religious care of their Families, to pray with them, to instruct them, &c. that they deride these duties, and scoffe at those that make conscience to perform them. They (through the pride of their hearts) think it a disparagement to them, to set up the practise of these things in their houses. Wretched worms! Is God become a shame to his creatures? Who are they, or what is their Fathers house, that they are too good to be the servants of the most High? Let them make their peace with that Scripture, Mark 8. ult. Whosoever therefore shall be ashamed of me, and of my words, in this adulterous and sinful generation, of him also shall the Son of man be ashamed, when he cometh in the Glory of his Father, with the holy Angels.
5. Loose Opinions, under pretence of new [Page 396] Light, setting people at liberty from the observation and practise of those duties, whereby the life and power of Religion is most maintained and preserved.
Let Governours of Families therefore beware of all these things, and whatever else may hinder them from a Conscionable discharge of their Duties.
CHAP. XI. Of the duties of Husband and Wife.
I Shall first speak of the Duties common to both, and then more particularly of those that belong to each of them severally.
They owe to each other
- Love.
- Faithfulnesse.
- Helpfulnesse.
I. Love. There ought to be a firm and inviolable love between them; grounded on Gods Ordinance and their own Covenant (and not meerly on natural or civil respects) and being so neerly united, and made one flesh, they should have but one heart. They should have the greatest tendernesse, and kindness for each other imaginable. If any unkindnesse should at any time happen to arise between them, they should never sleep in displeasure; but both readily agree to a speedy reconcilement: The Sun should not go down on their wrath. Love must sweeten all their speeches, carriage, and actions towards each other. 'Tis love will make all the duties of a married life easie, and all the cumbers and crosses, tolerable. This love must for measure, exceed and surpasse their love to any other creature. There must be between them both the love of goodwill, desiring heartily [Page 398] the welfare of each other, and the love of complacency, delighting in each other. Want of love between man and wife is no mean sin.
II. Faithfulnesse, and that of several sorts.
1. That of the bed. They must keep themselves pure & chast from all strange embraces; and with the greatest abhorrence detest any motion or temptation that way. They must not embrace the bosom of a stranger, Prov. 5.20. They must be constant to each other, and confident of each other. Jealousie is the pasport of love.
2. They must keep each others secrets.
3. Conceal each others infirmities.
4. Be faithful to each other in the mannaging their worldly affairs.
5. If any difference arise, not let it take vext: for jars concealed are half reconciled; whereas if they be once divulged, 'tis a double labour to make up the breach, and stop the mouths of people abroad.
III. Helpfulnesse. They are to be mutuall helpers each to other, both in spiritual and temporal things.
1. They should endeavour to help one another on towards Heaven; to promote and encrease knowledge and Holiness in each others souls; designing to meet together, and live together for ever in Heaven. They should pray together and for each other, 1 Pet. 3.7. They should faithfully, wisely, and lovingly admonish one another of any failings [Page 399] they discern in each other. This is (of all other) the truest and most valuable love. Nay indeed, How can it be said, they do love at all, if they can contentedly let each other run on in a course that will bring them to eternal misery. True love is soul love: And if the love of Husband and Wife be thus grounded in Religion, and Piety, and a care of each others souls, it will make their lives a kind of Heaven upon earth. 'Twill prevent those contentions, heart burnings and brawls so fatal to many Families. They will like Zachary and Elizabeth, labour to walk before the Lord blamelesse: They will endeavour to plant Religion in their Family; and be examples of Piety, prudence and goodnesse to those among whom they live.
2. They are to be mutual helpers to each other in natural and civil respects. They are to comfort and cherish one another both in health and sicknesse, in prosperity and adversity: They are to advise and assist each other in a right governing their Family, and in a prudent mannaging their estate and worldly affairs: And in a word, they are to endeavour to make their passage through this world as comfortable to each other as they can.
So much in general, for the duties common to both.
I now come to speak more particularly of the duties belonging to each of them severally. And [Page 374] first, of the duties of the Husband.
I. The first duty the Husband owes to his Wife, is love. How great this love should be, the Apostle intimates by the similitudes he uses in this matter. The one of that Christ bears to his Church, Eph. 5.25. Husbands love your Wives, even as Christ also loved the Church, and gave himself for it. The other, of that a man bears to himself, v. 31. Let every one of you in particular, so love his wife even as himself. Now every one knows and feels how he loves himself. A mans love to himself, hath these properties.
1. 'Tis cordial, without dissimulation. Many a man feigns love and friendship to others, but no body is insincere and false in his love to himself: Such a love should a man bear to his Wife. As Jonathans heart was knit to David, 1 Sam. 18.1. And he loved him as his own soul; so ought the Husband to love his Wife. The Apostle tels us, 1 Cor. 13.5. Charity is not easily provoked. True, fervent, cordial love is long suffering, and beareth with many infirmities and weaknesses, and covereth a multitude of offences, 1 Pet. 4.8.
2. 'Tis constant. 'Tis so natural, nothing can make it cease: Though a man hath been handsom, and is by sicknesse become deformed; though he hath been healthy, and is become sickly; though he hath been patient, and is now grown cholerick; yet he still loves himself: So, no accidental change or defect should lessen a mans love to his Wife.
3. 'Tis very tender. How tenderly does a man treat himself when sick? If he have a sore eie, How careful is he of it? Such ought a mans affection be to his Wife; expressing it self in a tender regard of her, in sicknesse, as well as health. The man ought to look upon his Wife as the tenderer part of himself, or (as the Apostle phrases it) as the weaker vessel, 1 Pet. 3.7. Which must not be a cause of contempt, but rather of respect and regard: And the more weak she is in respect of any sicknesse, or the like, so much the more tender care ought he to have of her. No man ever hated his own flesh, (saies the Apostle) but nourisheth and cherisheth it, Eph. 5.29. The Husband therefore must not do any thing that may be hurtful or grievous to his Wife, no more than he would cut and gash his own flesh. For my part, I know no Law of God or man, that allows the Husband a power to beat his Wife: He is indeed to govern her; but he is to do it by wise, loving, amiable counsel, not by stripes. The civil Law is strict against it, Cod. 5. And among Heathens, we read not of any, except such as were mad or drunk, practising this unnatural cruelty. The Husband therefore should mannage that authority and superiority which God hath given him over his Wife, wisely, mildly, amiably. He should remember, all Government is ordained by God for the good of the whole, and not the pleasure only of the Governour: Therefore all harshnesse and [Page 402] roughnesse, and such tyrannical carriage is utterly unallowable on the Husbands part towards his Wife.
4. 'Tis pure. Not for base and sinister ends: He does not love himself because he is a healthy man, a handsom man, a rich man; but 'tis purely himself (because 'tis himself) that he loves. Such ought a mans love to his Wife to be; not only because she is fair, or rich, or young; but because she is his Wife. A man may look abroad in the world, and see others healthier, handsomer, richer, wittier than himself; yet (I hope) he does not thereupon fall in love with them, and slight and neglect himself: So a man is to love his wife purely for this reason, because she is his Wife. Though he is not bound to think her the best accomplished woman in the world, yet he is to love her, like her, delight in her more than any woman in the world.
So much for the first Duty the man owes to his Wife, Love, and the degree of it.
II. The next is Instruction. The Husband is to instruct the wife in the things that concern her everlasting welfare, if she be ignorant of them. Thus Paul bids the wives learn of their husbands at home, 1 Cor. 14.35. Which supposes the Husband is to teach her. This should make men careful to get knowledge themselves, that so they may perform this duty they owe to others.
III. Maintenance. He is to maintain her, provide [Page 403] for her, and allow her things convenient and fit according to his estate, and to let her partake with him in those outward good things wherewith God hath blessed him: And as he is not by niggardize, to deny her what is fit for her, so neither must he by his unthriftinesse wast his goods, and so make himself unable to support her; if God take him away before her, he is to provide for her comfortable subsistence (according to his ability) and not to beat her when he is dead (as one phrases it) by leaving her an insufficient and too short an allowance.
I come now to speak of the Duties of the Wife.
The Wife owes to her Husband,
I. Subjection, Eph. 5.22. Wives submit your selves unto your own husbands as unto the Lord. Col 3.18. Wives submit your selves unto your own husbands as it is fit in the Lord. 1 Pet. 3.1. Likewise ye wives be in subjection to your own husbands, &c. V. 5.— Being in subjection to their own husbands.
Besides these Scripture-Commands there are several reasons for it.
1. From the Creation.
1. The man was first created, 1 Tim. 2.13. Adam was first formed, then Eve.
2. The woman was made of the man, and not the man of the woman, 1 Cor. 11.8. For the man is not of the woman, but the woman of the man.
3. The woman was made for the man, not the man for the woman, Gen. 2.18. And the Lord God said, it is not good that the man should be alone; I will make him an help meet for him.
4. Nature it self proclaims it in respect of the sex; the female being inferiour to the male. Man is the Image and Glory of God, and the woman is the Glory of the man, 1 Cor. 11.7.
2. From the Transgression. For the woman though the latter in Creation, yet was the former in transgression, Gen. 3.6. And when the woman saw that the tree was good for food, and that it was pleasant to the eies, and a tree to be desired, to make one wife, she took of the fruit thereof, and did eat, and gave also unto her husband with her, and he did eat, v. 12. And the man said, the woman whom thou gavest to be with me, she gave me of the tree, and I did eat, 1 Tim. 2.14. Adam was not deceived (i. e. first, and by Satan) but the woman being deceived, was in the transgression: not only sinning her self, but drawing her husband into transgression also.
3. From the titles of head and guide given to the husband in the Scriptures, which declare him to be the Superiour, 1 Cor. 11.3.— The head of the woman is the man, — Eph. 5.23. For the Husband is the head of the Wife, even as Christ is the head of the Church — Prov. 2.17. Which for saketh [Page 405] the guide of her youth, and forgetteth the Covenant of her God.
II. Reverence. Eph. 5.33. Let the wife see that she reverence her husband. Reverence is a mixture of love and fear.
1. The wife must intirely love her husband, Tit. 2.4. And desire to do him good and not hurt all the daies of her life, Prov. 31.12. Love must sweeten her whole behaviour towards him. And this love must proceed from a due estimation of him, as her Head and Guide. Judgment 'tis the sourse and spring of affection. What the mind esteems not, the heart affects not. That which we highly prize, we dearly value. And if the wife truly esteem her husband, her carriage and behaviour towards him will be with all sweetness, amiablenesse, and due respect and regard.
2. She ought to fear (not with a servile, slavish, but a liberal, free, ingenuous fear; like that true Converts bear to God, springing from love, and joyn'd with love) least she give him any just occasion of displeasure and discontent, 1 Cor. 7.34.— The unmarried woman careth for the things of the Lord, that she may be holy, both in body, and in Spirit; but she that is married, careth for the world, how she may please her husband.
III. Obedience, 1 Cor. 14.34. The Apostle tels us, women are commanded to be under obedience, as also saith the Law. What Law? Why, [Page 406] Gen. 3.16. Thy desire shall be to thy husband, and he shall rule over thee. Also, Tit. 2.5. To be discreet, chast, keepers at home, good, obedient to their own husbands, that the Word of God be not blasphemed. And in 1 Pet. 3.6. Sarah is propounded as their pattern, Even as Sarah obeyed Abraham, &c. B [...]t what kind of obedience is it the wife is to render to the Husband? The Apostle tels us, Col. 3.18. Wives submit your selves to your own husbands, as it is fit in the Lord. Which hints to us these two things,
1. It must be done in obedience to God; to the Commandment and the Ordinance of God. It must be a religious, conscientious submission. A Heathen woman may do all the outward duties of a good wife, for her credit sake, or peace at home, or from principles of natural honesty. But a Christian woman besides these motives, should do it out of Conscience to Gods Command, out of a desire to please God, and to approve her heart to him, as unto the Lord, as the Apostle speaks, Eph. 5.22. Having a respect to the precept and enjoynment of Christ. This may take away that common Objection of some women, if my husband do not his duty to me, Why should I do mine to him? His faultinesse and neglect of his duty, will not excuse thy non performance of thine. For thou owest this duty not only and principally to him, but to the Lord (who requires it of thee) whether thy husband do his or no. And further, the [Page 407] worse the husband is, the more need there is for the wife to carry her self with such gentlenesse and sweetness towards him, as may be most like to win him; for so the Apostle advises, 1 Pet. 3.1. Likewise ye wives, be in subjection to your own husbands, that if any obey not the Word, they also may without the Word be won by the conversation of the wives.
The discreet kind & loving behaviour of the wife towards her husband (though a bad man) may be a great means to reclaim him; whereas the ill fruits of the wives unquietness are very notorious. How many are there, that to avoid the noise of a froward wife, have fallen to company keeping, and by that to drunkennesse, poverty, and a multitude of mischiefs. Let all wives therefore be careful not to administer such a temptation.
2. It must be in the Lord; i. e. in all lawful commands: It must not extend to any thing that is against God. For otherwise, 'tis here, as in the case of other Superiours: God must be obeyed rather than man. If the Husband command a thing though not unlawful, yet very inconvenient and imprudent, let the Wife calmly and mildy shew him the inconveniencies thereof, and perswade him to the contrary; but if she cannot win him by fair intreaties, let her not finally refuse to obey, nothing but the unlawfulnesse of the command, being a sufficient warrant for that.
And further, she must manifest her obedience in two things.
1. In being willing to be admonished of her husband in case of any failing (not returning a snappish answer again) but readily reforming what is amisse.
2. In being willing to be advised by him: Not but that she may advise him in some cases, and on some occasions. For what a servant may do, much more may a wife do (as we find, 2 King. 5.3. 1 Sam. 16 15, 16.) but this must be done with wisdom and discretion. The admonition must be given seasonably, not as Physick in a fit. It must be done with that softnesse and mildness, that it may appear, 'tis love, and not anger that makes her to speak.
4. And lastly, She is to be a meet helper to him, both in spiritual and temporal concernments.
1. In the mannaging of domestical affairs, the house being her proper sphear, Tit. 2.5. The Apostle saies, Wives should be keepers at home: Not daughters of Dinah, but of Sarah. They must have a vigilant and watchful eye over the affairs of the Family. They must guide the house, as 'tis, 1 Tim 5.14. Every wise woman Solomon saies, Prov. 14 1. buildeth her house; but the foolish plucketh it down with her hands. Prov. 31 27. She looketh well to the waies of her houshold, and eateth not the bread of Idlenesse.
2. She must bear a part in all the crosses and [Page 409] troubles that the Providence of God shall cast upon them.
3. She must be a chearer and comforter of him in health and sicknesse. What shall we think then of those women, who in stead of being a comfort, are a continual disquiet to their husbands? Like Eve, in stead of being helpers, prove tempters, and hinderers and drawers off from God and Godlinesse. Certainly, there is no outward condition in this world, so comfortable, as the married, when things are carried between man and wife, with pietie, wisdom, and love; and none more miserable, where things are otherwise.
CHAP. XII. Of the Duties of Masters and Servants. First, Of the Duties of Masters.
MAsters ought to be careful of these things.
I. To instruct their Servants, to inform them in the right knowledge of God, and the things that concern their salvation: To Catechize them, to pray with them, and for them; to bring them to the publick Ordinances, and cause them to observe the Lords Day; To exhort them to private prayer and reading the Word, and to be diligent and conscientious in their places, &c. Gen. 18.19. I know that my servant Abraham will teach his Family. But of this I have spoken more in the Tenth Chapter of the Duties of Governours of Families.
II. To give them a good example. A wife Carriage, and a pious, honest, unblameable Conversation does much tend to the bettering of servants. If the Master be a swearer, a company keeper, a prophaner of the Lords day, have no prayers in his Family, be a slighter and neglecter of Gods Worship and Service, 'tis madnesse for such an one to expect a sober Family.
III. To command them onely just and lawful things ( things equal as the Apostle speaks, Col. 4.1.) and to require of them only such service as they may well do, with moderate care, and industry; and that which other servants of like condition with them usually perform. A Master must not overtask his Servants, nor oppress them with labours, so that they shall have no time to bestow on their souls; which is a ruling over them with rigour, as 'tis called, Lev. 25.43.
IV. To allow them wholsom, fitting, and sufficient food, convenient rest, and moderate refreshment, that they may do their work with the more cheerfulnesse.
V. In time of sicknesse, to take care that things necessary for their recovery be not wanting to them; such as fitting Diet, Physick, and Attendance. A Master at such a time, is in place of a Parent, Mat. 8.5, 6, The Centurion went to Christ to heal his servant.
VI. To encourage them in well-doing, by using them with that kindnesse and bounty, which their Piety, faithfulnesse and diligence deserves.
VII. To admonish and reprove them, when they do amisse; and that not only in faults against themselves (wherein few Masters are backward) but also and more especially, in faults against God, whereat every Master ought to be more troubled, than at those which tend only to his own losse or inconvenience. The dishonour of God, or the hazard [Page 417] of the meanest mans soul, being infinitely more worthy our disquiet, than any thing of the other kind can be. Therefore when Masters or Mistresses are presently on fire for any little negligence and fault of a servant towards themselves, and yet can without trouble see them run into great sins and miscarriages against God, 'tis a sign they consider their own concernments too much, and Gods Honour and their servants souls too little.
But as 'tis the duty of Masters to admonish and reprove their servants in case of fault, so they must also look to do it in a due manner, i. e. so, as may be most likely to do good; not in passion and rage, which can never work the servant to any thing but the despising and hating of them. Their rebukes must be just, sparing, moderate, Eph 6 9. Forbearing threatning, or moderating threatning, as some render the Word. They must reprove in such a sober and grave manner as may convince them of their faults, and may plainly shew them that 'tis love and good will to their souls, and a desire of their amendment that makes them thus reprove them. But if no warnings nor reproofs will restrain them from ill courses, neither will they be corrected by words, as 'tis, Prov. 29.19. then (in due circumstances) moderate correction of another sort, may not be inexpedient.
VIII. To listen to their just grievances, and redresse them, Job 31.13. If I did despise the [Page 418] cause of my man-servant, or of my maid-servant, when they contended with me. v. 14. What then shall I do when God riseth up? and when he visiteth, what shall I answer him?
IX. And Lastly, to pay them their wages, and justly to perform to them those conditions on which they were hired.
And that Masters may be the more careful and conscientious in these things, let them consider,
1. They have a Master in Heaven, who is Omniscient, righteous, and just, to whom they must give an account of the usage of their meanest servant on earth, Eph. 6.9. And ye Masters, do the same things to your servants, farbearing threatning; knowing that your Master also is in Heaven, neither is there respect of persons with him. Do the same things, i. e. That which is good and right, and shall be rewarded of the Lord. For Service, give due recompense; for good will in serving, return good will by encouraging; if Servants be faithful, be ye good and gentle; if they obey you in the Lord, do ye command them in the Lord, i. e. Only things just, equal, and pleasing to God.
2. They and their Servants are of the same mould, all of the earth as to the body; and their Servants have reasonable souls, capable of Grace here, and Glory hereafter, as well as they. They should not therefore use them like slaves. They should not carry themselves imperiously, harshly, [Page 419] churlishly, and Nabal-like unto them.
3. Those Servants that are truly gracious, are Gods freemen, and so fellow servants with their converted Masters, in respect of God. They are members of the same mystical body, whereof Christ is the Head; and may have a greater measure of Grace here, and so a higher place in Heaven, a greater degree of Glory hereafter than their Masters.
4. And Lastly, let them consider how easily God could have set them in their servants place, and their servants in theirs. And therefore let them give them such usage as themselves would think fit and reasonable, had God disposed them into the condition of Servants.
So much of the Duties of Masters.
I now come to speak of those that belong to Servants.
Servants owe to their Masters these four Duties,
- 1. Reverence.
- 2. Obedience.
- 3. Faithfulnesse.
- 4. Diligence.
I. All due Reverence, and that of three sorts.
1. In their hearts; honouring them, and fearing to give them any just occasion of distast.
2. In their words, speaking respectfully to them, and to others of them.
3. In their behaviour, carrying themselves with due regard and respect towards them; remembring the superiority, power, and authority they have over them, 1 Tim. 6.1. Let as many servants as are under the yoke, count their own Masters worthy of all honour, &c. Mal. 1.6. — [Page 421] If I be a Master, where is my fear? &c. 1 Pet. 3.18. Servants be subject to your own Masters with all fear, &c. Not with a slavish, but a Christian, ingenuous fear, which makes a man careful not to neglect any duty, he is bound to perform, nor to offend, or provoke any person whom he ought to please.
II. Obedience.
1. In carefully minding and observing their instructions and counsels. especially those given them for the good of their souls.
2. In performing and executing their lawful and just Commands. This is expresly required by the Apostle, Tit. 2.9. Exhort servants to be obedient to their own Masters, and to please them well in all things, &c. And this obedience must not be a grumbling, unwilling one, but ready and chearful, as 'tis, Eph. 6.7. With good will doing service.
And to help them herein, they are to consider, It is to the Lord, and not only unto men, (as 'tis in the next Words) that they pay this obedience, which may make them the more cheerful in it. Christian Servants should look beyond their Masters unto God, who hath placed them in that condition, and enjoyned them this obedience. Whatsoever ye do, saith the Apostle, Col. 3.23. (i. e. Of your own duty, or your Masters businesse) do it heartily, as unto the Lord, i. e. as before God, and in his sight, desiring to glorifie God, and approve [Page 422] your hearts unto him. Let not Servants therefore dispute their lawful commands, but do them; and that with an eye to Gods Command. If their Masters should command any thing, though lawful, yet imprudent, let them humbly offer their reasons to the contrary; but if they persist, let them not finally refuse to obey them.
3. In patiently and meekly submitting to their reproofs, when they do amisse, not answering again, as the Apostle speaks, Tit. 2.9. i. e. Not making such surly and rude replies as may encrease their Masters displeasure. A thing too frequent among Servants, even in the justest reprehensions. Whereas St. Peter directs them to suffer patiently the most undeserved correction, even when they do well, and yet suffer for it, 1 Pet. 2.20. And further, they must know, that the giving their Masters the hearing, & the patient suffering of rebuke, is not all that is required of them in this matter; but they must speedily amend the faults they are rebuked for, and reform what has been amisse.
III. Faithfulness. They must be true and faithful.
1. In their words, speaking the truth alwaies. Lying doubles a fault. A lying tongue is an abomination to the Lord, Prov. 6.17. & Rev. 21.8. Lyars are of the number of those that shall be shut out of the new Jerusalem, & shall have their part in the lake that burns with fire and brimstone. When therefore they are charged with a fault (if they [Page 423] be guilty) let them remember, that an humble ingenuous confession, with promise of amendment, is the best and most pacifying excuse, they can possibly make.
2. In their actions: 1. In not purloining, as the Apostle commands, Tit. 2.10. not converting that which is their Masters to their own use, or disposing of any thing that is His, without his leave; contenting themselves with such things as are fit for a servant to have, and not secretly filching such things as they know are not allowed them by their Master, or appointed for them. Where the fear of God is in the heart, there will be a care of these things; Where 'tis not, servants think they may do any thing, what they please. 2. In not wasting and imbeziling their Masters goods, (as the unjust Steward was accused to have done, Luke 16.6.) by their neglect and carelesnesse. Every Master is supposed to intrust his affairs, as well to the care, as to the honesty of his servant; therefore unfaithfulnesse is a great sin, and (in some respects) worse then common theft, by how much there is a greater trust reposed, the betraying whereof adds to the crime.
3. They must be faithfull in their work and businesse, and in the managing all things intrusted to them, labouring to preserve and increase their Masters estate, by all good and lawfull means. This the Apostle hints in those words, Tit. 2.10 [Page 424] Shewing all good fidelity. And with what uprightnesse and integrity servants should carry themselves herein, the same Apostle tels us in those words, Col. 3.22. In singlenesse of heart, fearing God. If the fear of God be in the heart, that will make servants faithfull. Such a servant was Eleezer, that wife, faithfull, praying servant, of whom we reade, Gen. 24. And such honest, upright servants were Jacob and Joseph, who were great blessings to the Masters whom they served.
4. They must be faithfull in respect of their Masters children, (if any care of them be committed to them) endeavouring their good and welfare every kind of way; infusing good principles into them, and the seeds of piety and vertue, and abhorring to speak or do any thing before them, that may tend to corrupt or deprave them. They must not conceale their faults and miscarriages, much lesse be accessary to the drawing them into any evil course, or be any way instrumentall to their ruine, as too many servants are.
5. They must do all the good they can to their fellow-servants, by prudent suggestions, a good example, and an unblameable conversation.
6. They must preserve (by all good means) the reputation of their Master and his family; and not like idle tale-bearers, divulge every thing done in the house, which is an unfaithfulness an honest servant should abhorre.
IV. Diligence; constantly attending to all those things that are the duties of their place, and not giving themselves to idlenesse and sloth, remembring their time is their Masters, and therefore not to be squandred away or mispent. They must do all true service to their Masters, not only when their eye is over them, but when they are absent, and not like to discern their failings. Not with eye service, Eph. 6.6. Good servants, when their Masters eye is not upon them, see him that is invisible; and desire to perform the duties of their places carefully and conscientiously, that they may escape, not only their Masters, but Gods anger, who will call them to account.
So much of the duties of servants.
The Motives to incourage them to a cheerfull performance of them are these two:
1. By performing their duties in this manner, they will adorn the doctrine of God our Saviour, Tit. 2.10. The world will then see True Religion is not meerly a Name, but a powerfull thing, rendring men good in all their relations. It will render Religion amiable to the World.
2. They shall not lose their reward. God will plentifully reward them, if out of conscience to his command they be faithfull. Eph. 6.8. Knowing that whatsoever good thing any man doth, the same shall he receive of the Lord, whether he be [Page 426] bond or free. Col. 3.24. Knowing that of the Lord ye shall receive the reward of the inheritance; for ye serve the Lord Christ.
Let servants therefore set these two motives alwaies before their eyes, to make them faithfull and cheerfull in their duties.
CHAP. XIII. Of the Duties of Parents and Children.
FIrst, Of the Duties belonging to Parents, which are these Nine.
I. To dedicate their children to Christ in their infancy, and by the Sacrament of Baptism to enter them into his Family. This is a Duty Parents ought not to delay: It being most reasonable, that they who have been instruments to convey the stain and pollution of sin to their poor Infants, should be careful early to bring them to Christ, and give them up to him, to be washed with his blood, and to be sanctified by his holy Spirit. For Infants stand in need of Christ for their Saviour: They are capable of Grace, and the principle of a new life, as well as of Original sin: They are capable of the Spirit of Christ, of being united to him; of being blessed by him: They are capable of receiving a Sacrament (viz, Baptism, the Circumcision made without hands, Col. 2.11, 12.) as well [Page 429] as the Infants of the Jewes, who were Circumcised, and thereby admitted visible members of that Church, and seal'd and marked (as it were) for God. And 'tis plain, the Covenant of Grace stands now in force to the Children of Believers under the Gospel, Act. 2.39. The promise is to y [...] and to your Children. Were it not so, the converted Jewes should have losse by believing in Christ, if their children should be excluded from the promise, who stood in it two thousand years before, under the other administration. And how then could the blessing of Abraham come on the Gentiles? According to Galat. 3.14. Which blessing was, I will be a God to thee and to thy Seed, Gen. 17.7. How could Believers be Heirs according to the promise, as 'tis, Gal. 3.29. if their Children should be excluded from the promise? For the Childrens right to the promise, is part of the Fathers inheritance. The promise is, I will be a God to thee and to thy seed. Further consider how the Covenant of Grace (for substance though not for manner of administration) hath alwaies been one and the same: And in the Old Testament it took in Children, And can we think, it leaves them out now under the Gospel? Therefore seeing the Children of Believing and Christian Parents are within the Covenant, they ought to partake of the Seal of the Covenant, and to be admitted visible Church-members by Baptisme; the only way under the Gospel of admitting [Page 430] members into the Church. Gods Seal is to be put upon them in their Infancy; and when they come to riper years, they are to ratifie and confirm their engagement. If they will own that Master and faithfully serve him, into whose Family they were listed when young; they may enjoy many happy priviledges thereby; if not, they shall be sure to smart for their falling off and Apostacy. Therefore Christian Parents should early bring their Children to Christ, and by Baptism enter them, and enroll them into his Family; humbly beseeching him to receive them into his Favour and Love, into his Care and Protection; to unite them to himself by his holy Spirit, to regenerate them, to destroy the old Adam, the corrupt nature in them, and to renew them after his own Image, in knowledge, holinesse and righteousnesse; and lastly, to strengthen them by his Grace, that they may resist and prevail against the world, the flesh, and the Devil, and may serve the Lord in newness of life all their daies. And if this be the duty of Believers and Christian Parents under the Gospel, it will thence follow, that those that wilfully neglect it (as much as in them lies) do withhold their Children from Christ, debar them of the blood of Sprinkling, keep them from the blessing, leave them under the curse, cast them out of Gods Family, and dangerously expose them to the Adversary both of God and man.
II. The Second Duty of Parents is to teach and [Page 431] instruct their children, to bring them up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord, Eph. 6.4. Having given them up to Christ by Baptism, let them imagine they hear our blessed Saviour saying to them, as Pharoahs Daughter said to Moses's Mother, Exod. 2.19. Bring up this child for me, &c. They must as Solomon speaks, Prov. 22.6. Train up their Children in the way they should go. They must have a special care to provide that they may be rightly instructed and educated. As soon therefore as they come to the use of reason, they are to be instructed in those things that concern their everlasting welfare. They are by little and little to be taught all those things which God hath commanded them as their duty to perform; As also what abundance of joy and comfort they will find in the practise of them; and what glorious rewards God hath provided for them, if they do them; and what grievous punishments if they do them not. These things ought to be early instilled into their minds, which like new vessels do usually keep the savour of that which is first put into them. The seeds and principles of Religion and vertue, are to be sown in them betimes, and their minds possess'd with a love of goodnesse, and an abhorrence and detestation of evil and wickednesse, as that which is shamefull and abominable. If they be not thus early acquainted with the waies of God, the devil (that arch enemy of souls) will be ready and forward enough to instill [Page 432] his wicked principles into them, and to blow up the corruption of their natures, and hurry them on in waies leading down to endlesse perdition. And what a sad account will those Parents give to God, who have neglected their duty in this kinde, suffering their children to remain almost as rude and ignorant, and unacquainted with the principles of Christian Religion, and their duty to God and man, as if they had been born among Pagans and Infidels?
III. A Third duty of Parents is, To bless their children; and that 1. By their prayers. They should by daily and earnest prayers commend them to Gods favour and blessing, craving all needfull mercies, both temporal and spiritual for them. Children of many prayers seldom miscarry. 2. By labouring to be such persons themselves, (so truly Religious) that a blessing may descend from them on their posterity. This is frequently promised in the Scripture to Godly men, That their seed shall be blessed. The best course any Parents can take to intail a blessing on their children, is to be truly gracious themselves.
IV. They ought to set them a good example, else all their precepts and counsels will do no good. How many Parents are there, that by their wicked conversation do corrupt and deprave their own children? This Consideration laies a most strict tie and obligation upon all Parents, to lead an holy and religious life; else they do not only [Page 433] hazzard their own souls, but indanger their childrens also; And what an inhumane cruelty is that?
V. They must watch over them, and by a prudent discipline govern them, and guard their education. 1. Encouraging them when they do well, and winning them by love, and a fair and kind carriage, that they may delight to do their duties. Some Parents by too much austerity and harshnesse, and a rigorous use of their parentall authority, provoke and exasperate their children, so that they dread coming into their presence, and have no heart to study to please them, seeing they will afford them no countenance. This is contrary to what the Apostle prescribes, Col. 3.21. Parents provoke not your children to wrath, &c. 2. If fair means, perswasions, and encouragements will not prevail, nor make them mind their duties, then another course must be taken. Sober, yet sharp reproof must be used: If that fail too, then correction becomes necessary: For in this case, as Solomon saies, He that spareth his rod hateth his son, Prov. 13.24. 'Tis a cruell and foolish fondnesse to spare stripes, when all other means have been unsuccessfull. But this correction should be 1. Timely, before children have been suffered to run on so long, that they have got a habit to evil, and have contracted a stubbornnesse of Will. 2. Moderate, not exceeding the quality of the fault, nor the tendernesse of the [Page 434] child. 3. Not inflicted in anger, for then the Child will think he is corrected not so much for his fault, as because his Father is angry. He must therefore be made sensible of his fault, shewed the evil and danger of it, and directed how to amend it, and this is the way (with Gods blessing) to reform him.
VI. They must maintain them, and allow them a competency (according to their estates) for their comfortable subsistence. Some Parents are of such a covetous humour, they cannot abide to part with any thing (almost) as long as they live. And thereby, 1. Lessen their Childrens Affection towards them, so that some have proceeded so far, as to wish their Parents death; Which, though it be such a horrible sin, as no provocation from a Parent can excuse in a child, yet 'tis also a fault in a Parent to give such a temptation. 2. It puts them upon shifts, and sharking tricks, to maintain themselves, and acquaints them with bad company, and makes them surfeit the sooner, when they come to their estates. 3. The Parents hereby loose that contentment which they might have, in seeing their Children live prosperously and comfortably, which is such a joy and contentment, that none but a Miser, or Earth-worm would exchange for that poor pleasure of having Money in the Chest.
VII. They must provide some good and honest profession, or some fit way of employment for them, [Page 435] that so they may be serviceable in their generation to God and the World, and may avoid Idleness that great snare of the Devil.
VIII. They must lay up for them, and provide for them as God shall give means, as 'tis, 2 Cor. 12.14. — The children ought not to lay up for the Parents, but the Parents for the children. But let the Parent be careful to get that wealth honestly, which he makes his childes portion, lest a curse go along with it. Let him satisfie himself to make such provisions for his children, as God shall enable him honestly to make. A little honestly got being better than great riches gotten unjustly and unrighteously, Prov. 16.8. Better is a little with righteousnesse, than great revenues without right.
IX. And lastly, they must command them only lawful and reasonable things; using their power and authority over them with equity and moderation, and with a gentle hand. In all things of moment they require of them, let them consider the real good and benefit of their children, (and guide themselves by that) and not meerly their own advantage or pleasure, or the exercise of their own authority. This is a Rule (as one saies well) whereof Parents may often have use; but especially in the businesse of marrying their children; wherein many Parents out of a covetous humour to bestow them wealthily, have forc'd them to marry against their inclinations, and where they could [Page 436] not love (which is a horrible Tyranny) and thereby have betrayed them to infinite mischiefs, such as all the wealth in the world cannot repair. There are two things therefore (saies the same Author) that Parents ought especially to consider in the matching of their children. 1. That they may live Christianly; and to that purpose to chuse a pious and vertuous person to link them with, that may not be like to hinder but to further them on in the way to Heaven. This ought principally (and above all other things) to be minded. 2. That they may live comfortably and cheerfully in this world: And to that end, though a competency of estate may be necessary to be regarded, yet surely abundance is not requisite; and therefore that should not be too vehemently sought after. That which much more tends to the happiness of that State is the mutual kindnesse and liking of the parties; without which, marriage is (of all other) the most uncomfortable condition; therefore no Parent ought to force a child into it.
Duties of Children towards their Parents.
Children owe to their Parents these three duties especially,
- 1. Reverence.
- 2. Obedience.
- 3. Thankfulnesse.
I. Reverence; which they must expresse,
1. By honouring them in their hearts, bearing not only an awe and respect, but a kindnesse and affection towards them; loving their persons, fearing to do any thing may justly provoke them; and highly esteeming them, as the instruments under God of their being, Lev. 19.3. Ye shall fear every man his Mother and his Father. The Mother is placed first, because children, though they stand most in need of their Mothers in their younger years, yet when they are grown up (many times) do most wickedly neglect and despise them. But how cursed a thing it is to set light by Parents, and even in our secretest thoughts to despise them, God himself declares, Deut. 27.16. Cursed be he that setteth light by his Father, or his Mother, and all the people shall say, Amen.
2. By speaking to them with due respect and regard, and to others of them. What a heinous sin then is mocking Parents? Prov. 30.17. The eye that mocketh at his Father, and despiseth to obey his Mother, the Ravens of the valley shall pick it out, and the young Eagle shall eat it. But there [Page 439] is a more horrid Crime than that, which is cursing Parents, Exod. 21.17. And he that curseth his Father or his Mother, shall surely be put to death. And to this Head we may refer that great and high offence that those wretched Children are guilty of, who either through impatience of the Government, or greedinesse of the possessions of their Parents, do wish their deaths; And let them not think to excuse themselves, by saying, they wish them in Heaven; for that they do it, not so much that they may have ease and rest at their journies end, as because they must needs take death in the way. But whoever does thus embrue his soul in bloudy wishes of his Parents death, let him know, there is one above that sees and observes that great wickedness: And if long life be promised as a reward of honouring Parents, 'tis very agreeable to Divine Justice, that untimely death be the punishment of the contrary. And so they who so eagerly desire the death of their Parents, take the direct course (untimely) to meet with their own.
3. By giving them (in their outward carriage) all due respect and observance; behaving themselves with humility towards them, and giving them all those signs and expressions of civil honour which are to be paid by Inferiours to Superiours. How contrary to this is that detestable sin of smiting Parents? Exod. 21.15. And he that smiteth his Father or his Mother, shall be surely put to [Page 440] death. The punishment the Heathens inflicted on such unnatural children, was to sew them in a sack with a dog, cat, viper, and ape (as emblems of unnaturalness) and so drown'd them together: So much doth the very Light of Nature abhor such monstrous undutifulness.
II. Obedience, which they must manifest,
1. By hearkning to their instructions, and carefully laying up their precepts in their hearts; especially those that concern the welfare of their Souls. There is ordinarily such a pride, and headinesse in youth, that they are apt to slight the counsels and directions of their Elders, and to look upon them as proceeding either from too much severity, or from dotage, when they are indeed the fruits of wisdom, sobriety & experience. To such the counsell of Solomon is necessary, Prov. 23.22. Hearken unto thy Father that begat thee, and despise not thy Mother when she is old. Many more Texts there are in that book to this purpose, that shew how the wisest of men have thought it necessary, that Children should carefully attend to the Counsel of their Parents.
2. By obeying their lawful Commands; most gladly and chearfully doing those things that may bring joy and comfort to them, and carefully avoiding what they apprehend will grieve or afflict them. And that out of Conscience, and in obedience to God who enjoyns it, and not meerly from some outward advantages or benefits to themselves, [Page 441] as too many children do. This is not only contained in the fifth Commandment, but expresly enjoyned in other places of Scripture, Col. 3.20. Children obey your Parents in all things, for this is well pleasing unto the Lord. Eph. 6.1. Children obey your Parents in the Lord, for this is right. In the former place 'tis in all things: In the other, in the Lord, i. e. If their commands are not contrary to Gods; for in that case, our duty to God must be preferred. If any Parent shall be so wicked as to command his Child to steal, or lie, or do any wicked thing, the Child does not offend against his Duty, if he disobeys; Only let him do it in such a modest and respectful manner, that it may appear, that 'tis Conscience, and not stubbornnesse that moves him to refuse Obedience.
3. In bearing patiently their reproofs, and submitting to their corrections, and reforming thereupon what is amisse. Prov. 29.17. Correct thy son, and he shall give thee rest; yea he shall give delight unto thy soul. Heb. 12.9. Furthermore, we have had Fathers of our flesh, which corrected us, and we gave them reverence; Shall we not much more be in subjection to the Father of Spirits, and live? Prov. 13.1. A wise Son heareth his Fathers instruction; but a scorner heareth not rebuke.
4. In forbearing to do any thing of moment without craving their advice and counsel; especially [Page 442] in the businesse of marriage: For of all acts of disobedience that of marrying against the consent of Parents, is one of the highest. For (as a late Author well observes) Children are so much the goods & possessions of their Parents, that they cannot (without a kind of theft) giveaway themselves without the allowance of those that have such a right in them. And therefore we see under the Law, the Maid that had made any vow, was not suffered to perform it without the consent of her Parent, Numb. 30.5. The right of the Parent was thought of force enough to cancell and make void the Obligation even of a vow; and therefore surely it ought to be so much considered by Children, as to keep them from making any Contract whereby that right is infringed.
III. Gratitude and Thankfulnesse, which they must expresse,
1. In a hearty affectionate acknowledgment of their love and care over them. Certainly those Children that duly weigh, how their Parents have been the Instruments under God, not only of bringing them into the world, but of susteining and supporting them after, and do further consider the cares and fears that go to the bringing up of a Child, will judge, that thankfulnesse is but a moderate return for so great benefits.
2. In ministring to their necessities of what kind soever; whether weakness or sickness of body, decayednesse of understanding, poverty and lownesse [Page 443] of estate: In all these cases the Child is bound according to his ability, to relieve and help his Parents; and thereby (as much as in him lies) to recompence their care, love, and kindness towards him. As his Parent bare with him when a child, so he must bear with his Parent, though froward, and twice a Child; and though God should raise him in dignity above him, yet that must not cancel his Duty towards him, nor make him (with some base disposition'd and wicked Children) ashamed to own him. In Gen. 47 12. we find that wealthy Joseph nourished his Father and Brethren in want; and the same duty the Apostle enjoyns, 1 Tim. 5.4. But if any widow have children or nephews, let them learn first to shew Piety at home, and to requite their Parents; for that is good and acceptable before God. And our Saviour himself when he left this world, commended his Mother to the care of his Beloved Disciple, Joh. 19.26, 27.
There is one thing more, (which I may couch under this Head) wherein such children as are really good and truly religious themselves, may expresse a high degree of Gratitude, if the case so be (as it sometimes happens) that their Parents are as yet unacquainted with, or negligent of the great concernments of their souls. Now in such a case as this, What a high Office of filial Duty is it, for a child in a wise and humble manner to insinuate into his Parent such things as may (with [Page 444] the blessing of God) tend to his everlasting welfare; and so be an instrument of his new birth, who (under God) gave him his first birth and being in this world? This is a Duty wherein some Children should take themselves more concern'd, than usually they do.
3. In praying for them. The debt Children owe to their Parents is so great, that they being not able to satisfie it themselves, they ought earnestly to beg of the Lord, that he would please to recompence it) by multiplying his Graces in them and his blessings both spiritual and temporal upon them, and to requite their care and love a thousand fold into their bosoms.
4. In covering their infirmities. 'Tis the Duty, and will be the endeavour of good and ingenuous children, to cover and conceal the infirmities of their Parents (with Shem and Japhet) and not with cursed Cham to publish and disclose them, Gen. 9.23. How detestable is it for Children to deride and scoffe at the infirmities of their Parents?
5. And lastly, By imitating their good example. Whatever was good, vertuous, and commendable in their Parents, let Children imitate: But their vices and miscarriages let them decline, and not entail them on their posterity. Let them remember what a dismal sound is in those words, Jeroboam the son of Nebat who made Israel to sin, 2 King. 3.3.
There are two great Motives to presse Children to a careful observance of these things.
1. 'Tis right and just, and that which should be, Eph 6.1. And 'tis well pleasing to the Lord, Col. 3.20.
2. It has a promise of reward, Eph. 6.2, 3. Honour thy Father and Mother (which is the first Commandment with promise) that it may be well with thee, and that thou maist live long on the earth. The words in Exod. 20.12. may be rendred, Honour thy Father and thy Mother, that they (viz. By their prayers) may prolong thy daies: Parents prayers are great blessings to children. And further consider what Solomon saith, Prov. 10.27. The fear of the Lord prolongeth daies. And Godlinesse hath the promise of this life, and that which is to come, 1 Tim. 4.8. If God take away some good and dutiful children betimes out of this life, they are no losers by it. For God is better to them than his promise: In stead of a long lease in this life, he gives them present possession of a free-hold of much better value in the Kingdom above.
CHAP. XIV. Of the Duties of such as are in Office, and of Inferiours.
ALL those that are in any Office or place of publick trust ought to be very careful to discharge the duties of their respective places faithfully, diligently, and patiently, with an upright heart, and a right tempered zeal, aiming at the Glory of God, and endeavouring that Piety, Justice, and peace may be preserved and maintained among men. They should consider how much more easie it is to bear the anger and displeasure of men for the conscionable discharge, than the wrath of God for the unconscionable neglect of their Duties.
The Duties of Inferiours.
Inferiours ought to yeild all due subjection to those Magistrates and Governours God hath set over them; remembring that Magistracy is Gods Ordinance, and none but Libertines think that Religion freeth them from Subjection thereunto. They are to consider how sharply the Apostle [Page 450] in 2 Pet. 2.10. Reproves those that despise Government, that are presumptuous, self-will'd, that are not afraid to speak evil of Dignities. Subjection 'tis a hard duty to corrupt Nature. Man naturally is like the wild Asses Colt, as Zophar speaks, Job 11.12. And that both for the rudeness of his mind, and untamedness of his Affections. He would fain be free and yokelesse: Being proud, he loves not the Superiority of others: And being licentious, loves not to be restrained by others He would neither have his heart subject to God,. nor his actions to man. He would have none to be Lord over him, as 'tis, Psal. 12.3. But this despising of Dominions is flatly against the injunctions of Gods Word, Rom. 13.1. Let every soul be subject unto the higher powers, for there is no power but of God, the powers that be are ordained of God. Tit. 3.1. Put them in mind to be subject unto Principalities, and Powers, to obey Magistrates, to be ready to every good work. And 'tis a trespasse against the common good of humane Societies. Let all Inferiours therefore in obedience to God, for the honour of true Religion, and for the preserving Order and good Government in the world, make Conscience of these three Duties.
- 1. To pray for Magistrates.
- 2. To honour their Persons.
- 3. To yield all due Subjection and obedience unto them.
CHAP. XV. Of the Duties of people towards their Pastours and Ministers.
HAving spoken of the Duties of Children to their Natural Parents, and of Inferiours to Magistrates, their civil Parents, I come now to those of people to their Ministers, their Spiritual Parents. Thus S t Paul tels the Corinthians, 1 Cor. 4.15. That in Christ Jesus he had begotten them through the Gospel. And the Gallatians, Chap. 4.19. That he travels in birth of them, till Christ be formed in them.
Their Duties to them are these four.
First, To esteem them very highly in love for their work sake, as the Apostle commands, 1 Thes. 5.13. And surely this will seem very reasonable, if either,
- 1. The Nature of their work be considered, or
- 2. Who it is that employes them.
I. Their work is of all others most excellent. No Calling or employment more honourable than the rescuing of precious Souls out of the hands of Satan, and from endlesse perdition.
II. 'Tis a great and an hard work. They are,
- 1. To instruct the people, to feed them with [Page 453] knowledge and understanding, Jer. 3.15. And teach them the right way to Salvation.
- 2. To pray for them: To be the Lords remembrancers, and their Sollicitors in the Court of Heaven.
- 3. To be an Example to the Flock in a holy and unblameable life and conversation.
- 4. To visit the sick.
- 5. To labour the setling the distressed Conscience.
- 6.
To watch over the Flock to preserve them,
- 1. From corrupt Doctrine.
- 2. From a corrupt Conversation.
And to this end to endeavour the reclaiming the disorderly by admonitions, and such other Censures as Christ hath left in the Church.
Their work therefore is such as ought in all reason to procure them love and esteem, it being of so great advantage to the world. Josephs Office in delivering out corn in a time of Famine, made him justly honoured by the Egyptians. How worthy an employment is it then to deliver out the Manna of Gods Word, the food of life to the souls of men, who without it, are in danger to perish everlastingly.
2. Consider who it is that employes them. They are Ambassadors for Christ, 2 Cor. 5.20, Ambassadors by the Law of Nations are to be treated with a respect answerable to the quality of [Page 454] those that send them. Therefore Christ tels his Disciples, when he sends them out to preach, He that despiseth you, despiseth me; he that despiseth me, despiseth him that sent me, Luke 10.16. It seems, 'tis a worse businesse than people ordinarily consider, to despise the Ministers of Christ. Let those think of this, who make it their design and sport to put affronts upon the persons, and to deride the Calling of the Ministers. Certainly there will be a strict account requir'd of all that derision, slanders, reproaches, and hard usage, the faithful Ministers of Christ do meet with in the discharge of their places and calling. And further, if it be Christ that employes them, then let those consider seriously of it, who dare presume to exercise the Offices of this sacred function, without being lawfully Call'd thereto. What is this, but as if a man on his own head, should go as an Ambassador from his Prince. The Apostle saies of the Priests of the Law (which yet are inferiour to those of the Gospel) That no man takes this honour to himself, but he which was call'd of God, Heb. 5.4. Certainly they that usurp sacred Offices, for which they are not duly fitted, and to which they were never lawfully call'd, will be able to give but a very sad account to God, when he reckons with them for this their presumption. Let me advise such to read the story of Corah, in Numb. 16. Who being arrogant and ambitious, would needs take upon him the [Page 455] Priesthood, and he, and his accomplices rise up against Moses and Aaron, and their plea is, all the Congregation are holy, ye take too much upon you; Wherefore lift you up your selves above the Congregation of the Lord? So that we see this levelling humour is no new thing in the world. To make head against Moses and Aaron, to oppose Magistracy and Ministry you see was Corahs sin; Take heed of imitating him, lest you perish likewise in the gainsaying of Corah, Jude v. 11. You may read the sad end of him and his Company Num. 16.32. And so much of the first Duty people ought to pay to their Ministers. They ought to love and esteem them.
Secondly, They ought to pray for them, that they may be furnished with all those Graces and Gifts, and blessed with such assistances of Gods Spirit, as may enable them to discharge that holy Calling faithfully and successefully: Of this I have spoken more, P. 323.
Thirdly, They ought conscientiously to attend upon their Ministry, and submit to their Spiritual guidance and direction, really endeavouring to grow in knowledge and Grace thereby. Obey them saith the Apostle, Heb. 13.17. that have the rule over you, and submit your selves, for they watch for your souls, &c. Whatsoever they out of Gods Word shall make manifest to be his Will and Command, is to be obeyed, seeing 'tis not they, but God requires it, according to that of Christ, He [Page 456] that heareth you, heareth me, Luke 10 16. And this whether it be delivered by way of publick preaching, or private exhortation; for in both, so long as they keep them to the Rule, which is Gods Word, they are the messengers of the Lord of Hosts, Mal. 2.7. People therefore must labour to grow in Spiritual knowledge and Grace answerably to the means of Grace afforded them, and thereby strengthen the hands, and encourage the heart of their Minister in his work. The proficiency of the people in knowledge and holiness is the Crown and rejoycing of every Faithful Minister, and though God will not reward him according to his successe, but his sincerity and industry, yet nothing more troubles him then to see his multiplied pains not answered with desired successe. Let people therefore look to it, that they bring forth the fruits of the Gospel that is preached to them. The Husbandman laies his ground fallow, when he sees it will not bring forth Corn, so as to quit charges. The Kingdom of Heaven saies our Saviour, shall be taken away from you, and given to others which will bring forth the fruits thereof, Mat. 21.43. 'Tis just with God to take away the means of Grace from a people, when he sees they live unprofitably under them.
Fourthly, Seeing Ministers sow Spirituals, the people should not begrudge them, if they reap some of their temporals, 1 Cor. 9.14. God hath ordained that they that preach the Gospel, should [Page 457] live upon the Gospel. 'Tis but just and reasonable, that they who by undertaking that holy Calling, are taken off from the waies of gaining a livelihood in the world, shou [...]d be provided for by them whose souls they watch over: And seeing the people receive Spiritual things from them, viz. Instruction and Assistance towards the obtaining eternal life, 'tis agreeable both to reason and Scripture they should receive temporals from the people. Yet this ought not to be a Ministers chief end and aim in setting his hand to this plow; but to Glorifie God in the saving of Souls. For what will it profit a Minister to gain his peoples Tithes, and by negligence and carelesnesse to lose his peoples Souls. Ministers are to be Lights to their Flocks, and both by their Doctrine and life to shew them the way to Heaven. What a horrible ingratitude and unworthinesse is it then in those men who endeavour to extinguish those Lights either by withdrawing the Oyl of maintenance, or blowing them out with the wind of persecution?
CHAP. XVI. Of Christian and Brotherly Reproof.
THat excellent and Christian Duty of reproving and admonishing an offending Brother, is (in these daies) too much neglected, and grown out of use; though it be the reallest good turn that can be done from one man to another. Men are forward enough to scoffe and deride the sinful miscarriages of others behind their backs; but few there are that make Conscience of reproving them seriously and soberly to their faces: When people fall out and are angry, then ordinarily [Page 463] out comes all that they know (and perhaps more too) in a rude and passionate manner to disgrace each other: But how seldom do they admonish one another in love, in order to their amendment and the saving of their souls? Being therefore to treat of this duty in this Chapter, let me premise that there is a double admonition.
- 1. Paternal or authoritative.
- 2. Fraternal or charitative.
Of this latter onely I intend to discourse here, and I shall shew,
- 1. What great and pressing Arguments there are for it.
- 2. Shall endeavour to remove the main prejudices and objections that lie against it.
- 3. Shall shew how, and in what manner it is to be performed.
- 4. Give some reasons why it ought to be exceeding kindly taken by those to whom it is performed, and whose benefit is thereby intended.
Of the first, the Arguments for this Duty.
I. We have Commands for it, both in the old and new Testament.
II. Hereby we may much advance Gods Glory, may discountenance sin, may promote Piety in the world. Many sins may be suppressed, if standers by would but bear witnesse against them, and give check unto them by a wise and mild reproof.
If we can but perswade men to break off their sins, and embrace the waies of Holinesse, we shall thereby bring much honour and glory unto God. And what should not we poor Creatures do, to advance the Glory of so Gracious a Father?
III. 'Tis the most blessed and charitable work we can possibly be employed in, viz. the rescuing of precious souls out of the hands of Satan, and saving them from everlasting perdition, Jam. 5.20. He which converteth the sinner from the errour of his way, shall save a soul from death, and shall hide a multitude of sins. We read, Exod. 23.4. If thou meet with thine enemies Oxe or his Asse going astray, thou shalt surely bring it back to him again. V. 5. If thou see the Asse of him that hateth thee, lying under his burden, and wouldst forbear to help him, thou shalt surely help with him. Should we take pity and care of our [Page 465] neighbours Oxe or Asse, (yea though it were our very enemies) and not of his Soul? If thou hearest men swear, tosse Gods Name vainly and lightly in their mouths, jest with his Word, talk filthily, deride Holinesse, slander good men, plead for prophannesse, or seest them walk in unconscionable courses; Oughtest thou not to admonish such men, and to intreat them to bethink themselves, and to consider whither such courses tend? If thou shouldest see a man tottering on the brink of some deep and dismal pit, where he must needs perish if he fall in, hadst not thou a hard heart, if thou wouldst not catch hold of him, and endeavour to stay him? Alas! Why do not men consider then what it is to fall into the bottomlesse pit of Hell, and to lie there in everlasting burnings.
IV. We shall hereby keep our selves from partaking in other mens sins. By neglect of this Duty, we may become accessary to mens going on in sinful courses, and dishonouring God; and so draw upon our selves the guilt of their sin and ruine. But if we faithfully admonish offenders, we shall hereby deliver our own soul, and if they perish, they perish to themselves. Paul could not have said, Acts 20.26. I am pure from the bloud of all men, if he had not been a faithful reprover, as well as a diligent instructer.
V. If this Duty were conscientiously practis'd, it would rob Satan of one of his greatest advantages [Page 466] to destroy souls, which is, the fashionablenesse and creditablenesse of Sin. It would discredit sin, and bring Christianity into reputation: It would drive away that frivolous, impertinent, empty Conversation, that wanton, noisom discourse, that passes for the only entertainment of this corrupt world. It would drive away backbiting, judging, censuring, rejoycing in the folly and shame of others, which are the very bane and shame of converse and society,
VI. The advantage is great that will acrue unto us, if we discharge this Duty faithfully, Dan. 12.3. They that be wise shall shine as the brightnesse of the firmament, and they that turn many to righteousnesse, as the Stars for ever and ever. Prov. 24.25. To them that rebuke the wicked, shall be delight, and a good blessing shall come upon them. A great delight will arise in their souls from the testimony of their Consciences, that they have endeavoured to discharge their Duty; and a good blessing from the Lord will come upon them for it.
So much of the Arguments for this Duty: I come now to the second thing; Namely, to remove the prejudices and answer the Objections that are conceiv'd against it.
Obj. 1. 'Tis hard and painful and uneasie to flesh and bloud to practise this Duty. I shall be thought uncivil, rude, impertinent in most companies where I come: I shall be laughed at [Page 467] for my pains, or jeer'd for my precisenesse (and 'tis hard to bear disgrace) or I shall get ill will and anger from the party I reprove, and I am fearful of giving offence, &c.
Sol. Hath God commanded thee a Duty, and wilt thou not do it for fear of offending man? Is it not a sad case, we should more fear to displease a sinful creature, by admonishing him of his sin, than to offend God by neglecting our duty? This Objection supposes a man loath to serve God or his brother of that which costs him any thing. Art thou to let him drop into Hell quietly, for fear of angring him, or deriving some of his displeasure upon thee? Art thou out of fearfulnesse or bashfulnesse, out of a sluggish cowardize, and want of zeal to the Glory of God, and the good of thy brother, to be silent, and to comply with him in his sin, and let him go undisturbedly to Hell? The civility of not reproving a brother (when there is need) amounts to this, to have the heart to see him be poison'd, and not dare present him with an Antidote, least that should let him know he is conceiv'd to be in danger of perishing. Should such an irrational custom come into the world, to make it uncivil for Schollers (when they meet together) to talk of books; allowing them any other kind of discourse but that which tends to the bettering one another; What were to be done by Students in this case, but to take up a resolution to bear down this irrational [Page 468] custom by bringing in the contrary? So truly, if it be the civility and mode of the world, to talk prophanely, to scoffe at Religion, to deride strictnesse, &c. and must be counted rudenesse and unmannerlinesse to discharge this duty of admonishing an offending brother, or speaking any thing to him, that may tend to the saving his Soul; What should all sober Christians do in this case, but even resolve unanimously to bear down such an irreligious custom (which betraies many souls to everlasting ruine) and to be no more pusillanimous and faint-hearted, but faithfully to practise this excellent, though disrellished duty, maugre all opposition from the world? And this were the way to bring Piety into repute, and to make sin sneak and hide its head, when it shall be seen that Religion is own'd and openly avowed by the Professors of it.
Obj. 2. To reprove offenders is to little purpose, they will amend never the sooner.
Sol. Who art thou that thus repliest against God? Do the Duty he enjoins thee, and leave the successe to him. Canst thou tell how, or when, or by what means, God will work upon the heart of a sinner? Though thy reproof should do no good for the present, yet thou knowest not what impression it may make, and what operation it may have afterward. The seed may take root in the ground, and after many daies spring up, though it do not instantly. Many sinners are of a proud [Page 469] humour, and will not for the present acknowledge any crime, least that should passe for a submission, yet afterwards (possibly) upon sober judging and considering the reasonablenesse and equity of the reproof, may be willing to amend that privatly upon their own choice, which they would not do upon their brothers admonition. We must have patience, and in meeknesse instruct those that oppose themselves, if God peradventure will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the Truth, as the Apostle directs us, 2 Tim. 2.25. Men that have taken heart and cast off this sluggish Cowardize, (which alwaies pretends a Lion in the way, when any duty is to be done) have not repented it in the end, but found much comfort in the performing of it.
Obj. 3. Why should I meddle in other mens matters, and so be accounted a busie-body: I will look to my self, let them look to their own Souls.
Sol. This is an ordinary excuse, but it savours of little Grace. How much comes this short of Cain's speech, Am I my Brothers keeper? S t Paul teaches directly the contrary, Phil. 2.4. Look not every man on his own things, but every man on the things of others. We are not born only to consider our selves, but in our sphear to endeavour the good of others. This coynesse, tendernesse, niceness of reproving any whom we may hope to amend by it, whence springs it but from an inordinate [Page 470] self love that will not venture the censure of a busie-body, &c. for the safety of a perishing Brother; though we have Gods Command to back us; which indeed should be a back of steel unto us, though we meet with some temporal inconveniencies in performing obedience to it.
Obj. 4. I am but a private Christian, and unlearned; I cannot speak so as others can. This duty belongs to Ministers: I hope I may be excused.
Sol. This is a duty not only of Ministers (who are to do it by vertue of their Office) but of every brother or common Christian by vertue of Gods Command, Lev. 19.17. 'Tis a work of Charity, a common Office of one neighbour to another. Thou art not therefore so unlearn'd but thou knowest that no unrighteous man shall inherit the Kingdom of God: That all Liars, drunkards, swearers, whoremongers, sorcerers, adulterers, murderers, thieves, extortioners, covetous, envious, malicious persons, &c. (that break not off their sins by timely repentance) shall have their portion in that Lake that burneth with fire and brimstone for ever. As we read, 1 Cor. 6.9. Gal. 5.21. Rev 21.8. Oughtest thou not therefore to tell guilty persons of their danger, and intreat them to bethink themselves, where such courses will end, and to have some pity upon their own souls. Alas! 'Tis not so much want of knowledge, as want of zeal to Gods Glory, [Page 471] and want of compassion to their neighbours souls, that makes men so negligent of this duty.
Obj. 5. But is this a duty incumbent upon me at all times, whenever I see or hear a brother offend? Must I not expect convenient seasons to do it in?
Sol. 'Tis true, he that is bound to reprove, is bound also to do it as wisely and prudently as he can. Therefore for the season of reproof, a Learned man sets down this Rule; Whenever admonition may probably do good, to the person to whom it is designed, and not harm either to him or any other, then, it cannot be unseasonable: Whatever censure falls on me, it matters not, so the brother reproved receive Benefit thereby, and I were the person from whom it was due to him, Thus he.
The more private a reproof is (in probability) the more effectual it will be; yet a publick calm reproof (when the offence is publick) may (besides the good of the person to whom it is address'd) prove beneficial to the whole company. 1. It may give them an example, which possibly they may transcribe from thy practise, though they have not from Gods Precept. 2. It may arraign and condemn the like vices in other men, which are now reprehended but in one. 'Tis good therefore to take the present season of reproving, except there be hope of springing some happier opportunity for this performance at some other time, which may make it more prudent [Page 472] and charitable, to defer it till then: But as Felix dismist Paul for that time, and promised when he had a more convenient season to send for him, yet is never read to have done it; or as the sordid scandalous Miser quarrels with somewhat in almost every object of Charity he meets with, to excuse himself from Alms-giving; so we must take heed that we do not pretend unseasonableness for our excuse, when 'tis meerly our cowardize or the coldnesse of our Christian Charity that is the true cause of our neglecting this duty. Life is uncertain; we may die, or the party may dy; then he is for ever out of the reach of our Charity. The longer he lies in sin, the more God is dishonoured, the more wrath is treasured up, the harder his heart ordinarily growes, and his recovery will be the more difficult. Therefore St. Jude, speaking of secure sinners, saies, we should snatch such out of the fire, v. 23.
Obj. 6. But does not our Saviour say, we must not give that which is holy to dogs, nor cast pearls before swine, Mat. 7.6. And what are lewd sinners but such.
Sol. Every disorderly liver is not to be accounted as a dog or a swine (in the sense our Saviour useth the word:) For of some such Paul speaketh, 2 Thes. 3.15. And saith, We must not account them as enemies, but admonish them as brethren. Whom therefore we are to account as dogs and swine, appears by our Saviours own [Page 473] words in that place, even such as not only out of a swinish basenesse trample under foot the precious Word of God, offered to them in a reproof, but out of a doggish rage and fierceness are ready to fly at the throats of such, as out of good will to their souls, offer to loosen them from the devils thraldom, and to help them on towards Heaven. Lest (saies our Saviour) they trample them under their feet, and turn again and rent you. If you meet then at any time with such desperate wretches, that you are in danger of violence from (if you stop them in their course of sin) you may forbear medling with them. And seeing they will be filthy, let them be filthy still. Seeing there is no other remedy, let them swear on, swagger on, drink on, and at last despair, die, and be damned. O sad condition! Whose bowels do not turn within him that thinks of their woful misery! But as for others (as we have opportunity) let us endeavour their amendment and salvation.
Thus much for the Second thing, the removing the prejudices, and answering the Objections that are conceiv'd against this duty. I come now in the third place, to give some Directions for the right practise of it.
I. Labour to walk circumspectly thy self; look well to thy own life and conversation, that it may be (as much as in thee lies) blameless and harmlesse; that so thou maist be more capable of [Page 474] performing this duty (with advantage) towards others.
II. Look well to thy own heart, that thy ends and intentions be upright and sincere in this businesse. Take need thou be not moved to this duty out of any proud humour of contradicting or controlling others, or of purpose to disgrace others, or out of vain glory, and a secret ambitious desire of purchasing to thy self a Name; or for any such by and base end; but let thy motive be an earnest desire to discharge thy duty to God, to abate sin, and advance holiness in the world, and to save thy brothers soul.
III. Look well to it that the thing thou offerest to reprove, be a fault in it self, and a fault that he is guilty of to whom thou addressest thy reproof, else thou mistakest thy mark.
IV. Before thou settest upon this work, send up fervent prayers (either solemn supplications, if thou hast time, or secret mental ejaculations) unto the Lord, for the pardon of thy own sins, and to direct, assist, and blesse thy endeavours to his own Glory, and the amendment and salvation of the party to whose benefit thy admonition is design'd.
V. Let the reproofs thou dost minister, be usher'd in with prefaces of good will, and mannaged with evidences of love, pity, and real affection to the party reproved. Reproof is a bitter pill, and (sometimes must be lapt up in Sugar and [Page 475] Pap; but not so neither, as to make it lose its operation. When we reprehend the faults of men, 'tis not amisse (many times) to commend what is good in them; that they may see we are as forward to take notice of what is good and commendable in them, as to reprehend what is evil. And this will make them take reproof the better.
VI. Be serious in reprehending others. A loose and trifling reprehension between jest and earnest, usually doth more harm than good, and rather confirms the sinner in his sin, than reforms him. Well may he think, it matters not much whether he leave his sin or no, when he sees others make but a jest at it. Solomon saies, fools make a mock at sin, Prov. 14.9. Let thy heart therefore be deeply affected with the dishonour done to God, the danger the parties soul is in if he go on in his sin; and then shew him plainly and seriously the evil of it.
VII. Back and confirm thy reproofs with plain places of Scripture, that the party may see and feel that 'tis God reproves him rather than thou; and that thou dost but mind him, what God hath declared concerning men in his condition: Tell him, 'tis not as thou wilt, nor as he will, who shall be sav'd, and who shall not, but as God will: Now God hath reveal'd that such as live thus and thus, shall never enter into his Kingdom: Therefore entreat him to consider where such [Page 476] courses will end, and what must needs become of his soul, if he do not timely repent and forsake those evil waies.
VIII. Be discreet in ministring reproofs: Call in prudence to assist Charity. Distinguish prudently between person and person: For though all are to be reproved, (except they be dogs or swine, or obstinate obdurate Hereticks, Tit. 3.10.) yet all are not to be dealt with in the same manner. This Caution St. Jude gives us, Jude v. 22. Of some have compassion, making a difference, and others save with fear, pulling them out of the fire. Some are of a more flexible nature, and therefore fair and loving admonitions are likeliest to work upon them. Some are hardned and obdurate sinners, these should be rebuk'd sharply, Tit. 1.13. (when gentler means will not do) and with fear must be pull'd out of the fire, i. e. must be terrified with Gods Judgments, that they may fear him who is able to cast both soul and body into Hell.
IX. Be impartial in reprehending those it is thy duty to rep [...]ehend. Do not do in reproving men, as Saul did in executing the Command he had against Amalek, who spared the fat and chief, and destroyed only the refuse. Put on a truly noble and Christian resolution; and fear not the face of men in performing thy Duty to God. God is dishonoured by one mans sins as well as by anothers; and sin is destructive to the soul of one man as [Page 477] well as another. Therefore one should be admonish'd as well as another: Great men should be admonish'd, because their temptations are great; and because they may do great good or hurt by their example. And the meanest should be admonish'd also, because their souls are as precious as the others, and (poor creatures) they are (many of them) very insensible of their sin and danger.
X. Do not strive to make any man more guilty than he is. If he denies the charge, and pleads his innocency, fairly and friendly lay open the grounds upon which thou speakest; but at no hand stand much upon doubtful proofs; nor wrest things to the worst sense; but accept of the most favourable construction of words and actions; remembring that Charity thinketh no evil, but believeth all things, hopeth all things, &c. 1 Cor. 13.7. Yet labour from false rumours, and uncertain scandals to raise Arguments for greater circumspection for time to come. Seeing men are so apt to wait for our haltings, we ought to be very careful how we walk.
XI. By all means forbear bitter and reproachful Language: Many reproofs are quite lost, because there is more of passion in them, than compassion. Though there must be (many times) some warmth in a reproof, yet it must not be scalding hot. Such is the nature of most men, that they are apt to be won with love and mildnesse, but angry and vilifying terms do make [Page 478] them more stubborn and obstinate. Therefore the Apostle saith, the servant of the Lord must not strive, but be gentle unto all men, patient, in meekness instructing them that oppose themselves, 2 Tim. 2.25. Abundance of meeknesse and gentlenesse, and especially patience is needful for those that have to do with sinners in this kind. 'Tis ordinary for them to grow testy and angry, and fall foul with the reprover. And if you should be angry too, then all hope of doing good is lost; the business will end in an uncivil storm and tempest. Come therefore resolv'd before hand to bear all things, and endure all things. If the party reproved storm at you, let tears of compassion rather drop from your eies, than words of anger and reproach come forth of your mouth.
XII. When thou hast discharged thy duty, go to God, and pray earnestly to him for successe. Ply the Throne of Grace, in secret by fervent prayer, that God would prosper thy endeavours, for the Glory of his Name, and the recovery, amendment, and salvation of the party reproved. To begin, and end this duty, with prayer, is the way to engage God in it.
I come now in the last place, to give some Reasons why this excellent and most charitable duty ought to be exceeding kindly taken by them to whom it is performed.
1. Consider, Faithful admonition is the most precious part of friendship, the reallest and kindest [Page 479] good turn one man can do for another. David cal's reproof a precious oyl, Psal. 141.5. Solomon, an ear-ring of gold, an ornament of fine gold, Prov. 25.12. Our blessed Saviour, a pearl, Mat. 7.6. But notwithstanding all this, how few are there that can or will bear it patiently? Go about to admonish a man of a fault, and tell him of an errour, he presently looks on you as his enemy: You are as Paul tels the Galatians, chap. 4.16. become his enemy, because you tell him the truth. Such a pride there is ordinarily in mens hearts, they must not be told of any thing that is amisse, though it be with no other intent, but that they may amend it. A strange madness I confesse this is, and the same that would be in a sick man, to fly in the face of him that comes to cure him, on a phansie that he disparag'd him by supposing him sick. Certainly he were not your friend, that should see your house on fire, and would not call to you and tell you of it for fear of disturbing you out of your sleep. None hate you worse then they that suffer sin upon you. This is the true and great use of friendship, to admonish one another, and to endeavour the bettering one of another; else, (as one well observes) 'tis but an empty, formal, juicelesse thing. Dives in hell was more charitable to his wild brethren on earth, then some people will allow us to be to them; for he would have had a messenger dispatch'd to them, to admonish and warn them that [Page 480] they come not to that place of torments, Luke 16.27, 18. But some people will not indure we should admonish them, though we put our selves upon a very uneasie and unpleasing task for their good.
2. Rejection of reproof is a great aggravation of sin, and commonly a forerunner of judgement. 'Tis a despising not of men only, but of God: It fortifies a man in his sins, it raises such mounts and bulworks about them, that no man can come to assault them. And if we may believe Solomon, destruction will not fail to attend it. Prov. 29.1. He that being often reproved hardeneth his neck, shall suddenly be destroyed, and that without remedy. Refractorinesse to faithfull reproof can look for nothing but ruine: 'Tis as if a man should be riding post to hell, and will indure no stop. That people was in a desperate state, Hosea 4.4. when God gave forth that prohibition, Let no man reprove another, for this people are as they that strive with the Priest. And Eli's sons were in a sad case, when they refused to hearken to the voice of their father: The text saies, 1 Sam. 2.25.— They hearkened not unto the voice of their father, because the Lord would slay them. 'Tis a shrewd sign God hath left men to themselves, when they reject reproof.
3. And lastly, 'Tis a good sign (in conjunction with others) of a gracious heart, for a man to take reproof and admonition well, and to amend [Page 481] his errours and failings thereupon. Prov 15.5. He that regardeth reproof is prudent. In Psal. 141.5. You may find how well holy David took reproof. Let the righteous smite me, and it shall be a kindnesse, and let him reprove me, and it shall be an excellent Oyl, which shall not break my head. You may read in the Life of that good man Gerson, that he rejoyced in nothing more than to be lovingly and brotherly reprov'd by any. I shall conclude this with that excellent saying of the wise man, Prov. 27.6. Faithful are the wounds of a Friend, but the kisses of an Enemy are deceitfull.
CHAP. XVII. Of the Duties of the Rich and Poor.
First, Of those that concern the Rich.
I Cannot better begin this Chapter, than by setting down that strict charge the Apostle directs Timothy to give to rich men, in 1 Tim 6.17, 18, 19. Charge them that are rich in this world (He saies not intreat or perswade them, but charge them, charge it upon their Consciences) that they be not high minded, nor trust in uncertain riches, but in the living God, who giveth us richly all things to enjoy. V. 18. That they do good, that they be rich in good works, ready to distribute, willing to communicate. V. 19. Laying up in store for themselves a good foundation against the time to come, that they may lay hold on eternal life.
From this and other Scriptures, we may gather, that the duties that concern the rich, are these following.
I. They ought to look to it, and be especially careful that they be really religious and truly Godly. They have many great engagements to it: God hath dealt bountifully with them: The [Page 484] things of this world serve them, and flow in unto them. When poor people must take pains and work hard to earn their bread, before they eat it: They have their Tables spread to their hands. God hath raised them above many of their Brethren, and therefore they ought to honour, love, and obey him from whose bounty alone they receive all their plenty. And as they have greater engagements, so they have greater opportunities and advantages to be religious than others have. They may spend more time upon their souls than poor people can. They have more leisure (if they have hearts so to employ it) to attend the means of Grace, and to work out their salvation. They should consider, though they are rich in this world, yet there is another world that is to be look'd after. Though they enjoy the good things of this life, yet there is a life to come which must be car'd for. Though they are encreas'd with worldly goods, yet if they have all their portion here, they are most miserable. Seeing 'tis well with them here on earth, their main design should be to secure their state in Grace, and their title to Heaven. They should above all things be careful to lay hold on eternal life. This life they cannot hold, nor their riches, estates, and possessions here: They should therefore lay hold on that which they may hold, and which will never fail them. They should be so wise as to take the right course to be heirs of the [Page 485] Kingdom of Heaven; that when they must bid farewell to this life, and their estates here, they may enter upon that glorious inheritance. And yet strange it is to see how this one thing absolutely necessary is neglected by far the greater part of them that are rich in this world. In those places where Silver and Gold are found (they say) there groweth neither grasse nor plant, nor other thing that is any thing worth. Many rich mens hearts are as barren of true Piety, as those countries are of grasse: Job speaking of such, saies, Chap. 21.13. They spend their daies in wealth, and in a moment go down to the grave. v. 14. Therefore they say unto God depart from us, for we desire not the knowledge of thy waies. v. 15. What is the Almighty that we should serve him? and what profit should we have, if we pray unto him? 'Tis grown almost into a Proverb, a little Religion goes far in a rich man or Gentleman. How do such persons usually bless themselves in a few formal outward performances of religious duties? And if they live not in the grosse defilements and pollutions of the world, but are of a fair and civil conversation as to men, how easily can they dispense with themselves from engaging in the stricter and more serious parts of Religion? Nay, those things wherein the life and power of Godlinesse consists, are (too often) matter of their scorn; and slighted and neglected by them as more ado than needs. And thus it [Page 486] often happens that they that have fulnesse of estate, have leannesse of soul, as 'tis, Psal. 106.15. And they that are well provided for in this life, take no due care to provide for eternity, not to lay up for themselves a good foundation against the time to come, 1 Tim. 6.19. They that should be examples of Piety and goodnesse to those among whom they live, and by their power, wealth and greatnesse should countenance and promote the power of Godlinesse, prove many times the greatest discouragers of it. Solomon observed this as a sore evil under the Sun, Eccles. 5.13. Riches kept for the owners thereof to their hurt. And not only for their hurt, but the hurt of many others round about them. Many could never have been such great sinners, and dishonourers of God, if they had not had so great estates.
II. They ought to be exceeding thankful unto God. The more God hath bestowed upon them, the greater is their debt of thankfulnesse, and the greater is their duty of obedience. If the Lord hath lifted them up, if he hath shined upon their Tabernacle, and given them power to get wealth, as 'tis, Deut. 8.28. Let them not sacrifice to their own net, to their own wit or wisdom, their own labour or industry, but thankfully acknowledge his favour, whose blessing maketh rich, Prov. 10.23. Let them consider, Promotion cometh neither from the East, nor from the West, [Page 487] nor from the South, but from above, Psal. 75.6, 7. 'Tis reported of one of the Kings of France, that he was wont to say, that many thousands (no doubt) were born on the same day he was, yet not one of them born to be a King but himself; which he noted as a free favour of Divine Providence to him, in that he was born to the Honour and Happinesse of a Kingdom, when at the same time, many others were born to mean conditions; some possibly to beggery and want. 'Tis God alone that sets up one, and puls down another. He gives power, riches, and estate to one man, and sets another in a mean condition. And therefore those whom he is pleased to blesse with a rightful possession of riches, should be exceeding thankful, and constantly remember who hath made them (in this) to differ from others. Gods impost on all his blessings is thankfulnesse. If we neglect to pay this impost, the commodity is forfeit. God can quickly blow upon and blast all our blessings, if we be unthankful, as 'tis, Mal. 2.2. If ye will not hear and if ye will not lay it to heart, to give Glory unto my Name, saith the Lord of Hosts, I will even send a curse upon you, and will curse your blessings, &c. Yet notwithstanding, such is the basenesse of mans Nature, that the more God gives to some, the lesse they own him; and if they attain to a fulnesse, 'tis ten to one, if they do not plainly deny him, and ask who is the Lord?
III. They ought to be exceeding humble. [Page 488] Charge them (saies the Apostle) that they be not high minded. Of most men, the Proverb is true, Their good and their blood rises together. Prosperity is to many a kind of intoxication, it makes their heads giddy. It argues a great deal of Grace, to carry a low mind in a high condition; to be lifted above others in the world, and not to be so in a mans own spirit. And yet if the matter be well considered, what little reason have rich men to be proud? Have they not all as stewards, and therefore should be thinking how to make their accounts, rather than pride themselves in their receipts? Does not God declare himself (very frequently in Scripture) the proud mans professed enemy? Jam. 4.7. He resisteth the proud, Prov. 6.16. A proud look is an abomination to the Lord, And Prov. 8.13. Pride and arrogancy do I hate. And V. 18. Pride goeth before destruction. And he that has so great an enemy as God engaged aginst him, is like to smart for it to purpose.
IV. They ought to be sober and temperate in the use of their estates, not lavishing out their wealth excessively upon their backs and bellies. How many with that rich man in Luke 12.19. are ready to say to themselves, Soul, thou hast much goods laid up for many years, eat, drink, and be merry? How many rich people live like Epicures, letting out their hearts inordinately to sensual delights; studying to please all their [Page 489] appetites; spending their estates in riot and luxury, neither remembring the account they are to make to God of their talents, nor considering that want and beggery (by the just judgment of God) is usually heir apparent to riot and prodigality. Such persons should think what became of that Gentleman in the 16 th of Luke, Who was clothed with Purple, and fared deliciously every day, &c. Certainly (as a late Author saies well) One plain Coat put upon a poor mans back, will better become a wealthy man, than twenty rich ones put on his own.
V. They ought not to sqander away their precious time in Idlenesse, and sloth, or immoderate following of recreations; but should employ themselves so, as they may honour God, and be serviceable to the world. How many are there that verifie that vulgar definition, What is a Gentleman but his pleasure? What a sad thing is it, that many such know not what to do with their time? Their hours lie upon their hands, neither have they discretion to improve so precious a Talent. Certainly they can never want businesse, who are to work out their salvation, and to secure the state of their souls to all eternity. I confesse indeed sometimes we may have a just title to recreations, and moderate refreshment, when we have tir'd our minds or bodies in some honest employment. But then we must be carefull that our recreations have these qualifications.
1. They must be lawful, not dishonourable to God, nor injurious to our neighbour.
2. Expedient, not such as usually minister occasion to sin and scandal.
3. Seasonable, at fit and convenient times, not on the Lords day.
4. Moderate, not spending too much time upon them. What a sad account will they give to God, who spend whole daies and nights at Cards and Dice, or other Sports; who possibly never bestow a quarter of so much time in secret upon their Souls?
5 The end of recreation must be only to give us a moderate refreshment, and to fit us for businesse, and not to be it self a businesse to us. Therefore here two things are to be noted (as one well advises) 1. We are not to use sports only to passe away, or drive away our time (as the worlds wicked phrase is) which we should study to redeem, and well improve. Surely we have little reason to study waies of driving away that which flies away so fast of it self, and which 'tis so impossible to recall. 2. Covetousness must have nothing to do in them. The end of our Recreation, should be meerly to recreate our Spirits, and not to win money. They that do so, run themselves into two great dangers: The one of coveting and greedy desiring their brothers money; And how such (upon sober consideration) can make their peace with the tenth Commandment, [Page 491] I see not. The other of rage and anger, if they happen to lose. Both which are apt to draw on other sins: Covetousnesse will tempt to cheating and cozening: Anger to swearing and cursing, as common experience shews. And how carefull should every sincere Christian be to avoid the occasions and temptations leading to sin? Those that mind the salvation of their souls, will consider these things; Those that do not, I know will slight them. To conclude this Particular, Let all those whom God hath raised to wealth and riches in this world, remember what were the sins of Sodom, that they may carefully avoid them. And those the Prophet tels us, Ezek. 16.49. were pride, fulnesse of bread, and abundance of Idleness, neither did they strengthen the hands of the poor and needy.
VI. They should take heed of trusting in their riches, as the Apostle adviseth, 1 Tim. 6.17. And the Psalmist to the same purpose. If riches encrease, set not thy heart upon them, Psal. 62.10. 'Tis hard to possess riches or estates, and not to confide in them, How many are there that make Gold their confidence, as 'tis, Job 31.24? That think their mountain so strong it shall never be moved, Psal. 49.11? When alas! Who knows what a day may bring forth? Prov. 27.1. Riches have wings and flie away, Prov. 23.5. And Experience of late years, hath taught us, that even Lands are moveables. Therefore [Page 492] they that have estates, should take heed of trusting in them. They should labour to get weaned hearts from their present enjoyments, and prepare their minds to be willing to part with any thing God calls for. They should live upon God, and account him all in all, even in their fullest and highest enjoyments of the Creature. Trust and dependance is the greatest homage we can yeeld to God. But of this I have spoken more largely, pag. 207.
VII. They ought to be very charitable and open-handed to the necessities of the poor, and liberal to good and pious uses. They that have riches, have a multitude of tools to work with (as one of the Ancients spake wisely) and may do God much service with them. Such ought to endeavour not onely to be good themselves, but to do good, to be rich in good works. They should as the elect of God, put on the bowels of compassion, Col. 3.12. Holy Job could comfortably say, The blessing of him that was ready to perish, came upon me, and I caused the widows heart to sing for joy; I was eies to the blind, and feet was I to the lame. I was a Father to the poor, &c. Job 29.13, 15, 16. This is the best way for rich men to improve their estates, Prov. 19.17. He that gives to the poor, lends to the Lord, and he will repay him again. Though the poor man cannot pay thee, yet God becomes his surety, and will pay thee assuredly, yea, fully and abundantly. No [Page 493] man shall be a loser by God. 'Tis good therefore to lay up treasure where it may be sure to be forthcoming; to put it into Christs hands by relieving his poor members here on earth. But alas! though God hath made so many gracious promises to the charitable, yet strange it is to see how hardly people are perswaded to the practise of this Duty. They can spend freely on their pride or lusts, or pleasures, and sacrifice liberally to the Idol of their Credit; but what niggardize and pinching is there when it comes to a work of mercy? Let them meet in an Inn or Tavern, upon businesse, or in a way of kindness, then what striving is there who shall pay, and who shall pay most? What throwing down their Money on the Table? &c. But how backward, and dull, and close-fisted are they, when it comes to a work of Charity? Certainly at the day of judgment, this will be a better account, Item, so much spent to relieve the poor and needy; so much laid out for the advancement of Religion, or good Learning; so much expended for publick good uses; Rather than this, Item, so much spent on pride, so much spent on lust, so much in gaming, and in Luxury, and riot, &c. And therefore it concerns those that have this worlds goods, to consider how they use and employ them. And here it will not be amisse to perswade rich men not to defer and put off their Charities till their death, out of an Infidel fear, they should want [Page 494] themselves before they die. They should (as one well advises) make their own hands their executors, and their own eies their overseers. 'Tis better to be like the sheep, to do good while they live, than like the Swine, to be good for nothing till they die. I shall conclude this Head, with some few Directions as to the manner how we should exercise our Charity.
1. Do it in sincerity. Do it in obedience to Gods Command and with an eie to his Glory. Take heed the praise of men be not thy Motive. He that giveth (saies the Apostle, Rom. 12.8.) let him do it with simplicity, & Mat. 6.1. Take heed ye do not your Almes before men, to be seen of them; otherwise ye have no reward of your Father which is in Heaven.
2. Cheerfully, God loveth a cheerful giver, 2 Cor. 9.7. Deut. 15.10. Thine heart shall not be grieved when thou givest to thy poor Brother, &c.
3. Liberally; according to the proportion of thy estate, 2 Cor. 9.6. He that sowes sparingly, shall reap sparingly, and he that soweth bountifully, shall reap bountifully. We should think him a very imprudent Husbandman, that to save a little seed at present, would sow so thin, as to spoil his crop. And the same folly 'twill be in us, if by the sparingness and niggardize of our Almes, we make our selves a lank Harvest hereafter, [...]nd lose the reward God hath provided for the [Page 495] liberall Almes-giver. Now liberality is to be measured, not so much by what is given, as by the ability of the giver. 'Tis not how much, but out of how much, that God looks at. In 1 Cor. 16.2. The Apostle advises, Upon the first day of the week, let every one of you lay by him in store, as God hath prospered him. Surely it were very expedient to lay by somthing in bank for good uses, either weekly, monethly, quarterly, or yearly (as may best suit with the variety of mens conditions) that so they may not be unprovided of somwhat to give, when occasion offers it self; and then their Charity would flow more steely, without any regret, or grudging of heart, which those that leave all to occasional Charity are many times in danger of.
4. Humbly and thankfully. Let thankfulness to God attend thy Charity to men. Blesse God thou art not the needy person thy self. Blesse him for giving thee both an ability and a heart to distribute and communicate. Though God hath lifted thee up in this world, above those thou relievest, yet let not thy heart be lifted up, but be low in thine own eies. I shall conclude this, with that Divine and affectionate thanksgiving of holy David, in 1 Chron. 29.11. Thine O Lord is the greatness, and the power— V. 12. Both riches and honour come of thee. V. 13. Now therefore our God, we thank thee and praise thy Glorious Name. V. 14. But who am I, and what [Page 496] is my poeple, that we should be able to offer so willingly after this sort, for all things come of thee, and of thine own have we given thee.
I come now to speak of the Duties belonging to the poor.
Poverty hath its dangers, evils and temptations, as well as riches and abundance. And there are Duties belonging to those that are poor, as well as to the rich; and they are these that follow.
I. They ought to take heed of murmuring or repining against God; and to be well-pleased and contented with the condition and station wherein he hath placed them. We are Gods Creatures, and he hath a right to do with us what he will. 1 Sam. 2.7. The Lord maketh poor, & maketh rich; he bringeth low, and lifteth up. And who art thou O man, that repliest against God? Shall the thing formed say to him that formed it, why hast thou made me thus? Hath not the potter power ever the clay, of the same lump to make one vessel to honour, and another to dishonour? &c. As the Apostle reasons, Rom. 9.20, 21. Let not the poor therefore murmure against Gods dealing with them, but labour to be well satisfied with their Lot. Let them not compare their condition with those they count more prosperous and happy than themselves, but rather with them they see more miserable: And then they will have cause to blesse God for their own portion. Let them pray earnestly to the Lord, for that great blessing of a contented mind, without [Page 499] which, the wealthiest condition is very uneasie and irksom; and with which the poorest is pleasing and delightful. I have learned (saith Paul, Phil. 4.11, 12, 13.) in whatever state I am, therewith to be content. I know how to be abased, and I know how to abound: every where and in all things I am instructed, both to be full and to be hungry, both to abound and to suffer need, I can do all things through Christ which strengtheneth me.
II. They ought to be very humble. With their low condition, they should carry a lowly mind. They should give due respect to those, whom God hath set above them in the world, and from whom they receive benefit. There are some poor people that have as ugly a pride and insolency of Spirit in them, as is to be found any where among men. There is a leathern pride, and a russet insolency, 'tis not alwaies couch'd under gorgeous apparel: But surely those whom God hath made low in this world, should be lowly in their own eies. They should labour to be poor in Spirit, deeply sensible of their spiritual wants, and then there is a great blessednesse belongs unto them, Mat. 5.3. Blessed are the poor in Spirit, for theirs is the Kingdom of Heaven. The rich must be thus poor, if they intend to come to Heaven.
III. They should be diligent and painful in their Callings. The Apostles Charge is, 2 Thes. [Page 500] 3.10. That they that will not work, should not eat. Idlenesse and lazinesse is the sin of many poor people. If they would work, they might eat their own bread, and not be chargeable to any. A poor man to whom God giveth health and industry to get his living, [...]is possest of a great treasure, and a stock yielding him daily rent. The labour that gets him bread, gets him also an appetite to eat it, and sleep to refresh him when he is weary, and health to continue his labour, Eccles. 5.12. The sleep of a labouring man is sweet, whether he eat little or much, but the abundance of the rich will not suffer him to sleep. His many Children give him lesse care, then few Children to the rich, and less trouble to provide for them. For in rich mens houses, the Charge groweth alwaies as the Children grow. In poor families that live by labour, the Charge growes lesse as the Children grow up. The Sons serve the Father in his work, the Daughters spin by their Mother. Their portion is their Trade and Labour, by which (with Gods blessing) they live comfortably.
IV. They should be frugal, not presently, as soon as ever they have got a little money, going to the Ale-house, and drinking it away (as too many do) but should lay it up to supply their necessities. And they should be carefull and provident to improve the opportunities that God puts into their hands. As in such times when work is plenty and provisions cheap, they [Page 501] should then lay up something against a time of need, and not slacken their industry, and grow slothful; nor be proud and scornful, lavishing out all they get, on their backs and bellies; and so when work is scarce, provisions dear, and sickness comes, they suffer want, through their own improvidence, and become burdensom to others.
V. Above all things they ought to be exceeding careful of the welfare of their souls, and very diligent to work out their salvation. And now, O all ye that are poor in this world, Come, and let us reason together. Your outward condition in this life, ('tis confess'd) is mean and poor, and possibly you cannot expect it will be much mended; yet lift up your hearts, and comfort your selves with this consideration, you are as capable of the Kingdom of Heaven, and the Glory of the world to come, as any others; if you (through your own folly and negligence) be not wanting to your selves. Here (possibly) with all your labour, you cannot raise your selves to any considerable estates. He would be a welcome man unto you, that could direct you how in an honest and just way, by using due care and industry, you might attain a hundred pounds a year, How diligently would you listen to his advice, and how earnestly and punctually observe his Directions? Now therefore come on, and consider seriously, whether it will not be an extream folly and madnesse in you (having so golden [Page 502] an opportunity in your hands of attaining (not sosmal a matter as a hundred pounds a year) but a Kingdom, a glorious and never-fading Kingdom) to continue in your ignorance, stubbornnesse, ungodlinesse, slighting the Directions that are given you for the attaining thereof, and wilfully neglecting and disregarding the means of Grace. And so, after you have lived a poor life here, to be everlastingly miserable hereafter: From a poor Cottage, to go down to a dungeon of darknesse, to a lake of fire and brimstone, there to be tormented with the Devil and his Angels for ever. You think (may be) because you are poor, and not book learn'd, that God will require little of you: But do not flatter and delude your selves; God will require of you according to the means of Grace he affords you. Though you are ignorant, would not your Minister instruct you? Or have you no neighbours that you may ask, and learn the way of Salvation from? Do you think you are exempted from seeking after knowledg? from Family duties, from a conscionable & constant attendance on the publick Ordinances? Do ye think it will be a sufficient excuse, when you come to stand upon your Trial at Gods Tribunal, to plead, you wanted clothes, and therefore could not come to the publick Ordinances; when 'tis well known you can dresse your selves in a tollerably decent manner (at any time) to go to a dinner? There is an absolute necessity you must be instructed, and get knowledge in the [Page 503] things that concern your Salvation, or you will die in your sins. And believe it, you had better die in a ditch, than die in your sins. Were you sufficiently sensible of the great and weighty concernments of your soules, you would wrestle against all difficulties, and seek after knowledge with all seriousness. And if you would set your selves in good earnest to it, you might quickly attain much more than you can imagine; you might soon grow rich in knowledge and Grace: Though you are poor here, you might be heirs of Heaven, and when you die, with Lazarus, be received into Abrahams bosom. Oh therefore bestir your selves! You labour hard to get a little money here; Oh take some pains to get a Kingdom that is offered to you on very fair terms. Labour to be sensible of your spiritual poverty, of the vilenesse of your natural condition, and the manifold sins of your life; Seek for help from Christ, (where help onely is to he had) Give up your soules to him, and beg of him pardon and Grace: Receive him for your Lord, as well as your Saviour; beg his Spirit to sanctifie you, and be willing to live in obedience to his Laws and Precepts. And if you be once thus united unto him, being rich in Faith and the fruits thereof, you are heirs of the Kingdom, even the Kingdom of Heaven, and shall shortly enter into your inheritance gloriously and triumphantly: Oh therefore though you are poor in this world, yet labour to be spiritually rich: Mind not only the present, but secure your future [Page 504] state. And not only look to your selves, but to your children also: Oh let not them be bred up in ignorance and prophannesse. One main reason of the great blindnesse and irreligion that is among poor people, is, the cannot read; neither do many of them take any care their children should learn. They had rather they should earn a penny, than spend two or three hours in a day to get that skill. If there were a book extant, and ordinarily to be had as the Bible is, which men did generally beleeve to contain a plain and easie way for all men to become rich, and to live in health, and pleasure, and this worlds happiness, Can it be imagined that the poorest people would not learn to read it? or would neglect to study it? Whatever paines it cost, or difficulties it put them to, be sure they would not fail herein. How is it then, that so many that have the name of Christians, can be content that both themselves and their children should be unable to read the Scriptures, and so commonly remain as ignorant of the things of God, as if they had been born among the Indians.
VI. Those that are poor should be especially careful to avoid these four temptations which they are in great danger of.
1. Let them take heed of distrusting God when they are in straits. Let them often call to mind and meditate on our Saviours words in Mat. 6 from v. 25. to the end. Let them consider, God provides for Creatures, that cannot [Page 505] provide for themselves. Beasts sleep quietly, not knowing nor thinking where they shall get meat the next day. If you say, 'tis because they have no reason nor foresight; consider, whether ever God gave us reason to make no other use of it, than for our vexation and dishonouring himself. 'Tis a high injury and dishonour to God, to distrust his care and providence over us, seeing he takes care of bruit Creatures.
2. Let them take heed of stealing, or putting their hands to any indirect courses. Theft is the poor mans danger, as the wise man intimates, Prov. 30.8, 9. Give me neither poverty not riches, feed me with food convenient for me, least I be full and deny thee, and say who is the Lord? and lest I be poor and steal, and take the Name of my God in vain. Let them not think to excuse themselves by saying they are poor, and he from whom they steal is rich: For who made them dividers of other mens goods? Let them not think to pretend, 'tis a small thing they steal; the more abject sinners they, who will defile their Consciences for a trifle. Though the world should be hard, and men should afford them no help, let them not make themselves uncapable of Gods help. Let them remember, 'tis better to suffer than to sin.
3. Seeing the poorer sort usually live together, and generally are apt to be envious, malicious, and extreamly quarrelsom, slandering and reviling [Page 506] one another; and (upon small provocations) cursing, and using dreadful imprecations against each other, and somtimes also against those that do not relieve them, or not so liberally as they desire; let all these wickednesses be carefully avoided and abandoned by them, if ever they intend to see Gods face with comfort.
4. And lastly, seeing poor people for the most part depend on rich men that employ them, and thereupon are apt to flatter them and humour them, and bring tales to them, and comply with them, even in sinful courses, and to be moulded after their example, and usually hate and oppose Godliness it self, if they see it disrelished by them. Therefore it should be the care of all poor people to decline these courses, and by fidelity, industry, and integrity to commend themselves to all those that employ them; and walking humbly, and conscientiously before the Lord in their place and calling, they need not doubt of his Gracious Providence over them, of his favour goodwill to them.
See more Scriptures to this purpose, pag. 215.
CHAP. XVIII. Of the Duties of the Young and Old.
First, Of those that concern the younger sort.
ALL young persons should consider that it is their duty, and high concernment, to endeavour to be really good, and truly religious betimes. In order hereunto, I shall,
- 1. Lay down some Reasons and Arguments to presse them to it.
- 2. Answer such Objections, and labour to remove such prejudices, as are conceiv'd against it.
- 3. Give some Directions to them, who are willing to be advis'd herein.
There are many weighty Reasons and Arguments to perswade them to it.
I. God now invites them to it, Eccles. 12.1. Remember now thy Creatour in the daies of thy youth, &c. And let them consider, 1. God hath no need of them, but they have need of him, and cannot possibly be happy without him. 2. He is willing to be reconcil'd to them, if they will turn to him, though for their sins he might justly [Page 510] destroy them. 3. He offers them better terms and conditions (if they will serve him) then they can possibly have any where else, either in the service of sin or Satan, Rom. 6.21. What fruit had ye then in those things whereof ye are now ashamed? for the end of those things is death. The two genuine and natural fruits of sin are shame and death. Is it not then an intollerable indignity and affront put upon the great God of Heaven and Earth for any to refuse to serve him, who offers them so fair terms, and to continue in the Devils slavery, who (they know) intends the ruine both of their souls and bodies?
II. Delaies are exceeding dangerous.
1. Life is uncertain, Prov. 27.1. Boast not thy self of to morrow, for thou knowest not what a day may bring forth. Young men may reckon upon years, when possibly they have not moneths to live. Consider how quick God is with some, cutting them off in their sins. Time is precious, Redeem it; for on this moment depends Eternity.
2. Grace is uncertain. 'Tis not in mans power to have Grace when he will. The Spirit of God will not alwaies strive with the children of men. To day, and while it is call'd to day, hear his voice, Psal. 95.7. And harden not your hearts. Gather the Manna while it fals; come in while the door of Grace stands open: Take heed of being like Esau, coming too late for a blessing.
3. The longer thou delayest, the more unfit, unable and indisposed thou wilt be to return. Now thy parts are fresh, and thy affections vigorous. If thou wilt enter thy self into the School of Christ now, what a great deal of knowledge and Grace and spiritual experience maist thou attain unto? What a good Scholar, a good proficient maist thou be?
But if thou delayest, then consider in what a sad condition thou art. 1. Sin will be every day more and more hardning thy heart, and stupifying thy Conscience, and so will make thy return, the more difficult. Now (may be,) thou hast some tenderness of Conscience: Thou wilt quickly lose it; if thou refusest to hearken to Gods call. 2. The world, and the cares of this life will more and more engage and intangle thy Affections. If thou givest not thy self to God while young, before thou art much engaged in the cares and businesses of this life, 'tis very hazardous, whether the world will not carry away thy heart, and whether thou maist not lose thy soul in an eager pursuit of these outward things. 3. The Devil will get stronger possession. Every soul is either Gods Temple, or the Devils house. 'Twill be hard to cast Satan out, where he hath had many years possession. The longer any go on in sin, the greater power God permits the Devil to have over them. 4. The longer thou delayest, the more thou provokest God to give thee up to thy own [Page 512] hearts lusts, and to leave thee to thy self. 'Twas a sad word, Isa. 6.10. Go and make the heart of this people fat, and shut their eies, lest they see with their eies, and hear with their eares, and understand with their heart, and convert and be healed. God may justly refuse to hearken to thee, when thou callest for mercy, who wouldst not before hearken to the call of his Grace. The Spirit of God after many repulses may go away aggrieved. God may smite thee with stupidity and senslessenesse (that great Spiritual judgment) And then what will become of thee? And besides, dost thou think that any man whose wise should be false to him, and run away from him▪ and follow after strangers in her younger time, would receive her at last in her old age? Why wilt thou think then to deal so with God? Upon the whole matter then, if thou art not converted, and dost really turn to God when young, 'tis a hundred to one, whether ever thou be converted or no. 'Tis rarely seen that men habituated and long accustomed to sin, do ever change their black skins, as the Reverend Mr. Burgess well observes.
III. Consider, whether there be any part of a mans life wherein he may reasonably think he has a liberty to serve the Devil? If not, why wilt thou not speedily turn to God? Why should not thy youth be consecrated unto him? As long as thou remainest unconverted, and in the state [Page 513] of Nature, thou art doing the Devil service; And who would serve such a Master?
IV. Consider, There are many great advantages that will come unto thee by turning to God betimes.
1. Multitude of sins and sorrows will be hereby prevented. Those that get bruises and strains when young, feel them when they grow old. O what anguish, and pain of Conscience have they that have lived long in sin (and committed great ones) if they be brought home to God at last! O what a cutting consideration must it needs be to old people to cast their eyes back upon a life spent in sin and dishonouring God; and hurting the soules of others by their ill example! O what a deal of sorrow would Manasses and Mary Magdalen have escaped, if they had been converted in their younger years? So if Paul had been betimes brought home to God, he had not had all that trouble and grief of Spirit for persecuting the Church.
2. Thou maist hereby come to some eminency of knowledge, and Grace, and Spiritual experience. A young man that is a good husband betimes upon his trade, we say, is like to grow rich; whereas one that has been prodigal in his younger time, and a spend-thrist, if he should in his elder years begin to be wise, yet having lost so much time, we are apt to think, he will never do any great matter at it. So they that give up their hearts to [Page 514] God betimes, and consecrate their younger years to him, O how rich in knowledge and Grace may they grow?
3. Thy joyes and comforts will be the greater. Thou art a hinderer of thy peace and comfort all the while thou art going on in the way of sin. Thou art feeding on Onions, when thou mightst have Manna, Thou art feeding on husks with the Prodigal, when thou mightest have the fatted calf. What are all the noisom pleasures of sin to the peace of a good Conscience, the enjoyment of God, the delights and joyes of the Holy Ghost?
4. The more service thou wilt do for God Suppose a man be call'd at the twelfth hour, alas! 'tis little he can do for God before night. An old man that was late converted, ordered this to be written upon his Tomb-stone, Here lies an old man of seven years old: Suppose a man (after many years spent in sin) should at last be converted, he had need of Methuselah's age to bewail his former miscarriages, and to do service for God, whom he hath so dishonoured. Oh think what an honour it is to live to glorifie God, and to do him service! And canst thou begin too soon to honour him, who deserves so infinitely well of thee?
5. It will make not only thy life, but thy death also comfortable. When death comes, thou wilt have this good evidence of thy sincerity, that [Page 515] thou didst turn to God betimes, in thy youth, and in the flower and prime of thy daies. Thou wilt not then be afraid to look God in the face, nor dread him as an enemy, but think delightfully of him as a long experienced friend, and be willing to surrender thy soul unto him. 'Tis reported of Adrian, that when he came to die, he cried out, O my soul, whither art thou going? thou art going where thou shalt never be jovial nor merry more. O my soul, whither art thou going? Therefore do those things now, which (when thou comest to die) thou wouldst wish thou hadst done; and leave those things undone, which thou supposest will not yield thee comfort in that hour.
6. And lastly, The sooner thou engagest thy heart to God, and the more service thou dost him in this life, the greater will be thy reward in Heaven, Gal. 6.7, 8. Be not deceived, God is not mocked; whatsoever a man soweth that shall he reap. He that soweth to his flesh, shall of the flesh reap corruption; but he that soweth to the Spirit, shall of the Spirit reap life everlasting.
I come now to the second thing; to answer the Objections that young persons may make, why they should not turn to God so soon.
Obj. 1. We shall hereby lose our chief time of pleasure.
Sol. You shall exchange dirt for Gold, and the draff of swine for the food of Angels, your [Page 516] sinfull pleasures for the delights of the Holy Ghost, and the joyes of a good Conscience. Religion will abridge you of nothing but sin, which is rank poison to your souls. It will allow you recreations that are lawful, expedient, seasonable and moderate, and which may fit you more to glorifie God in your general or particular Calling, See the Rules set down in the foregoing Chap. under the fifth Direction to the Rich. Pag 490
Obj. 2. We do but as most young people do, and as others have done before us.
Sol. If you sin with others, you must expect to suffer with others. They that are like Simeon and Levi brethren in iniquity, must be brethren also in misery. The old world sinn'd together, and were drown'd together. You must not live by examples, but by precepts. Look not at what others do, but at what God commands, Exod. 23.2. Thou shalt not follow a multitude to do evil.
Obj. 3. There needs not so much ado to get to Heaven.
Sol. Is it more ado than Gods Word requires? read and judge, Luke 13.24. Strive to enter in at the strait gate, for many, I say unto you will seek to enter in, and shall not be able, Mat. 6.33. Seek ye first the Kingdom of God, and his righteousness, &c. Eph. 5.15. See that ye walke circumspectly, not as fooles but as wise, redeeming the [Page 517] time, &c. Phil. 2.12. Work out your own salvation with fear and trembling. 1 Pet. 4.18. If the righteous scarcely be saved, where shall the ungodly and the sinner appear? If the righteous hardly, (i. e. with much striving, diligence and watchfulness) attain salvation; what will become of the negligent secure sinner? Can any think of ever coming to Heaven, which is a state of holinesse and purity, whose hearts disrellish Holinesse, and cannot away with it, as too much strictness and more ado than needs?
Obj 4. We are young enough: We intend to turn to God hereafter, but not yet.
Sol. Concerning the danger of delaies see before pag. 510 In all likelihood there are many in Hell, that thought of turning hereafter.
Obj. 5. We shall be flouted and jeer'd if we begin to be religious and precise so soon.
Sol. What are reproaches to the great things others have suffered for Christ? What is the enduring a jeer to the enduring a burning for the sake of Christ? 1 Pet. 4.14. If ye be reproached for the Name of Christ, happy are ye, for the Spirit of Glory and of God resteth upon you. 2 Cor. 6.8. By honour and dishonour, by evil report and good report; as decievers and yet true. Mat. 5.11. Blessed are ye when men shall revile you, and persecute you, and shall say all manner of evil against you falsly for my sake, V. 12. Rejoyce, and be exceeding [Page 518] glad, for great is your reward in Heaven.
Obj. 6. We shall shift as well as others.
Sol. So you may, and yet make but a bad shift neither, 'Tis small comfort to have companions in Hell. Dives did not think it would ease his torments to have his Brethren come to him.
Obj. 7. We see many that once seem'd forward in Religion, do fall off, some to open prophanenesse, and some into errour and strange opinions.
Sol. I confesse 'tis a very sad thing to see any that seemed Lights in the Firmament, to prove Meteors, and falling stars. But though some fall, yet (through Grace) many stand, and continue faithful to the end. There was a Judas among our Saviours own Disciples, and yet it followes not from thence, that any of the rest were such. The fals of some professors should teach us not to be high-minded, but continually jealous over our own hearts. We should be exceeding humble, and cease from trusting in our selves; and put all our trust in God, to be kept by his power through Faith unto Salvation, The Devil aimes all he can to foil professors. If he can but foil one of them, he blurs their profession, makes others shie of it, and so advances his own Kingdom mightily. Therefore the fall of some should not discourage us, but make us more humble and watchful, and [Page 519] cause us often to examine our hearts whether Gods Glory be our aim and end, and whether we do in humility and integrity walk before him.
Obj. 8. God is merciful. We see Mercy was afforded to the thief on the Crosse, a little before his death.
Sol. 1. 'Tis an example without a promise. Here is an example of a late repentance, but where have we a promise that God will give repentance at last to such as go on in a long course of sin? 'Tis not examples but the promises of God that is a foundation for Faith to build upon.
2. This was an extraordinary time. What if our Saviour on this extraordinary occasion, was pleased by this rare Miracle of Mercy to honour his Crosse, will this afford any ground of hope that he will do so ordinarily and especially to wilfull sinners?
3. We do not find that this thief had ever known Christ before, or had ever neglected or refused any offers of Grace made unto him. Thou hast little reason to plead this, who sittest daily under the calls and intreaties of the Gospel; This case will minister little comfort to thee, if thou goest on in thy sins.
I come now in the third place, to give some Directions to such as are willing to be advised in this matter of so much concernment to them.
I Let them take heed of those things that usually undo young people. Such are.
1. Carelesnesse, want of consideration, and laying to heart the things that most concern them; going on in a dissolute negligence, without ever asking themselves what their state and condition to God ward is?
2 An eager following youthful lusts and sensual pleasures. Therefore the Apostle exhorts, 2 Tim. 2.22. To flee youthful lusts, & 1 Pet. 2.11. As pilgrims and strangers to abstain from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul. Let them consider that the feet of those lusts that have carried away and buried millions of other young persons in perdition, stand ready to carry them the same way, if preventing Grace come not in to deliver them.
3. Pride of wit, parts, strength, beauty, &c.
4. A headinesse and wilful obstinacy against good counsel. Carnal reason, flesh and blood are usually young mens counsellors, and very bad Ones.
5. Slighting religion, and whatever is serious, as too strict for them.
6. Putting the day of death far from them, and flattering themselves with hopes of long life.
7. Ill company, that great snare of the Devil.
8. Comparing themselves with such as are worse than themselves, thinking that an excuse [Page 521] for them that others are worse.
II. Let them be especially careful to be well grounded in the Principles of Christian Religion. If there be a good foundation of saving knowledge laid in their minds betimes (so that they throughly understand how the Religion they professe, is grounded on the Scriptures) they will not be like children, easily tossed to and fro with every wind of Doctrine, as too many now a daies are. And for this purpose I refer them to the first Part of this Treatise containing the Principles of right Knowledges.
III. Let them labour to understand betimes, wherein the chief happinesse of man consists, namely, in the pardon of his sins, a gracious frame of heart, and communion with God. Every one naturally desires to be happy; but people commonly mistake the way to it: Therefore it highly concerns all young persons to be early acquainted and deeply possessed how they may steer a right course both to be happy here, and hereafter.
IV. Let them acquaint themselves well with the Scriptures; be much in secret prayer, and self-reflexion, keep close to the publick Ordinances, and listen to the awakenings of Gods Spirit, they shall meet with in them.
V. Let them take heed of sinning against Conscience. When Conscience saies, do it not, let them listen to that voice; let them labour to [Page 522] keep their Consciences tender.
VI. Let them decline such occasions and temptations, as they foresee are like to ensnare them; and especially ill company, which hath ruin'd Thousands.
VII. Let them acquaint themselves with serious, sober minded, and experienced Christians. From such they may reap exceeding great benefit.
VIII. And Lastly, Let them take heed of Spiritual pride, which hath thrown down many young professors from a great hopefulnesse. Let them remember, the Devil will attempt (if it be possible) to foil them, by drawing them either into some erroneous Doctrines, or some scandalous practices. Let them therefore be sure to set the Glory of God before their eyes, and endeavour to walk humbly with God, suspecting themselves, and leaning on his goodnesse to preserve them from falling.
So much of the Duties belonging to Young persons.
I come now to speak to the Ancient.
The main and principal care of those that are in years, should be, to make all strait and even between God and their own soules; to secure their state in Grace, and their Title to Glory. For their Sun is setting, their race is almost run; Though the younger may die, yet the old must die, and after death comes judgment.
Let all ancient persons therefore take these following Particulars into their serious consideration.
I. The case of all old people that are yet in an unconverted state, is very sad and dangerous. For, [Page 525] 1. This world, and the contentments thereof are (in a manner) done with them. The evil daies are come upon them, wherein (they must needs say) they have no pleasure in them. 2. Usually they labour under many weaknesses and bodily infirmities: If they have not the comfort of a good Conscience to support them, and to be the staffe of their age, how exceeding miserable must they needs be? 3. If they have lived long under the means of Grace, and continued unconverted till old age, 'tis a hundred to one whether they ever be converted or no. 'Tis rare to hear of any that have gone on in a long course of carelesseness and security, and been habituated and hardned in sin, that in their old age have turned to God. See the Reasons before mentioned, p. 510. 4. If they die in their sins, they will receive a greater condemnation. The furnace will be hotter for them than for young sinners. They have contracted a greater debt. The heap of their sins is greater: Certainly it will be more tolerable in the day of judgment for Er and Onan who were cut off betimes in their sins, than for sinners that are threescore or fourscore years old. If the Judge at the Assizes do meet with an old theef, or an old cut purse, that have had many warnings, and still go on in their wickednesse, they seldom scape. Let all old impenitent sinners think of this. How may God say of such, Heer's an old covetous, worldly-minded man, an old swearer, or [Page 526] drunkard, an old hater of Godlinesse, and slighter of Religion, an old ignorant, carelesse wretch, a neglecter of Family-duties, one that should have instructed his children and servants, and bred them up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord, but in stead thereof, has given them an ill example, and done me a great deal of dishonour, &c. I have forborn him fourty, fifty, sixty years: He has often quenched the good motions of my Spirit, my Ambassadors could never prevail with him to leave his sins. Now therefore O ye evil Angels, this day, this week, this year require his soul of him, and bring him to judgment. O how exceeding sad is the case of an old unconverted man or woman!
II. Nothing is more to be admired at than that ancient people should go on in their sins, not minding speedily and seriously to turn to God. For, 1. The lease of their lives is almost expired, And is it not a strange madnesse, they should make no provision for another world? 2. They have many warnings they must go hence, dim eyes, feeble legs, trembling joynts, Eccles. 12.3. The Sun and the Light is darkned, the keepers of the house tremble, the strong men bow themselves, the grinders cease, &c. Their bodily weaknesses warn them they must not ftay long here. 3. They have but a little time to watch, and the Bridegroom will come, and if they get not Oyl into their lamps now, they will be for ever shut out.
III. Though their condition be very sad and dangerous, yet it is not desperate, if they will yet bestir themselves. For let them consider these four things.
1. God hath declar'd a greater delight in the conversion of sinners, whether young or old, than in their destruction and damnation, Ezek. 33.11. Say unto them, as I live saith the Lord God, I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked, but that the wicked turn from his way and live, turn ye, turn ye from your evil waies, for why will ye die, O House of Israel?
2. The promises of God do stand in force, and will be made good to repenting returning sinners whether young or old. True Repentance is never too late, but late repentance is seldom true. All sorts of sins are pardonable to reall penitents and true believers.
3. There is efficacy and vertue enough in Christs blood to cleanse not only young, but old sinners from all their sins.
4. Christ is willing to accept old sinners, if they will repent and forsake their sins, and really turn to him, and close with him on his own terms, being willing to take him not only for their Saviour, but for their Lord and King, and to yield up themselves in sincere obedience to him, and to be guided and governed by his Grace and holy Spirit. Christ did not come to save men, by bringing them to Heaven in their ungodlinesse, or to Glory in their [Page 528] sins, but to destroy their sins that would keep them out of Glory.
IV. Though ancient people, that have gone on in a long course of ignorance, carelessness, neglect of God, and the concernments of their souls, should be convinced they are at present in a bad condition, in an unconverted state, yet it does not thence follow, they must needs so continue, and utterly and finally despair; but they should awaken themselves, delay no longer, and speedily set themselves to get out of this miserable condition, while there is a possibility of escaping the danger of it. 'Tis no folly to be wise for their souls, to be wise for Eternity at last. Therefore let them remember, now if ever.
V. They should be exceeding careful they do not deceive themselves with ill grounded hopes of Heaven, peesuming it will go well with them in the other world, when they have no reall foundation for such a confidence. A false ungrounded hope is but a dream of a waking man. If a condemned Malefactor should frame a pardon for himself in the prison, and think to be saved by that, would it not prove a miserable cheat put upon himself? Does it not concern every one therefore to consider, whether the hope of pardon and forgiveness they pretend unto, be of Gods granting, or their own framing? whether they have any warrant, or promise from Gods Word that they shall be sav'd: Or whether they do only strongly [Page 529] presume it, without any sufficient ground. Oh what loose and sandy foundations do many build their hopes of Heaven upon? such as these,
1. Their outward profession of Christianity, and a formal performance of religious duties. But as the Apostle speaks, Rom. 2.28, 29. He is not a Jew, who is one outwardly (who has onely the circumcision of the flesh) but he is a Jew, who is one inwardly, whose heart is circumcised. So he is a true Christian upon whose heart the saving work of conversion hath pass'd; who hath felt the power of Grace upon his soul, really turning it unto God. The fair and broad leaves of an outward profession will nothing avail, if the fruits of real holiness and sanctification be wanting. Gal. 6.15. For in Christ Jesus, neither circumcision availeth any thing, nor uncircumcision, but a new Creature.
2. Their moral and civil deportment, their fair and honest conversation in the world, and freedom from grosse sins. Now though outward righteousnesse be not only exceeding commendable, but also necessary to Salvation, yet 'tis a dangerous thing to rest upon; and by that only, we cannot conclude any man to be in a good state and condition to God ward. For, 1. You shall find it many times accompanied with ignorance, or very little savoury knowledge of God, and spirituall things. 2. Such persons usually see no necessity of regeneration, and the new birth; but content [Page 530] themselves with a meer moral change and freedom from gross sins, and the practise of some morall vertues; no new nature being wrought in them, but the old nature only varnished over with civil education. 3. There you shall not find for the most part any great prizing of Christ, or labouring to get an interest in him; and yet if the soul be not really united to him, no justification sanctification, or salvation can be expected. 4. The chief care is usually about an outward fairnesse, and unblameableness of conversation; little care about mortification of inward lusts, & right tempering the affections. True Grace presseth upon us heart-duties, as well as externall obedience, & prohibits inward and heart-sins, as well as outward filthinesse, 2 Cor. 5.18. If any man be in Christ, he is a new Creature; old things are passed away, behold all things are become new. 5. The Glory of God is not the chief aim and end, as it should be in whatever we do, 1 Cor. 10.31. Whether ye eat or drink, or whatsoever ye do, do all to the Glory of God. 6. There is usually a greater care to perform the Duties of the second Table, then of the first. You shall have some men very just in their dealings, good neighbours, and of a commendable conversation as to the world, who yet (may be) are very negligent and carelesse of Gods Worship, of Family duties, of the Lords day, &c. Nay, many times are professed haters and enemies to the practical power of Godlinesse: So that we see [Page 531] more is requir'd than meer civility, and an outward, moral uprightness to ground a hope of salvation upon. Paul before his conversion, was concerning the righteousnesse of the Law blameless, Phil. 3.6. Yet when God had savingly enlightened his soul, what a doom doth he pass upon himself? and cals his self righteousnesse dung, which he accounted Gold before.
3. Some reformation that is wrought in them. They have left some sins they were formerly given to. But 'tis not only the forbearing of some sins, but an inward loathing, hating, abhorring, and forsaking all known sins, that is a good evidence of a gracious state. There must be a care to mortifie inward lusts, and the corruptions of the heart, as well as to abstain from outward acts of sin. To mortifie our sins, is a Sacrifice well-pleasing to God: In a Sacrifice, these two things were requir'd. 1. That it should be slain, not die of it self: If thy lusts and sins rather leave thee, than thou them; or abate and die meerly through age, or the decay of natural vigour, this change is wrought in thee, not by Grace, but by age. 2. A Sacrifice was to be offered to God. If thou do leave thy former sins, and do it not out of obedience to God, but for thy credit sake, or profit, or some temporal advantage, this is not the Sacrifice God delights in.
4. The good opinion others have of them. Others think them good Christians; why should [Page 532] not they think so of themselves? But let them consider, that which is a sufficient ground for another to think well of us, is not a sufficient ground for us to think well of our selves. A fair, outward deportment, free from scandal and offence, is a sufficient ground for another to think well of us; but we must feel some inward saving work of Grace upon our hearts, before we judge our own condition to be good.
5. Comparing themselves with others, they find they are not so bad as many others. But 'tis no security to any mans soul to be better than others, except those others be in a safe condition.
6. The untroublednesse of their Consciences. All untroubledness of Conscience is not an Argument of a safe condition. Some peace of Conscience arises from ignorance, security, sleepinesse, deadnesse. 'Tis one of Gods greatest judgments to afford a man an untroubled Conscience in a sinfull course. To be like Jonah, ready to be drown'd, and yet fast asleep. But now the peace of a good Conscience usually followes upon humiliation and sorrow for sin, and closing with Christ, and resigning the soul up to him for pardon and Grace. Such a Conscience does not only not accuse (as the slumbring Conscience of a wicked man may do) but acquits, and discharges, and comforts upon Gospel grounds.
7. They thrive and prosper well in the world. So they may, and yet have all their portion in [Page 533] this life, if they have no other evidence of Gods favour.
8. God is merciful and ready to pardon. 'Tis true, the King of Heaven is a merciful King, pardoning iniquity, transgression and sin. But upon what terms hath he promised pardon to sinners? for our hope of pardon must have some promise in the Word for its bottom and foundation, or else we do but meerly delude our selves. And we must also know, that God is just, as well as merciful, and his threatnings are the object of our Faith, as well as his promises. Try your hopes therefore, before you trust them. Examine and prove whether you are such to whom God hath promised pardon, or no? Has God in the Scriptures declared he will pardon sin to any that go on in their sins, that repent not of them, nor betake their souls to Christ for pardon and Grace? But possibly most ancient people will here tell me, they do repent, they do believe on Christ with all their hearts, and hope to be sav'd by him. But alas! how miserably do many delude themselves both in the nature of Repentance and Faith? never rightly understanding what a repenting frame of heart means, nor what it is savingly to beleeve in Christ. I desire them therefore to read over once and again those two Chapters concerning Repentance and Faith (which are the second and third in this part of the Treatise) and to examine themselves thereby; that so they may not [Page 534] think they are true penitents, and true beleevers, when indeed they are not. And let them take heed of building their hopes of Heaven upon such deceiving foundations as these now mentioned.
VI. Ancient persons should redeem the time that yet remaines unto them, for the working out of their salvation. They have but a little while to stay here, and they have a great deal of work to do, to retract the sins of a long life, and to secure their interest in Christ. They should not content themselves with a little formal devotion and the performance of some few religious duties, as too many old people are apt to do. They should rid themselves of worldly employments and businesses, and the cares of this life, (as much as they can) that so they may have the more time to bestow upon their soules. Bernard saies, Time were a good commodity in Hell, if it were there to be bought. Oh how much would the damned give for a little time, wherein they might have liberty and power to recover themselves out of that woful state? How much then should all of us both young and old, prize and improve the time now allowed us to settle the great affairs of our soules, before we go hence and be seen no more.
VII. If they have not been well instructed before, they shou'd think it no disparagement to apply themse [...]ves to their Minister, or some faithfull, spiritual guide to be shewed and taught what they must do to be saved. If a traveller hath [Page 535] most part of the day been travelling out of his way, (though it may trouble and vex him at length to understand his errour and wandring) yet there is no remedy for it, he must enquire and labour to get into the right way at last. Let old persons consider, knowledge they must have, or they will die in a sad condition: And therefore let them not stand upon their terms, and think instruction only belongs to young people. If the old be ignorant, the old must be instructed, or they will die in their sins. And therefore it will be wisdom in all ancient people to associate themselves with the most knowing and experienced Christians, that they may thereby benefit their soules, and daily grow both in knowledge and Grace.
VIII. They should study to bring much honour and glory to God in their latter daies, Tit. 2.1, 2. But speak thou the things which become sound Doctrine. That the aged men be sober, grave, temperate, sound in Faith, in Charity, in patience.
1. They should be exemplary in piety and goodness, contrary to other trees, bringing forth most fruit in their old age, Psal. 92.14. They shall bring forth fruit in old age, they shall be fat and flourishing. They should like old Noah, be preachers of righteousness to the younger sort, exhorting them earnestly, to consecrate their youth and best daies to God. Multitude of years should [Page 536] teach wisdom, as tis, Job 32.7.
2. They should be very charitable according to the proportion of their estates. And not as too many old covetous misers do, grasp the world with a dying hand, Dan. 4.27. Wherefore O King, let my counsel be acceptable unto thee, break off thy sins by righteousness, and thine iniquities by shewing mercy to the poor, &c. Luke 11.41. But rather give almes of such things as you have, and behold all things are clean unto you.
IX. And Lastly, They should be often meditating on the four last things, and the life to come, and make it their great businesse to prepare for their dissolution.
CHAP. XIX. Directions to the Healthy and to the Sick.
LET such as enjoy health of body, the right use of their understandings, entirenesse of limbs and senses, humbly blesse God for so great a mercy. Few people value their health enough. 'Tis an ancient saying, He that is in health, is rich, and knowes it not. Want would teach us the worth of mercies. Let such therefore often call to mind and consider how many distracted, diseased, maimed, deformed people there are in the world, and 'tis Gods peculiar mercy that they are not such, or worse. Let this consideration make them very humble and thankful: Let them be often lifting up their hearts to the Lord, and saying, with holy David, What shall I render to the Lord for all his Benefits towards me? Psal. 116.12. Bless the Lord O my soul, and all that is within me blesse his holy Name. Blesse the Lord O my soul, and forget not all his benefits, Psal. 103.1, 2. Not unto us O Lord, not unto us, but unto thy Name give glory, Psal. 115.1. And let their main care be in time of health to work out their Salvation, to secure their state in Grace, and their title to Glory, and to lay a good foundation [Page 540] against the time of sickness. 'Tis sad, exceeding sad, when a dying person is then to be instructed in those Graces, he should now exercise. He that prepares not for death before his last sickness, (as one saies well) is like him that begins to study Philosophy when he is going to dispute publickly in the faculty. In health, while a man has a right and steady use of his reason, before the Acts of his understanding are disturbed with pain, or his mind clouded, or his heart annoyed with fear and amazement, he should apply himself to learn this great Art and Skill, how to die well. Let the following Directions therefore that are given to the sick, be carefully minded and regarded by them that are in health. To turn to God in health, to seek reconciliation with him in and through Christ, to devote and consecrate our hearts then to him, to walk in a steady course of sincere obedience before him, and to do all this out of judgment and choice, out of love to God, and a desire to please him, before death seem to make any neer approach unto us, will be a huge argument of sincerity, and a great foundation of comfort when sickness attaches us. Whereas they that are negligent and carelesse of these things, must needs run themselves upon such desperate hazards and such great incertainties, that a wise and considering man would not for all the world be in their condition.
Directions to the Sick.
There is hardly any thing wherein a Minister is at a greater losse, than what to say to sick persons: the condition of most being such, that they need a serious awakening and rouzing out of the deep sleep of carnal security, and to be made sensible of the great danger they are in, as to their everlasting state. But while we do this, the sick party and those that attend, are apt to think we go about to drive them to despair, not understanding the true nature thereof: For to despair, (I mean, utterly and finally) is this; when a man shall conclude that his sins are greater than cna be forgiven, that God is irreconcileable to him, and therefore 'tis in vain to set himself to repent, or humble his soul, or turn from his sins, but (seeing his condition is desperate) resolves to go on in his former course, to enjoy the pleasures of sin here, while he may have them, seeing when this life is done, nothing remaines for him but certain damnation: Such a man as this may be truly said to despair. But for any person to be so awakened, as to see himself for the present in a lost condition; and under the wrath and curse of God by reason of his sins, to see his own utter inability to help himself, to be enquiring and earnestly sollicitous what he must do to be saved, to have his heart full of doubts and fears and troubles, concerning the state of his [Page 542] soul; this is such a despair as is usually the forerunner of a saving conversion. And therefore for people that have spent their time in sin and vanity, in ignorance and worldlinesse, in living to themselves, and to the flesh, and have never felt any work of Grace upon their hearts, nor ever have been truly humbled under an apprehension of the evil and danger of their sins; to expect a Minister should speak comfort to them, is to desire to be sooth'd and flattered to their own destruction.
The Directions therefore I think needful for sick persons are these following.
I. Let them consider that no sicknesse, disease, or distemper of body comes by chance, but by the wise and orderly guidance of the hand of God; that 'tis his messenger, and sent by him unto them. And therefore let them hear the rod, and who hath appointed it, Micah 6.9.
II. Let them set themselves before the Tribunal of Christ, before whom they may (for ought they know) shortly appear. And let them consider, he is a Judge that cannot be deceived, nor will be mocked: That he is just as well as merciful, righteous as well as gracious, and all their sins original and actual, of omission, of commission, against the Law and against the Gospel, against mercies, against judgments, against promises and vowes of better obedience, all their sinfull thoughts, and sinfull affections and motions [Page 543] of their hearts; all their sinful words and sinfull actions, with the several aggravations of all these, are known unto him; yea, their secretest sins are set in the light of his countenance.
III. Let them seriously examine themselves, and put these six questions home to their Consciences.
First, What abiding sense they have had upon their hearts (in the whole course of their lives) of their own vilenesse and wretchednesse by nature, the odiousnesse and defilement of their sins, their just desert of wrath, their natural impotency and inability to good, their pronenesse to evil? Whether they have ever been deeply sensible of the darknesse of their minds, stubbornnesse of their wils, deceitfulnesse of their hearts, inordinatenesse of their affections, sinfulnesse of their practise? If they have, what effects has the consideration of these things produced? what sorrow, what fear has been stirred in them? What course has it put them upon for remedy? What industry have they used, what pains have they taken to be delivered out of this miserable estate? Let their Consciences have liberty to speak freely to them, and to tell them the truth, whether ever they have been affected (in any considerable degree) with these things or no.
Secondly, Whether they ever rightly apprehended what are the conditions of the new Covenant, the Covenant of Grace. Most will grant [Page 544] Repentance towards God, and Faith in our Lord Jesus Christ are necessary to salvation; but then their apprehensions and conceptions are different from, and inconsistent with the nature of these Graces. There is a great deal of danger in mistaking about these things. Therefore let them ask themselves seriously, whether they do indeed understand that true repentance follows upon a clear and full conviction of the evil, odiousnesse, and filthinesse of sin, as that which is contrary to Gods holy Nature, and is flat rebellion against his Lawes and Authority, as that which defaces his Image, depraves, defiles, pollutes the soul; weakens its powers, disenables it for holy operations, and conforms it to the Image of Satan. Whether they rightly apprehend the danger, desert, and mischievous effects and consequents of sin; how it exposes the sinner to judgments spirituall, temporal, and eternal. Whether ever they apprehended their own deep guiltiness both of Original, and a huge number of actual sins? Whether there ever has been wrought in them any deep contrition and hearty sorrow for their sins; and that upon Gospel-grounds because they have so exceedingly dishonoured God, pierced our dear Lord and Saviour, grieved the holy Spirit, brought a stain and defilement upon their soules, and rendred themselves justly liable to the wrath and curse of God? Whether their hearts have been wrought to a hatred and loathing of sin, and to a forsaking [Page 545] of every known sin; and are now really turned unto God? Whether they have cleerly and without guile of spirit confessed & bewailed their sins unto God; their particular known sins particularly, and all secret, undiscovered, unknown sins with a general confession? And here that the sick person may the better examine himself, and awaken his Conscience, and may understand (in some measure) the number of his sins, the several kinds of them, and the various waies of offending God; let him consider and ponder seriously of the duties commanded and sins forbidden in the Law or ten Commandments; and the special sins against the Gospel: For the more particular his repentance is, the more pungent and afflictive it will be, and so the more sincere and effectual.
Of the duties commanded and sins forbidden in the Law or ten Commandments.
The first Commandment requireth us to own and acknowledge Jehovah to be the only true God, and our God, and to adore, worship and glorifie him accordingly.
The sins against this Commandment are,
1. Atheism; not believing there is a God; or so living as if there were no God in the world to be obeyed and worshipped. 2. Idolatry, in having or worshipping more Gods [Page 546] than one; or any with or in stead of the true God: praying, or giving any religious worship to Saints, Angels, or any other Creature. 3. All compacts, and consulting with the Devil; all resorting to Witches and Conjurers, which is in effect to go to the Devil himself. 4. Making men the Lords of our Faith & Consciences. 5. Ignorance, misapprehensions, misbelief concerning God; not labouring after the true knowledge of God, nor endeavouring to understand aright his nature, properties, and works. 6. Infidelity, not believing his word, or not believing it effectually & practically so as to live according to our belief; not beleeving his threatnings so as to be afraid of them; nor his promises so as to be invited by them unto obedience, and newnesse of life. 7. Diffidence and distrust of his care and providence; not depending on him for the supply of our wants: not looking up to him for a blessing on our lawful endeavours; tempting him by using unlawful means, in stead of waiting his leisure: Creature-confidence, trusting in wit, wealth, friends, &c. and thereby withdrawing our hearts and dependance from God. 8. Want of love to God: Not cleaving to him with a fervent love, apprehending him the chief good; not loving him for his own infinite excellencies, and for his goodnesse to us; not loving him with all our affections [Page 547] and might; but loving our selves, our pleasures, or profits, or credit before him; inordinate setting our minds and affections on other things besides God. 9. Want of zeal and forwardnesse to promote his Glory: Lukewarmnesse, indifferency in the things of God; not sorrowing for those raigning sins whereby his honour is eclipsed. 10. Not fearing God so as to keep from any wilful offending of him; timorousnesse, fearing man more than God, by committing sin to shun some outward suffering. 11. Not rejoycing in God, nor in his waies and Worship; counting his waies grievous and burdensom: Apostatizing from him, forsaking his Worship and Service. 12. Presuming groundlessely on his mercy, while we go on in any wilful sin; or despairing of it, so, as to neglect duty. 13. Unthankfulnesse for those great mercies he hath so freely bestowed upon us; not acknowledging them, or letting them slip by, without any regard or notice; being too apt to ascribe Gods blessings to our deserts or endeavours; sacrificing to our own net, to our own wit or parts, not ascribing all Glory to God. 14. Insensiblenesse under his judgments, or discontent at his dispensations; Impatience under his Fatherly chastisements; not accepting the punishment of our iniquities without murmuring or repining; [Page 548] not amending by his corrections, but either fainting, despairing, and charging God foolishly. 15. Not yeelding such sincere and universal obedience to him as we ought both in heart and life. 16. Not having a high and an adoring esteem of God, not demeaning our selves humbly before him, according as our vilenesse and his infinite surpassing excellencies do require.
The second Commandment shews the manner how the true God must be worshipped, and requires the observing and keeping pure & entire all such religious Worship and Ordinances as he hath appointed in his Word. Inward Idolatry is opposed to the first Commandment, outward to this. The true God is to be worshipped only in that way that he himself hath appointed: Therefore Idolatrous and superstitious Worshippers of him, he cals haters of him; and expresses a very fervent zeal for his own Worship, and a revengefull indignation against all false Worship as being spiritual whoredom.
The sins against this Commandment are, 1. All will-worship, superstition or corrupting the Ordinances of God by mans inventions. 2. Making any Images for a religious use either of the true God or of false. 3. Making any representation of God; of all, or any of the Three Persons in the Trinity; either [Page 549] inwardly in our minds, or outwardly in any kind of Image or likenesse of any creature whatsoever; or worshipping of it, or God in it and by it. 4. Worshipping of God any way not agreeable to his Nature, and not warranted by his Word; which requires he should be worshipped in Spirit and Truth, with uprightnesse and sincerity; he being a spiritual and most pure Being, without any visible form or shape: Therefore all formality, unspiritualnesse, and meer bodily Worship is that which he cannot away with.
The third Commandment requires we should honour and reverence the most holy and glorious Name of God; and that all his Titles, Attributes, Ordinances, or whatever else he is pleas'd to make known himself by, be holily and reverently used by us. This Commandment seems to have regard principally to that which we call the common Worship of God, i. e. the right carriage of our selves for his honour in all the common affairs of our life (as well as in the exercises of Religion) so far forth as we have any thing to do with him therein.
The sins against this Commandment are, 1. Light & irreverent using & naming the name of God, Deut. 28.58. Not fearing this glorious and fearful Name, the Lord thy God. 2. Customary swearing, and in ordinary communication. [Page 550] 3. Swearing falsly, or perjury, not swearing in truth, judgment and righteousnesse, Jer. 4.2. when lawfully called thereunto. 4. Blaspheming. 5. Cursing. 6. Charms and Exorcisms. 7. Prophane jesting on Scripture. 8. Unlawful and unwarrantable vowes. 9. Calling on God with our lips, when our hearts are far from him.
The fourth Commandment requires the keeping holy to God such set time as he hath appointed in his Word; expresly one whole day in seven to be a Sabbath unto the Lord.
The sins against this Commandment are, 1. Not preparing for it by taking care so to dispatch and dispose our worldly businesses, that we may be more free and fit for the duties of the day. 2. Not resting from worldly employments and servile works; excepting necessary and charitable offices to men and beasts, to our selves or others. 3. Neglect of, or a carelesse heartlesse performance of the private and publick duties that concern the sanctification of it. 4. Being weary of the Sabbath, not delighting in it, nor the duties of it, but wishing it were gone. 3. Prophaning the day by Idlenesse, vain thoughts, worldly discourse, making it a day of carnal rest, of feasting, jollity, immoderate eating [Page 551] and drinking; visiting, a day of sports and recreations, which alienate the mind more from God than the ordinary labours of our callings. 6. Not taking care that those under our charge do sanctifie the day and keep it holy to the Lord, but by our carelessenesse, or connivance, and ill example encouraging them in the prophanation of it.
So much of the duties commanded and sins forbidden in the first Table.
The second Table enjoyns the duties of Charity and Justice towards our Neighbour. Against this we sin, when we do not love our neighbours with such a true unfeigned love as our selves, when we do not so deal with them, as we desire they should deal with us.
The fifth Commandment requires the giving of that honour and performing those duties which belong to every one in their several places, and which we mutually owe in our several relations, as Inferiours, Superiours, Equals. By Father and Mother are meant, not only natural Parents, but all Superiours in age and gifts, and especially such as by Gods Ordinance are over us in place of authority, whether in Family, Church, or Commonwealth.
The Sins of Inferiours against Superiours, are, 1. Not paying them due reverence in heart, word and behaviour. 2. The envying [Page 552] at, contemning of, or rebelling against, their persons, places, lawful commands, counsels, or corrections. 3 Not praying for them, not imitating their Graces and vertues, 4. Cursing, mocking, and all such scandalous and refractory carriage towards them.
The sins of Superiours are, 1. Neglecting the duties of their respective places. 2. Seeking themselves and their own Glory. 3. Commanding things unlawful. 4. Counselling, encouraging or favouring that which is evil; and discouraging that which is good. 5. Undue correction. 6. Dishonouring themselves, and lessening their Authority, either by too rigorous, or too remisse a behaviour.
The sins of Equals, are undervaluing the worth, envying the gifts, grieving at the advancement, or prosperity, or esteem one of another; and usurping preheminence one over another.
The sixth Commandment requires all lawfull endeavours to preserve our own life, and the life of others.
The sins against this Commandment are, 1. Murder. 2. Striking, maiming or hurting the body of our neighbour. 3. Sinful unadvised anger. 4. Hatred, envy, desire of revenge. 5. Railing, reviling, contumelious speeches, quarrelling, threatning, scorning, and provoking. 6. Sowing strife and contention [Page 553] among neighbours. 7. Drunkennesse, surfetting, uncleannesse, or drawing any to those vices which are sins against the body, and may bring diseases and death. 8. Inordinate passions, worldly grief, immoderate carking and caring, or whatever else tends to the destruction of the life of man.
The seventh Commandment requires chastity of body, mind, affections, words and behaviour; and the preservation of it in our selves and others. It forbideth, 1. Lodging, or entertaining in our minds unclean thoughts and fancying unclean matters with delight. 2. Unclean desires, affections, and lusts, though they come not into act, which is the adultery of the heart. 3. Wanton looks. 4. Not shutting our eares against unclean talk. 5. Filthy discourse. 6. All unclean acts, and sinful pollutions. 7. Idlenesse, intemperance, and pampering the body. 8. Wanton immodest attiring. 9. Light behaviour, and society with light persons. 10. Lascivious gestures, revellings, dancings, plaies, pictures, amorous books, songs, or whatever else tends to foment the fleshly concupiscence, which we ought to labour by all good means to quench and suppresse.
The eighth Commandment requires the lawful procuring, and furthering the wealth [Page 554] and outward estate of our selves and others. It forbids, 1. Violent taking or withholding from our neighbour what justly belongs unto him. 2. Fraudulent dealing, false weights and measures, over-reaching in contracts. 3. Unfaithfulnesse in matters of trust. 4. Covetousnesse, and inordinate love of money. 5. Discontent at our own estates, distrust of Gods Providence. 6. Not paying what we borrow, and what is justly due from us, if we be able. 7. Exaction, extortion, oppression, and not making restitution of ill gotten goods where there is ability.
The ninth Commandment requires the maintaining and promoting of truth between man and man, and of our own and our neighbours good names; especially in witnesse-bearing. It forbids. 1. Giving false evidence, and suborning false witnesse, and all forgery. 2. Wittingly appearing and pleading for an evil cause, outfacing, and overbearing the truth. 3. Credulity, sinister suspitions, rash belief, a ready listning to tale-bearers; receiving and countenancing ill reports, that tend to the defaming of others; misconstruing intentions, words and actions; and interpreting doubtful matters in the worst sense. 4. Lying, speaking untruth of any man; a readinesse to speak ill, and spread the faults of others, when it does no way concern us, nor is like to benefit [Page 555] others. Slandering, raising false rumours, backbiting, detracting, talebearing, whispering scoffing, reviling, rash, harsh, and partiall censuring, and uncharitable judging. 5. Speaking too highly, or too meanly of our selves or others. 6. Undue silence, when we ought and may defend the innocency of our neighbour.
The tenth Commandment requires purity and integrity of thoughts, desires, and wishes, contentment with our own estate and condition, and the portion God hath given us, and a right, charitable, well-wishing frame of spirit towards our neighbour, and all that is his. The sins against this Commandment are, 1. Discontent with our own estate. 2. Having and harbouring in our minds evil fancies, roving and ranging lusts, and covetings of that which is our neighbours, arising from our corrupted natures, and accompanied with delight and pleasure, though our wils do not consent to the accomplishing of them. Before in the other Commandments, the deed was condemned that was hurtful and injurious to our neighbour, as also the setled will and resolved determination to act it; but here evil thoughts and stirrings in the soul, the first bublings of concupiscence, the very desire and lust, and loose hankering after any thing that is our neighbours is forbidden, though there be no full consent given thereto. [Page 556] 3. Envying and grieving at the good of our neighbour, and rejoycing at his sufferings. 4. All inordinate motions, affections, and desires of heart after any thing that is his. 5. Not endeavouring to suppresse evil thoughts and the first motions to sin; but favouring and entertaining them, rouling them with delight in our minds; not labouring to keep our hearts with all diligence and to subdue lust and concupiscence, which is the root and fountain of all sin and wickednesse.
The sins against the Gospel are reducible to these two Heads.
- Unbelief.
- Impenitency.
Unbelief hath several degrees.
I. Not labouring to acquaint our selves with the History of the Gospel, nor with the duties, promises and priviledges thereof, though it contains the best glad-tidings and of the greatest consequence to us that can be imagined.
II. Not assenting to it so firmly as we should, but being apt to be carried about with every wind of Doctrine, with any new erroneous phansie, and so to have our minds corrupted from the simplicity that is in Christ, and to prove unsound in the Faith.
III. Not so loving, esteeming and highly [Page 557] valuing of it, as we should; not sufficiently admiring that miracle of Divine bounty, wherein the love of God was so wonderfully manifested towards us, in sending his only begotten sonne into the world, that we might live through him.
IV. Making light of Christ, and undervaluing the great love of our blessed Redeemer, treading under foot the Merits of the Sonne of G [...]d, and prophaning the blood of the Covenant, and thereby labouring to render Christs passion of none effect; not counting all things losse and dung in comparison of the excellency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus our Lord; not counting him all in all, not rejoycing, and glorying in him, and him crucified, by whom alone we receive atonement; not esteeming his favour and loving kindnesse better than life it self.
V. Not living by Faith in all estates and conditions, not embracing the promises of the Gospel, with so much readinesse, and adhering to them with so much stedfastnesse, as the excellency and certainty of them does require; not improving nor applying this rich treasure of Gospel-promises, unto the various occasions of this temporal life; not looking upon them as our Heritage, and esteeming them the joy of our hearts.
VI. Being apt to rely on our own righteousnesse, [Page 558] our own services or Graces; and thereby endeavouring (as much as in us lies) to deprive Christ of his Saviourship.
VII. Not owning Christ in all his offices, not being willing to accept of him, as well for our Lord as our Saviour; for our Prophet to guide us, as well as for our Priest to make atonement for us; not being willing to be obedient to his Lawes and Precepts; to be sanctified by his Grace and holy Spirit, as well as to be saved by his merits; & this heart of unbelief does prove many times a root of apostacy, and departure from the living God.
The second sin against the Gospel is Impenitency, which hath several degrees also. I. When notwithstanding God hath in some measure discovered to us our miserable, and lost condition by reason of the Covenant of works, (which admitted of no repentance) we have not yet humbled our selves in any proportion to the multitude and greatnesse of our sins, though the Gospel and Covenant of Grace call us to it, and require it of us, as that without which we are not to expect pardon.
II. Not being inquisitive after our sins, nor endeavouring to examine and find out our particular failings, but rather to hide and excuse them.
III. Not being humbled and grieved for [Page 559] them, considering the great injustice, folly, unkindnesse we have expressed by them.
IV. Not resolving and striving against them, not improving advantages for the avoiding and subduing of them.
V. Refusing to repent, though God vouchsafe time and means, hardning the heart by a custome and delight in sin, being prone to maintain, justifie, or extenuate sin.
And thus much of the sins against the Law and against the Gospel. Upon these Heads not only sick persons, but such as are in health also should examine themselves, when they intend more solemnly to humble their soules before the Lord. And they may have further helps herein from Dr, Wilkins's discourse concerning the gift of prayer.
When sick persons therefore have advanced thus far, let them then in the next place ask themselves,
Thirdly, Whether they do indeed rightly understand and firmly believe the history of the Gospel? who Christ was? what manner of person? what were his Offices? what he did and suffered? for what ends and purposes he came into the world? Whether they understand that he came, not only to save and deliver from Hell, and everlasting punishment, but also to destroy sin, undo the works [Page 560] of the Devil, to crucifie and subdue our lusts, mortifie our earthly members, turn us from darkness to light, to illuminate our mind, to give repentance, to work Faith, to make us alive to God, to enable us to serve him in righteousness and holinesse, to recover Gods interest in us, and to bring us back to him again: And let them consider how their hearts have been affected with these things.
Fourthly, Whether they have, and how long they have in truth and sincerity applied themselves to Christ, to receive from him these great and glorious benefits? namely, to have their pardon procured by his Merits and intercession, to have a supply of all Grace from him, and their natures sanctified? Whether they have sought to him as to a Physitian, to heal their soules, and rid them of their distempers? Whether they have accepted him as their Prophet to guide them, as their Lord and King to govern them, as well as their Priest to make atonement for them? Whether they do not believe in him and trust in him groundlessely and presumptuously (as carnal people do) only to be delivered and freed from Hell and wrath to come, without yielding up their hearts in sincere obedience to him, desiring unfeignedly to be guided and governed by his holy Spirit, and to be sanctified by his Grace.
Fifthly, Whether they have received power and strength from Christ by the effectuall operation [Page 561] of his holy Spirit to mortifie the old man, (the old Adamical nature) to crucifie the flesh, with its affections and lusts, to fight with, and to subdue pride, earthly-mindedness, sensuality, self-love, malice, envy, and other vile affections; so that they are not under the dominion of sin, but of grace? Whether they have put on the new man, and have a new nature wrought in them, which consists in knowledge, righteousnesse, and true holiness? Whoever is in Christ is a new creature, old things are past away, 2 Cor. 5.17. And whoever has not the Spirit of Christ is none of his. Rom. 8.9. They that are after the flesh do mind the things of the flesh, but they that are after the Spirit, the things of the Spirit, V. 5. To be carnally minded is death, but to be spiritually minded is life and peace, V. 6. Let them consider therefore whether ever they found a powerful work of Grace upon their hearts? whether the Spirit of Christ dwell in them? whether his Law be written in their hearts? whether his Glory be their end? whether indeed they are alive unto God? what strength they have for active and passive duties? whether the Word be their delight? whether they pray fervently? delight in communion with God, in his waies and Worship? whether they obey him sincerely, and walk humbly before him? whether they bear afflictions patiently, suffer reproaches joyfully?
Sixthly. Whether they have for any considerable [Page 562] time made Religion the great businesse of their lives; apprehending the chief happinesse of man to consist in reconciliation with God pardon of sin, in a gracious frame of heart, in communion with God, and a faithful serving of him? whether they have set their affections on things above, have had their conversation in Heaven, have pressed earnestly after the Glory of the other world, have laid hold on eternal life, have been treasuring up for eternity, have improved their Talents for God, have been serviceable to him in their generation.
If their Consciences (upon a serious search) can bear witnesse that (through Grace) it has been thus (in some good measure) with them, then they have great reason to encourage their hearts in the Lord, and to awaken all the powers of their soules to blesse his holy Name for working so gracious a frame of heart in them. And let them still seek to the same fountain of Grace, that he would please to perfect holinesse more and more in them, till he bring them into the City of the living God, the Heavenly Jerusalem, to an innumerable company of Angels, to the general Assembly and Church of the first-born, to the spirits of just men made perfect, and to Jesus the Mediatour of the new Covenant, Heb. 12.22.
But if the case has not been thus (in any considerable degree and measure) with them, but upon a serious search they find they have been ignorant [Page 563] and mistaken about, or too negligent and carelesse of the great things that concern their salvation, then let them bewail their sad condition, and cry mightily to God to give them his holy Spirit, to enlighten their minds, to convince them throughly of their sins, of the danger, folly, and pollution of them; to give them a heart to repent in good earnest; to bestow upon them a broken and a contrite Spirit; to dissolve their stony hearts into that Godly sorrow which worketh repentance to salvation, never to be repented of, and which bringeth forth fruits meet for repentance; to discover to them their great need of a Saviour; to draw their soules effectually unto him, that they may close with him sincerely and resolvedly for those ends and purposes for which he came into the world; namely, to procure our pardon by his Merits, and to sanctifie our natures by his Grace and holy Spirit; to mortifie our corruptions, to deliver us from Satans power, and to bring us back again unto God. And for the better information of their minds in the things they should know and believe in order to their salvation; and to direct their practise, I must refer them to the three first Chapters of the first part of this Treatise, and the second and third Chapters of the second part; which I desire them heedfully to mind and ponder upon.
Besides these Directions already mentioned, there are some others also very requisite for sick persons to mind and regard. As,
I. They should settle their estates and worldly affairs (if they have not already done it, as in prudence they should in time of health) so that their minds may be free and vacant for spiritual exercises, and not disturbed with earthly cares and businesses. And those that have estates let them not forget to be charitable, and to dispose something to pious uses; knowing that with such sacrifices (offer'd in a right manner and to a right end) God is well pleased.
II. If they remember any wrongs or acts of injustice they have done to their neighbours, or those with whom they have had dealings, let them make restitution or labour to give them satisfaction as they are able; that the guilt of those sins remain not on their Consciences.
III. If they be at variance with any, let them seek reconciliation, and freely and heartily forgive those that have done them wrong, remembring how much they stand in need of forgivenesse from God.
IV. Let them give good counsel to those about them, and the friends that come to visit them, and exhort them earnestly to mind the working out their salvation in time of health, and not to set their hearts on this world, on the pleasures or profits of it, which will not avail them in the day of death: Let them advise them now to live unto God, now to lay a good foundation against the time to come. The words of sick and dying persons [Page 565] use to be much heeded and remembred.
V. Let them (in the intervals of sharper pains) look over their life past, and recollect Gods wonderful favours and blessings bestowed upon them, to stir up their hearts to praise and magnifie his holy Name. How many are there that if they would read over the history of their life past, may find matter enough of praise, and to provoke them to send up some such thankful ejaculations as these? Blessed be the Lord in all my life time I never broke a bone, never fell into the hands of robbers, never into publick shame▪ or noisom diseases: I have not begg'd my bread: God gave me a right shape of body; the right use of my understanding, careful and pious Parents, good and bountiful friends, a religious education; delivered me in such and such a danger, heard my prayers in such particular pressures of my spirit, &c. O what shall I render to the Lord for all his benefits towards me!
VI. Let them decline (as much as they can) the visits of vain and worldly persons, who (by their carnal and frothy discourses) are like to disturb and hinder them in their preparations for death, and those spiritual meditations and exercises they should be employ'd in. Those that visit sick persons, or attend about them should not talk to them (as 'tis too common) of vain, worldly, needlesse businesses; but of [Page 566] things that concern the welfare of their soules. And to this Head I may also refer this one thing more, that at such a serious time no vain, idle, frothy books should be read to them, or by them (as is by many used to make them merry) but such Treatises as may better them to God-ward; and further them in the way to Heaven. To meditate and seriously ponder on the four last things treated of in the next Chapter will not be unprofitable for them.
VII. Let them consult with, and take the advice of their spiritual guides, while they have some strength of body, and the right use of their understandings; before their Spirits are so spent that there is no conversing with them.
VIII. Let them consider Gods aim and design in sending sicknesse upon them: Let them enquire into the meaning of it, This Direction is usefull not only for such as are under sicknesse, but under any other affliction. and consider what God now cals them to: let them hearken to the voice of the rod: Let them consider what corruptions they are especially to mortifie, what sins to leave, what duties to perform, what Graces to exercise: And (though they may and ought to use lawful means for the removing of their sicknesse, seeking to the Lord for his blessing thereupon) yet let them not forget to pray as earnestly to have their sicknesse sanctified as removed. Blessed is the man whom thou correctest and teachest, Psal. 94.12.
Afflictions alone are not enough to evidence a man to be blessed and in a happy condition, except they prove teaching, sanctifyed afflictions. Evidences of Grace and the favour of God consist in inward impressions, not outward dispensations. 'Tis not said, Blessed is the man whom thou chastenest and deliverest out of trouble, but whom thou corectest and teachest. When God takes away the disease, and does not take away the guilt and dominion of sin, does not pardon and sanctifie the sick person▪ 'tis not a compleat deliverance, but only a reprieval from present execution. Bare deliverance is not the blessing thou shouldst desire: The blessing of affliction is Divine Instruction. Therefore those who are put by God into the School of affliction should seriously apply themselves to learn those lessons which in that School they ought to learn. And they are such as these.
1. Obediential submission to the will of God. We must not dispute our Crosse, but take it up. Aaron held his peace, Lev. 10.3. We may indeed and ought to seek unto the Lord, and to use lawful means (as I said before) for deliverance from a sickness, or other affliction; but yet with resignation of our selves to his holy will. Patience is not a stupidity, or insensiblenesse of Gods hand, but a calmnesse of mind upon wise and holy grounds: And therefore, if the sicknesse he sends upon us, prove either very long, or tedious [Page 568] and painful, yet we must take heed of murmuring, or repining, or charging God foolishly. For God is so just, he is not to be question'd; so good, he is not to be suspected, and so strong, he is not to be resisted. Impatience therefore, will but augment our pain, and encrease our guilt. 'Tis indeed a hard matter when we are afflicted, in patience to possesse our souls. But we should consider not so much what we feel as what we deserve. Any thing on this side Hell, is mercy, and will so appear to a truly humbled soul.
2. To pray more earnestly and fervently. They that were wont before to content themselves with cold, short, slight, sleepy, formal devotions, will (by sanctified afflictions) learn to pray better, more heartily and fervently, and to cry mightily unto God for pardon and Grace, for help and relief.
3. To be better acquainted with our own hearts. Affl [...]ctions sanctified discover the unknown and secret corruptions of the heart, Deut. 8.2. The Lord thy God led thee these fourty years in the wilderness, to humble thee and to prove thee, to know what was in thine heart.
4. To understand these three things more clearly and experimentally. 1 The evil and danger of sin. 2 The emptinesse of the Creature. 3. The preciousnesse of Christ, and what a high value we ought to set upon his sufferings.
5. To mind and esteem the promises of God more. Through distractions without (in time of health) and corruptions within, people (many times) neglect to study the promises of God. But in time of sicknesse, or other distress, there are no cordials like unto them.
6. To enquire into, and examine our evidences for Heaven; not to venture our soules on general ungrounded hopes and sinking foundations.
7. To live by Faith. Faith takes the soul off from creature-confidences, and teaches it to stay it self on God alone. The right course to obtain mercies from God, is in the way of an humble trust. When we see and apprehend our own insufficiency, and Gods All-sufficiency, and cast our selves on his wisdom, power, and goodness, then he usually affords help and succour to us.
8. To prize communion with God more, and to be more Heavenly minded. In the glaring of prosperity we are too apt to forget God, and to content our selves with Creature-enjoyments: But in the night of adversity, and in sad dispensations; Oh how delightful is a beam of his love and favour!
9. To be more humble. By afflictions God takes down the pride of the heart, and makes it humble, and soft and pliable to his will.
10. To be more thankful for the mercies we enjoy. We seldom are sufficiently sensible of the [Page 570] worth of our mercies till God begin to deprive us of them.
11. To set a high value and price upon time. Sicknesse cries aloud in our eares, redeem time, O redeem time, for praying, for meditating, for clearing our evidences for Heaven, &c. How many are there, who when their time is almost done, have their great work then to begin. O in what a sad condition are they?
These, and such like lessons should be learned in the School of affliction. But now they whom God shall please to bring forth out of their troubles, to deliver from their sicknesse, and renew the lease of their lives, should be exhorted to these five things.
1. Let them consider what they have learned in the School of affliction: What the Spirit of God hath taught them? If they find they have learned (in some measure) those lessons before-mentioned, then let them study to be thankful. Let them consider, God hath done more for them, th [...]n if he had never brought them into affliction. He hath given them deliverance and instruction both. He hath turned their water into wine.
2. Let them take heed of forgetting the lessons they have learned. Let them labour to keep alive the teachings of Gods Spirit upon their hearts. Let them study to maintain that sweet, gracious, humble frame of spi [...]it into which God brought them by their afflictions. If they be not exceeding [Page 571] watchful, they will quickly find a great deal of difference between their hearts under afflictions, and when the affliction is taken off. There is much of a Pharaoh-like disposition in every man: We are very prone to harden when the storm is over.
3. Let them renew often upon their souls the remembrance of the sharpness and bitterness of their afflictions. Let them call to mind their sad discourses and reasonings, their fears and tremblings, the mis-givings of heart and sad apprehensions they had in time of their distresse. Let them remember their aptnesse to impatience and to hard thoughts of God. Let them recall how happy they thought those that were free from their troubles and paines: These remembrances kept alive will make them humble and thankful.
4. Let them remember their vowes and promises made to God in time of their sicknesse and distresse. Let them labour to be such out of sicknesse, as they promised God, themselves, and (possibly) others, they would be, when they were in it. The Emperor Sigismond demanded of King Alphonsus, what was the directest course to be happy; Perform (saies he) when thou art well, what thou promisedst when thou wert sick. 'Tis very remarkable what is recorded of the mariners, Jonah 1.15, 16. And the Sea ceased from her raging, then the men feared the Lord exceedingly, and offered a sacrifice unto the Lord, and made [Page 572] vowes. Then when the Sea ceased; here is the wonder: Had they made vowes in the midst of the tempest, the matter had not been great; but now, when the tempest was over, then to make vowes, is worthy of our observation, and worthy of our imitation. One vow made and kept after the tempest, is worth a thousand promised in the same.
5. Let them pity and pray for those that are under affliction; Lord teach them as well as correct them, that they may be blessed; let them come forth out of affliction as Gold purified seven times; let them lose nothing in that furnace, but their drosse; let them be purified from their sins, and purged from their iniquities; strengthen their Faith and Patience, and (in thy due time, if it be for thy Glory and their good) vouchsafe them a gracious deliverance.
CHAP. XX. Of the Four last things • Death, , • Judgement, , • Hell, , and • & Heaven.
I. Of Death.
ONE of the main businesses of our life should be to prepare for death.
In order hereunto observe these directions.
First, Meditate often and seriously on thy death and dissolution even in time of thy health. Joseph of Arimathea made his Sepulchre in his garden, that in the midst of his delights he might think of death. Often retire, and take thy self alone, and walk in the valley of the shadow of death. Do not start from the thoughts of it. Do by thy soul, when thou findest it shy of such meditations, as we do by our horses, that are given to boggle and start when we ride them, when they fly back, and start at a thing in the way, we do not yield to their fear, and go back (that will make them worse another time) but we ride them up close to that they are afraid of, and so in time break them of that ill quality. So do thou, bring up thy heart, and inure it to look upon death, and to handle that Serpent. Consider, [Page 578] death is making its approaches to thee, and may be upon thee before thou art aware. O therefore, prepare for it, that when it comes, and attaches thee, thou maist be found in such a gracious state, with such a frame of Spirit, and walking in such a holy way of life that thou maist bid it welcom, and be able to say with blessed Paul, I desire to be dissolved, and to be with Christ.
The frequent meditation of death will be an excellent means
1. To quicken thy soul to a deep humiliation and repentance for thy past sins.
2. To represse the eager and insatiable desire of riches, and the love of this world.
3. To antidote thee against sin for time to come.
4. To make thee improve time, and carefully to work out thy salvation. Think often of death, and it will keep worse company from thee.
Secondly, Labour to take away from thy own death the power and strength thereof, The Philistims seeing Sampson so exceeding strong, laboured to know wherein his power and strength principally consisted; and when they understood it to lie in the hair of his head, they ceased not till it was cut. Consider therefore, wherein the strength of death lies: The Spirit of God teacheth us that, in 1 Cor. 15.56. The sting of death is sin. The power and force and sting of every [Page 579] mans particular death lies in his own sins. Death cannot hurt us, but by the force of our own sins. A man may safely handle a Serpent when the sting is out. If death be disarmed of its sting and poyson, it cannot hurt us. It concerns us therefore to use effectual means that our sins may be removed and pardoned, and to labour before we die, to abolish the strength of death. Now the way to do this is,
1. To humble our souls unfeignedly before the Lord, and to repent of all our sins.
2. To fly to Christ and to close with him for pardon and Grace.
3. In the strength of his Grace to amend our lives, and to walk in the waies of holinesse. The sting of death is taken away by Christ Jesus as to all real converts, and true believers, so that it cannot hurt them, nay, will be an advantage to them: It will be only a dark and short passage to a glorious Palace, to the blisseful mansions above. So that they may triumph as Paul did, O death, where is thy sting? O grave where is thy victory? Thanks be to God, who giveth us victory through our Lord Jesus Christ. But now to all impenitent, unpardoned sinners, how deadly, how incurable is the sting of death? Death is death with a witnesse, and Hell into the bargain to them that die in their sins. No sight in the world more dreadful than to see a dying sinner (with his Conscience newly awakened) conflicting with death, [Page 580] and sin, and the Law, and Gods Curse together. O how sad, how intollerably sad is it to see a man that hath gone on in a long, carelesse, obstinate course of sinning, now at the point of death to have his eies first opened, and to see himself on the brink of the dreadful pit, unavoidably falling into the lake of fire and brimstone. To such a person, death brings its poysoned arrow, and executes him with its venemous sting.
Thirdly, Give all diligence in this life, to lay hold on eternal life, 1 Tim. 6.12. That is, to enter into the first degree of life eternal. Eternal life may be look'd upon under three considerations. As Initial, as Partial, as Perfectional:
1. The eternal life initial is that which is obtained in this life, and is an earnest of that which is to follow. 'Tis the life of Grace: Of this our Saviour spake, Joh. 5.24. Verily, verily I say unto you, he that heareth my Word, and believeth on him that sent me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into condemnation, but is passed from death to life. And Joh. 3.36. He that believeth on the Son hath everlasting life. —
2. The Partial life eternal is that which belongeth (though to the nobler) yet but to a part of man, namely, to the Soul. The happinesse which the Souls of Saints enjoy between the time of their death, and the last day, is the partial life eternal.
3. The Perfectional life eternal is that which [Page 581] shall be conferred on the Saints immediatly after the blessed reunion of their souls and bodies, and that gracious sentence pronounc'd, come ye blessed of my Father, receive the Kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world. So that we see we must in this world enter into the first degree of eternal life, if ever we intend to be partakers of the other two. We must be raised from the death of sin to the life of grace. We must as the Apostle speaks, Col. 1.13. Be delivered from the power of darknesse, and translated into the Kingdom of our blessed Saviour. We must with Paul be able to say, Gal. 2.20. I live, yet not I, but Christ liveth in me, i. e. By his Spirit guides and governs my will, affections, and all the powers both of my soul and body. Whoever would be saved when he is dead, must begin to be saved while he is living. We must begin to live that blessed and eternal life before we die.
Fourthly, Inure thy self to die to this world and the enjoyments of it, every day, more and more. Paul tels us, he died daily, 1 Cor. 15.31. If we would learn to do so, it would not be so hard to die, when we come to it in good earnest. Death is not so strong to him whose natural strength has been wasted with a long, pining sicknesse, as to him who lies but a few daies sick, and has strength of nature to make resistance. That Christian, whose love to his life, and the contentments [Page 582] of it, hath been for many years consuming and dying, will more easily part with them, than he whose love is stronger to them; As the Reverend Mr. Gurnal excellently expresses it in his Christian Armour. We should consider, we are but pilgrims and strangers here: Heaven is the proper countrey of holy Souls. We should therefore be providing for our removal out of this strange countrey. We should pack up, and send our best things aforehand, namely, our love, our hearts, our delights, our joyes, before we set out our selves for those Heavenly mansions.
Fifthly, Consider what great reasons there are, that those that are truly Godly should not much fear death. I confesse nothing can sweeten death, and make it desirable to a Christian, but only an interest in Christ. Things that are in their own nature sour and sharp, will ask much Sugar to make them sweet. Death is one of those things, that hath the most harsh, and ungrateful tast to a creatures pallat that may be. Believe it, a man cannot think (with any comfort) of putting his head into another world, if he hath no solid ground to hope Christ will own him there for his. But if he have, there are many reasons, why he should not dread death.
1. They that are truly godly, shall die but once, i. e. a natural death only: The wicked die twice, not only a natural, but a spiritual death. The natural death stands in the separation of the soul [Page 583] from the body. The spiritual, in the separation of soul and body from God, Rev. 20 6. Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrection, on such the second death hath no power. He that is born but once, (namely naturally) shall die twice, naturally and spiritually: He that is born twice, i. e. besides his natural birth, hath been spiritually regenerated and born again, shall die but once, namely, a natural death.
2. Death is not a destruction, or annihilation either of soul or body, but only an alteration and change of the condition of them both, and that for the better to all those that have an interest in Christ. Such may say with Paul, Phil. 1.21. To me to live is Christ, to die is gain. For, 1. Though death separate soul and body, yet it can separate neither of them from Christ. As in Christ's death, his soul and body were separated each from other, yet neither of them from the second Person in the Trinity, in which both of them did subsist at that time in the personal Union; so though when the Saints die, soul and body be separated; yet after this separation, both remain united to Christ in the mystical Union; because their bodies as well as their souls are part of the mystical body of Christ, who is the Head and Saviour of the whole person, consisting of soul and body. And when Christ who is their life shall appear, then shall they also appear with him in Glory, Col. 3.3, 4. We see then that [Page 584] though body and soul be sever'd each from other at death, yet (as to all those that die in the Lord) neither of them are severed or disjoyned from Christ; but the conjunction which is begun in this life, remaines for ever: Which must needs be matter of exceeding joy and comfort to them that by a lively Faith are united to him here. 2. The body being resolved into dust, is freed from all sicknesse, and pains, from all the miseries, troubles and calamities of this life. 3. It ceaseth to be, either an active, or a passive instrument of sin; whereas in this life 'tis both. Sin, and the temptations to it, are the great grievances and burdens of the servants of God, which they groan to be delivered from. As sin therefore brought death into our bodies, so death carries sin out of them. 4. The bodies of the Saints shall be raised in a far greater glory at the general resurrection, and be joyned again to their souls, to live an everlasting life of glory and happinesse with them.
So that we may from hence conclude the body will be no loser by this change. Neither will the soul; for it will gain this threefold advantage thereby,
1. It will change its place, and be remov'd from a prison to a palace, from a Tabernacle of clay, to a Heavenly Mansion.
2. Its qualities. Here 'tis infested with sinful and unruly passions and affections of all sorts, [Page 585] which are a great annoyment to it: But there it shall be freed from all these, and made perfectly holy.
3. Its company. It leaves the company of sinners, and gaines the company of Saints and Angels: Yea, shall have fellowship with the blessed Trinity, in whose presence there is fulnesse of joy, and at whose right hand there are pleasures for evermore, Psal. 16.11. Let all such therefore as have an interest in Christ look upon death, not in the glass of the Law, but of the Gospel. Death in the Law is a curse, and a downfal to the pit of destruction. In the Gospel it is an entrance into Heaven. Christ hath taken away the sting and mischief, and destructive power of death. He hath altered the property of it, and in stead of being a door to Hell, hath made it a gate to blisse and happinesse for all those that are his. Let the truly Godly and serious Christian therefore, not fix his mind so much on the pangs and torments of death, as upon the blessed estate, that is to be enjoyed after it, and so fortifie his heart against the fear of it. See the Reverend and Worthy Mr. Baxters considerations against the fear of death, in the 4 th Part of his Saints everlasting Rest, Chap. 2.
II. Of Judgment.
It is mainly necessary in order to the practise of Godliness, and ordering our conversation aright, that we firmly believe, and have frequent, deep, and serious meditations of the day of judgment.
In treating of which I shall enquire,
1. How we may be assured there is a judgment to come?
2. Who will be the Judge at that great Assizes?
3. What will be the nature and manner of that judgment? What the judicial proceedings at that day?
4. What the Consequents of it?
For the first.
The Scripture seems to hold forth unto us a twofold judgment to come.
First, Particular, which followes immediatly after death. Thus is that understood, Eccles 12.7. Then shall the dust return to the earth, as it was, and the Spirit shall return to God who gave it, i. e. to be judged by him, as the Chaldee Paraphrast doth well explain it. And that Historical Parable of Dives and Lazarus shews how immediately after they were dead, the one went to Hell, the other to Abrahams bosom. That (I say) doth shew, that every one particularly, when he dieth, is judged, and receiveth either reward or punishment.
Secondly, General, at the end of the world. The certainty of which may appear to us from these Arguments.
1. From the voice of natural Conscience, which is very sensible of it. Foelix trembled, when Paul preached of it, Acts 24.25. And when he discoursed to the Athenians, those great Lights of the Gentile world, Acts. 17.31. That God hath appointed a day in the which he will judge the world in righteousness, by that man whom he hath ordained; whereof he hath given assurance unto all men, in that he hath raised him from the dead; found some who mocked when they heard of the resurrection of the dead; but against the [Page 589] day of judgment none replied. So true it is which the same Apostle elsewhere saies of the Gentiles, who had but the light of Nature (and so a natural Conscience) that they shew the work of the Law written in their hearts, their Consciences also bearing witnesse, and their thoughts the mean while accusing, or excusing one another, Rom. 2.15.
2. From the Justice of God, which requires it. God being the Judge of the world, as well as the Creator, we may infallibly conclude he will judge the world in righteousnesse. But as the affairs of this present life are ordered (though they lie under the disposition of Providence) yet they shew no sign of an universal Justice. Oftentimes the wicked flourish and prosper, while the righteous are afflicted and in misery. In this life nothing more certain, than that rewards are not correspondent to the vertues, nor punishments proportionable to the sins of men. If therefore there be a Judge of the world (and that judge be just) there is a judgment to come in another world, and the effects thereof concern another life. In that day there will be a revelation of the righteous judgment of God, Rom. 2.5. God will then shew a perfect demonstration of his Justice, and men shall discern between the righteous and the wicked, between him that serveth God and him that serveth him not, Mal. 3.18.
3. From the clear and manifest declaration of [Page 590] the will of God. We have an expresse manifestation of Gods will and purpose concerning a judgment to come, Eccles. 12.14. For God shall bring every work into judgment, with every secret thing, whether it be good, or whether it be evil. Acts 17.30. But now God commandeth all men every where to repent. V. 31. Because he hath appointed a day in the which he will judge the world in righteousnesse, by that man whom he hath ordained. No Doctrine more clear and fundamental in the Word of God, than that of Eternal judgment, Heb 6.2. Wherein the Judge will sentence to an eternall state.
4. From a representation of it to the eies of some of Gods servants in Divine visions. As to Daniel, Chap. 7.9. I beheld till the Thrones were cast down, and the Ancient of daies did sit, whose garment was white as snow, and the hair of his head like the pure wool; his Throne was like the fiery flame, and his wheels as burning fire, V. 10. A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him: Thousand Thousands ministred unto him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him: The judgment was set and the books were opened. And likewise to St. John, Rev. 20.12. And I saw the dead small and great stand before God, and the books were opened; and another book was opened, which is the book of life; and the dead were judged out of those things, which were written in the books, according to their works. The Throne [Page 591] therefore hath been already seen; the Judge hath appeared sitting on it; the Books have been already opened; the dead, small and great have been seen, standing before him. The representation of it to the eye, in those Divine visions, is a farther assurance of the certainty of it, than if it had only been foretold, and so represented to the ear.
We see then there will be a day of judgment.
2. In the second place, let us enquire who that Person is who shall be the Judge at that great Assizes; who shall sit upon the Throne; before whose Tribunal we shall all appear; from whose mouth we may expect our, sentence. The judiciary power is the power of God. The power and authority of judging is common to the three Persons, being one and the same God; but the execution of this judiciary power is committed particularly to the Son; and so the Father and the Holy Ghost will actually judge the world no otherwise but by him. He is ordained of God to be the judge of quick and dead, Acts 10.42. He will judge the world by that man whom he hath ordained, &c. Acts 17.31. The Father judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment to the Son. He hath given him authority to execute judgment, John 5.22, 27. There is therefore an original, supream, judiciary power, and a judiciary power delegated, derived, given by commission. Christ as God hath [Page 592] the first, together with the Father and Holy Ghost. Christ as man hath the second, from the Father expresly, from the Holy Ghost concomitantly. John 5.27. All power is given him in Heaven and earth, because he is the Son of man. The Father therefore who is only God, and never took upon him either the nature of men or Angels, judgeth no man, (and the same reason reacheth also to the Holy Ghost) but hath committed all judgment to the Son. And the reason why he hath committed it unto him, is, because he is not only the Son of God, (and so truly God) but also the son of man, and so truly man. And because,
1. He is the son of man, who suffered so much for the sins of man, He humbled himself, and became obedient to death, even the death of the Cross, wherefore God hath highly exalted him, and given him a Name, which is above every Name: That at the Name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in Heaven, & things in earth, & things under the earth. And that every tongue should confesse that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the Glory of God the Father, Phil. 2.8, 9, 10, 11. So Rom. 14.11. For it is written, as I live saith the Lord, every knee shall bow to me, every tongue shall confess to God. Both which places have reference to Isa. 45.23. I have sworn by my self, the word is gone out of my mouth in righteousnesse, and shall not return, that unto me every knee shall bow. [Page 593] So that this Prophesie receiveth not its full and final accomplishment till the day of judgment. As Christ in his humane nature was unjustly judged, so in that nature shall he justly judge. At his first coming he was not a sinner, but he came in the garb of a sinner, in the similitude of sinful flesh, Rom. 8.3. But at the day of judgment he shall come as one discharged of that debt and burden, without sin. Heb. 9.28. And as one highly honoured by God the Father.
2. Because God making a general judgment, will have a visible judge, which all they which shall be judged may see. John 5.27. And hath given him authority to execute judgment also, because he is the Son of man, and every eye shall see him. God is invisible; the Son of man therefore will be Judge, who will so appear as to be seen both of those whom he shall crown, and those whom he shall condemn.
The Son of man therefore being represented in the Scriptures, as making the great decretory separation between man and man; as an husbandman separating the wheat sometimes from the chaffe, sometimes from the tares; as a fisherman gathering the good fish, casting the bad away, as a bridegroom receiving the wise, excluding the foolish virgins; as a Master distinguishing the servants of his Family, rewarding the faithful, punishing the unprofitable; as a shepherd dividing his sheep from the goats, placing one on the right [Page 594] hand, the other on the left: It will from thence follow, that the same Son of man (who is also the Son of God, God and man in the same person) is appointed Judge of the world. Of Christs first coming indeed its said, John. 3.17. God sent not his son into the world to condemn the world, but that the world through him might be saved. He came not then as a Judge, but as a Redeemer; but his second coming will be to judge the quick and the dead.
We have seen who shall be the Judge.
3. It followes in the next place, that we enquire into the nature and manner of this judgement.
And here we shall speak,
- 1. Of the preparations to it.
- 2. In what manner it will be performed.
I. The preparations for the Judg's approach, the Scripture sets down in these two Particulars.
1. The Arch-Angels Trumpet, by which all the world shall be (as it were) summoned to appear before Christs Tribunal. 1 Thes. 4.16. For the Lord himself shall descend from Heaven with a shout, with the voice of the Arch-Angel, and with the Trump of God; and the dead in Christ shall rise first. Mat. 24.31. And he shall send his Angels with a great sound of a Trumpet, and they shall gather together his Elect from the four winds, from one end of Heaven to the other. At the giving of [Page 595] the Law, the voice of the Trumpet was exceeding loud; but what a terrible blast will this be? Such as shall be heard all the world over, startling the dead out of their graves, and summoning the whole world to come to judgment.
2. The sign of the Son of man. What that is, we cannot certainly tell, till experience manifest it. Interpreters probably conjecture, it will be some mighty brightnesse, some forerunning beams of Majesty and Glory which shall darken the great Luminaries of the world, and strike a terrour into the hearts of men.
II. Let us consider the nature and manner of this great judgment. The Scripture represents it to us, under a formal, judiciary processe, wherein,
1. The Judge himself will appear exceeding glorious, adorn'd with Majesty, and cloathed with unspakeable lustre: He will come with power and great glory, Mat. 24 30. Even the Glory of the Father, Mat. 16.27. The Glory of a thousand Suns made into one, will be nothing to that wherein Christ shall appear in mans nature at that great day. The beams of his Glory shall dazle the eyes of sinners, and delight the eyes of Saints. When his Glory shall be revealed, the Saints shall be glad with exceeding joy, 1 Pet. 4.13.
2. His attendance will be very glorious. The glorious Angels shall be Christs attendants at [Page 596] that day. If at the time of his nativity, tentation, passion, resurrection, ascention they readily gave him their attendance, how much more shall they do it at this great day? Mat. 25.31. 'Tis said, the Son of man shall come in his Glory, and all the holy Angels with him. And if all the Angels must wait on Christ, the number will be exceeding great, and the train will be exceeding glorious. What Glory shall be in that day when the servants of the Judge sh [...]ll be Angels of power, every one stronger than an earthly Army; Angels, whose countenances are like Lightning, and as much exceed in Glory the greatest Emperor in the world in his highest pomp, as the Sun doth a Clod of earth. O how great, how illustrious will the splendour of this appearance be? when the Judge coming in the clouds shall come thus attended?
3. There will be a Throne set, a Tribunal, a judgment seat erected. Mat. 19.28. And Jesus said unto them, verily I say unto you, that ye which have followed me in the regeneration, when the son of man shall sit in the Throne of his Glory, ye also shall sit upon twelve Thrones, judging the twelve Tribes of Israel. And that this Throne is a seat not only of Majesty, but judicature, may further appear by Rom. 14.10. But why dost thou judge thy brother? or why dost thou set at nought thy brother? we shall all stand before the judgment seat of Christ. And 2 Cor. 5.10. For we must [Page 597] all appear before the judgment seat of Christ, that every one may receive the things done in his body, according to that he hath done, whether it be good or bad. Christ shall therefore appear in the proper form and condition of a Judge, sitting upon a Throne of judicature.
4. There will be a personal appearance of all men before that seat of judicature, upon which Christ shall sit. For we must all appear, and we shall all stand before that judgment-seat, Rev. 20.12. And I saw the dead small and great stand before God, &c. Mat. 25.32. And before him shall be gathered all Nations, and he shall separate them one from another, as a shepherd divideth his sheep from the goats.
5. When those who are to he judged are brought before the judgment-seat of Christ, all their actions shall appear, 1 Cor. 4.5. Therefore judge nothing before the time, until the Lord come, who both will bring to light the hidden things of darknesse, and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts. Eccles. 12.14. For God shall bring every work into judgment with every secret thing, whether it be good, or whether it be evil. To this end in the vision of Daniel when the judgment was set, the books were opened, Dan. 7.9. And in that of St. John, The books were opened, and the dead were judged out of the things that were written in the books, according to their works, Rev. 20.12.
Divines speak of a threefold book that will then be opened.
1. The book of Statutes, or the book of Gods Word, wherein the Law and Gospel are written, with all the duties commanded and sins forbidden in them both.
2. The book of Gods Omniscience and remembrance, Mal. 3.16. And a book of remembrance was written before him, &c.
3. The book of Conscience, which God maintains as a Register in every mans breast, Jer. 17.1. The sin of Judah is written with a pen of Iron, and with the point of a Diamond; it is graven upon the Table of their heart. Men will then be awakened to purpose, and all their sins, with the aggravations of them will be set in the view of their Consciences. Hidden things shall be brought to light in that day, 1 Cor. 4.5. &c.
6. After the manifestation of all their actions, the Judge will pronounce his definitive sentence upon all their persons, according to their actions. The sentence of absolution upon the Godly, in these words, Come ye blessed of my Father, inherit the Kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world, Mat. 25.34. The Saints of God, and the elect will first be acquitted, before the ungodly are condemned, that they may afterwards joyn with Christ in judging the world; according to that in the 1 Cor. 6.2. Where 'tis said, the Saints shall judge the world, i. e. by way of approbation, [Page 599] approving and magnifying Christ's just sentence on devils and wicked men; giving some such approbation (in probability) as that of the Angel, Rev. 16.5. Thou art righteous O Lord, which art, and wast, and shalt be, because then hast judged thus. And thus all the Saints shall be Judges: But some of them more eminently as Assessors with Christ, as is intimated concerning the Apostles, Mat. 19.28. Ye also shall sit upon twelve Thrones, judging the twelve Tribes of Israel.
We have shewed what the sentence of absolution will be, which shall pass upon the Godly. The sentence of condemnation followes, that will passe upon the wicked; which we find recorded, Mat. 25.41. Then shall he say also unto them on the left hand, depart from me ye cursed into everlasting fire, prepared for the Devil and his Angels.
7. After the promulgation of the sentence, followeth the execution, and sending of the persons judged to their everlasting state, as it is written, Mat. 25.46. And these shall go away into everlasting punishment; but the righteous into life eternal.
We have seen what will be the Judiciary proceedings of this great day.
4. It now followes in the fourth and last place that we speak something of the consequents thereof.
1. Christs resigning up his Kingdom, (not his essential, but that which he administers as Mediator) to the Father; having subdued sin and death, and put all his enemies under his feet, 1 Cor. 15.24. Then cometh the end, when he sh [...]ll have delivered up the Kingdom to God, even the Father, when he shall have put down all rule, and all authority and power. V. 25. For he must reign, till he hath put all enemies under his feet. V. 26. The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death. V. 27. For he hath put all things under his feet; but when he saith all things are put under him, it is manifest that he is excepted, which did put all things under him. V. 28. And when all things shall be subdued unto him, then shall the son also himself be subject unto him that put all things under him, that God may be all in all.
2. The burning of the world, of which we read, 2 Pet. c. 3. v. 12. Looking for, and hastning unto the coming of the day of God, wherein the Heavens being on fire shall be dissolved, and the Elements shall melt with fervent heat. By this fire 'tis probable the world will not be consum'd, but renewed, clarified and purged. For 'tis compar'd to a melting fire, V. 10. — The Elements shall melt with fervent heat.— And the Apostle saith elsewhere, The Creature shall be delivered from the bondage of corruption, Rom. 8.21. In the everlasting state God will have all things new, even the world it self. The use of this renewed [Page 601] world may either be, for an habitation for the just, or that it may remain as a standing monument of Gods wisdom and power.
Thus we have seen [...]. That there will certainly be a day of Judgment. 2. That Christ will be the Judge. 3. What manner of proceedings there will be in that day. 4. The Consequents thereof.
What now remaines, but that we carefully provide for this great and notable day of the Lord, (as 'tis call'd Acts 2.20.) By breaking off our sins by true and serious repentance, and making our peace with God, in and by Christ. O let us labour to secure our interest in Christ, and our union with him. He is the Judge: If he be our Advocate, we need fear nothing. There is no condemnation to them that are in Christ Jesus, Rom. 8.1. The Head will not condemn his own Members.
2. Let us do good, and communicate, and be merciful to the poor, while we have ability and opportunity. In the 25 Mat. 35, 36. Compar'd with 42, 43. Christ hath told us aforehand what questions he will ask when he cometh. Have you fed, have you visited, have you cloathed? 'Tis good we should be prepared for an answer.
See the Scriptures concerning the last Judgment in the first part of this Treatise, pag. 74, &c.
Of Hell.
We h ve seen there will be a day of Judgment, and that the Judge will judge the world in righteousnesse. We have seen there will be a twofold sentence pronounced by him: Of absolution upon the Godly, Mat. 25.34. Come ye blessed of my Father, inherit the Kingdom prepared for you: Of condemnation upon the wicked, v. 41. Depart from me ye cursed, into everlasting fire, prepared for the Devil and his Angels. We shall therefore here speak of the state of the wicked, after the righteous Judge hath pronounced the sentence of condemnation upon them: and shall shew how their bodies and souls being re-united, shall be so continued in that life for ever, to undergo the punishment due unto their sins. Here three things are to be taken into consideration,
1. The duration and continuance of their persons, without ever dying or being destroyed or annihilated.
2. The duration of their pains, without ever being taken off.
3. The dreadfulnesse of those infernal pains and torments.
I. The Scripture speaks expresly that the wicked after the day of judgment shall not be consumed or annihilated, but remain alive in soul and body, [Page 603] to endure the torments to be inflicted upon them by the Justice of God, for all the sins committed by them while they were in the body. The Word of God indeed speaks of the wicked as of such as shall be destroyed, and perish, and die. But we must know that a man may be said to be destroyed and perish, to be lost and dead, who is rejected, separated and disjoyn'd from God the fountain of glory and blessednesse. And that person may still subsist, and be what in his own nature he was before, and live the life which doth consist in the vital union of his soul and body, and so subsisting undergo the wrath of God for ever. The same Scripture which saies the wicked shall be destroy'd, and perish and die, saies also that they shall be tormented with never-dying paines, Mat. 25.41. Depart from me ye cursed (shall the Judge say to the wicked at the last day) into everlasting fire. And least any should imagine that the fire shall be everlasting, but not the torments; at the 46 v. it followes, and these shall go away into everlasting punishment. Now if the fire be everlasting by which God punisheth the damned; and the punishment inflicted be also everlasting, then must the damned everlastingly subsist to endure that punishment: Otherwise there will be a punishment inflicted, and none endured; which is a contradiction. Indeed the eternity of that fire prepared for the Devil and his Angels is a sufficient demonstration of the eternity [Page 604] of such as suffer in it. And as that fire is termed eternal, so that eternity is described as absolute, excluding all limits and determination. The end of the burning of fire is by extinguishing, and that fire which cannot be extinguished, can never end: But such is the fire which shall torment the damned. For he whose fan is in his hand, shall burn up the chaff with unquencheable fire, Mark 3.12. Luke 3.17. And he hath told us plainly, (and thereby given us a fair warning) Mat. 18.8. that it is better to enter into life halt or maimed, rather than having two hands or two feet, to be cast into everlasting fire: (Or as it is Mark 9.43.) To go into Hell, into the fire that never shall be quenched. And he hath farther explained himself by that unquestionable addition, and undeniable description of the place of torments, where the worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched. And that we may be yet farther assur'd, that this fire shall never be extinguished, were [...] that the smoak of their torments ascendeth up for ever and ever, Rev. 14.11. And that those who are cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, shall be tormented day and night for ever and ever, Rev. [...]0. [...]0. If therefore the fire in which the damned are to be tormented, be everlasting; if so absolutely everlasting, that it shall never be quenched if so certainty never to be quenched, that the smoak thereof shall ascend for ever and ever; if those that are to be cast into it shall be tormented [Page 605] for ever and ever (all which the Scriptures expresly teach) then shall the persons of the damned never be destroy'd or annihilated; but shall subsist for ever, and be coeternal to the tormenting flames. When therefore the Scripture speaks, that the wicked (after the resurrection) shall be punished with death, and that a second death, it cannot be so understood, that they shall be no more, nor (in any sense) be said to live, or subsist: For the enduring of this fire is that very death; and they are therefore said to die the second death, because they endure eternal torments. He that overcometh shall not be hurt by the second death, Rev. 2.11. It seemes they which shall die that death, shall be hurt by it; whereas if it were annihilation, and so a conclusion of their torments, it would be no way hurtful, or injurious, but highly beneficial to them. But the living torments are the second death. For Rev. 21.8. It was revealed to St. John, that the fearful and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars shall have their part in the lake that burneth with fire and brimstone, which is the second death. Now if to have a part in the lake be the second death, if that part be a perpetual continuance and permansion in torment, (as is before proved) then to say that the wicked shall die the second death, is not a confutation of their eternal being in misery, but an assertion of it; [Page 606] because 'tis the same thing delivered in other terms, As is well observed by the Learned Mr. Pearson in his Exposition of the Creed. Neither will the phrases of perdition and destruction infer an annihilation of the persons of the damned, or an ending of their torments. For eternity of destruction in the language of the Scripture, signifies a perpetual perpession and duration in misery. As in the 2 Thes. 1.8, 9. When Christ shall come to take vengeance on them that know not God, and obey not the Gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ, 'tis said, they shall be punished with everlasting destruction, from the presence of the Lord, and from the Glory of his power. Wherefore from what hath been said, we may conclude, that the damned shall continue both in soul and body under the wrath of God, and the torments proceeding from it, never to be quitted of them by annihilation. Here they might have life, but would not; there they would have death, but cannot.
II. As the damned shall alwaies be continued in life and being, to endure the torments due to their sins, so the Justice of God will never fail to inflict those torments upon them for their sins. The favour of God is not to be obtained, where there is no means left to obtain it; but in the world to come there is no place for Faith, nor vertue in Repentance. As no person once received into the Heavenly mansions sh [...]ll ever be cast into outer darkness, so certainly none, who [Page 607] are once cast into the fire prepared for the Devil and his Angels, shall ever enter into their Masters joy. As the tree falleth, so it lieth. There is no change to be wrought in man within those flames; no purgation of his sins, no sanctification of his Nature, no justification of his person, and therefore no salvation for him. Without the mediation of Christ, no man shall ever enter into Heaven: And when he hath delivered up the Kingdom unto God, even the Father, then shall the office of the Mediator cease. The condition then of the damned is unalterable; their condemnation irreversible, their torments remediless, their miseries eternal. See Mr. Manton's excell [...]nt Comment on Jude, p. 430. The Reasons hereof are conceived by Divines to be these,
1. Because of the greatnesse of the Majesty against whom they have sinned. We are finite creatures, and so not fit to judge of the nature of an offence against an infinite God. The Law-giver best knowes the merit of sin, which is the transgression of his Law.
2. With man, offences of a quick execution, are judged to deserve a long punishment; and the continuance of the penalty is not measured by the continuance of the Act of sinning; therefore no wonder if it be so with God.
3. The damned sinned here as long as they could; if they had to eternity been allowed to [Page 608] live, they would have improved it altogether in sin. They would have dallied with God longer, grieved his Spirit longer, had they lived longer; yea dispositively and in respect of their inclinations, did so. In Hell the desire of sinning is not extinguished, nor mortified. The damned have not their hearts there changed.
4. They despised an eternal happinesse, therefore do justly suffer an eternal torment.
5. Their obligations to God are infinite, and their punishment ariseth according to the greatnesse of their obligations against which they sin'd. As the damned therefore shall not be taken from their punishment by annihilation, or destruction of their persons; so their punishment shall not be taken off from them, by any compassion shewed unto them.
III. We come to consider the dreadfulnesse of the infernal torments. Hell is set forth unto us in the Scriptures under sundry dreadful notions, viz. By the worm that never dieth, and the fire that never goeth out, by a lake of fire and brimstone, by outer darkness, and blackness of darknesse for ever. That which is most intelligible concerning the woful state of the damned, I conceive may be reduced to these four Heads.
1. They shall be tormented with the pain of losse, in being for ever banished from the presence of God and the joyes of Heaven, 2 Thes. 2.9. Being punished with everlasting destruction from the presence of the Lord, and from the glory of his power.
2. With the pain of sense, inflicted on them by the wrath of God, which abideth on them, represented to us by a lake of fire. In this life, if his anger be but kindled a little, and a spark of it fly into the Conscience, the poor creature is at his wits end. But how dreadful will their portion be against whom he stirreth up his fierce wrath? Who knowes the power of his anger? Ps. 90.11. We that cannot endure the gripes of the Cholick, the paines of the stone, or a violent tooth-ach; how can we think of enduring the paines and torments of Hell?
3. They shall be tormented with the worm of Conscience, that is, with a cutting reflexion upon, and remembrance of their former enjoyments, and by past pleasures, Luke 16.2 [...]. Son remember thou in thy life time hadst thy good things; or when Conscience shall repeat over the passages of their lives past, and set before them their precious time wasted and mispent, opportunities of Grace sleighted, the folly of their own choice, their turning their backs upon eternal life offered in the Gospel; their grosse neglect of their souls; their eager pursuit of sensual satisfactions, their disregarding admonitions, stifling convictions, quenching the motions of the Spirit of God, hating to be reformed; O these will be sad (woful sad) remembrances. The scourges of Conscience we meet with here, are too great a price, for the short pleasure of a brutish lust: O then, what a raging [Page 610] pain will such reflections as these cause hereafter? What will they do that are tormented day and night for ever and ever?
4. As they will have a sharp sense and feeling of their present woful state, and a bitter discontent and vexation that by their own folly they brought it upon themselves; so they will be tormented with despair of ever coming out of it. They will see they must continue for ever in this remediless condition, under an everlasting pain of loss, because there is no hope of Heaven; under an eternal pain of sense, because there is no meanes to appease the wrath of God, which abideth on them. And this despair of ever coming out is the very Hell of Hells. O, wo and alas! 'tis for ever, for ever they must be tormented. Drexellius a learned Authour writing upon this Argument, hath this awakening passage; If God (saith he) should speak thus to a damned soul, let the whole world be filled with sand from the earth to the Empyrean Heaven, and then let an Angel come every thousand year, and fetch only one grain from that mighty sandy mountain, and when that immeasurable heap is so spent, and so many thousand years expired, I will deliver thee out of Hell, and those extream torments: That most miserable forlorn wretch, notwithstanding that he were to lie through that unconceiveable length of time in those intollerable hellish torments, yet upon such a promise would infinitely rejoyce, and deem himself [Page 611] not to be damned. But alas! when all those years are gone, there are thousands upon thousands more to be endured, even through all Eternity.
O sad and woful condition! O Eternity, Eternity, Eternity! This word ever breaks the heart. O Lord, to depart from thee for ever, to lose the sight and fruition of thy pleased countenance, to be hurled down among devils and damned fiends into a lake of fire and brimstone, to be alwaies burning, yet never consumed, ever dying, yet never dissolv'd, alwaies gnawed upon by the worm of Conscience, yet never devoured, alwaies gnashing the teeth, weeping, howling, vexing, without any glimpse of hope, or one drop of comfort? What heart can think on these things without splitting in pieces? O Lord, whatever thou deniest me for this life, whatever shall be my lot and portion here, yet deny me not (I humbly beseech thee) the effectual assistance of thy Grace, to enable me to work out my salvation, to enable me unfeignedly to repent of all my sins, and forsake them, and to give up my soul to Christ Jesus for pardon and life; that by him I may be justified and sanctified, and saved from this dreadful wrath to come. Even so let it be O Heavenly Father, for thy rich mercy and my sweet Saviours merits sake.
I shall conclude this discourse of Hell, with a few serious meditations. Let us consider,
1. How great, how inexcusable is the folly and [Page 612] stupidity of every wilful sinner▪ that for the satisfaction of his brutish lusts, will run the hazard of these everlasting torments! O did we look upon sin with Scripture spectacles, we should find a greater disproportion between the pleasure and the paines thereof, than between a drop of honey, and an Ocean of gall. Methinks the meditation of eternal torments should damp and stop any sinner, in his sinful heat and fury? Wilt thou O sinner for a short pleasure be content to pay an everlasting punishment? Go into Hell by meditation, that thou maist not go thither by condemnation.
2. What interest or concernment have we in the whole world comparable to this, the making our peace with God? He is the severest enemy, but the sweetest friend. How should we speedily humble our selves before him for all our sins, and flie to his mercy in Christ for our pardon. The wages of sin is death. Nothing can bring us to those everlasting flames, but sin unrepented of. Nothing can save that man from the never-dying worm, who dieth in his sins.
3. How highly should we prize the love of Christ? how great a value should we set upon his blood? How willingly should we embrace the offers of Grace and reconciliation made to us in him? How readily and chearfully should we give up our selves to him, resolving to be his faithful Disciples and servants, seeing he laid down his life [Page 613] to deliver us from these everlasting torments, this wrath to come? In one thing, the sins of men admit of a greater aggravation than the sins of Angels; These never sinn'd against the offers of a Saviour as men do.
4. How readily should we do or suffer, perform or undergo any thing, this blessed Redeemer calls us to, who hath done and sufferd so much for our sakes.
5. How should we pity and pull back those who are posting towards the paines of eternal fire? We may (possibly) anger them thereby, but we had better endure some scalding drops of their wrath, than let them fall, (if we can help it by doing our duty to admonish them) into the lake of fire and brimstone.
6. How should the consideration of everlasting torments after death, breed in every heart a fear and awe of the great God; and teach us to tremble at his Word, and his Threatnings therein denounced against all impenitent sinners. How eagerly should we embrace that reduplicated advice of our blessed Saviour, Luke 12.5. I will forewarn you whom ye shall fear, fear him which after he hath killed, hath power to cast into Hell, yea, I say unto you, fear him.
Of Heaven.
We have seen what will be the state of the damned. We come now to speak of the blessedness of those that die in the Lord, i. e. in the favour of God, in a state of peace with him, being members of Christs mystical body, When they die, their souls are carried by Angels to Christ, and by him presented to God the Father, as the fruit of his purchase. So that they are presently blessed upon the departure of the soul out of the body; but shall be more blessed at the general resurrection, when soul and body being reunited, the Judge shall set them at his right hand, and pronounce upon them this gracious sentence, Come ye blessed of my Father, inherit the Kingdom [Page 618] prepared for you, from the foundation of the world, Matth 25.34. Which done, they shall go away into life eternal, as it is, v. 46.
The Glory and Blessednesse of this state, we come now to enquire into, and there are two things wherein it consists.
1. In a total removal of all evils.
2. In a confluence of all good, necessary to the happinesse of the Creature.
First, All evils are removed. There are three great evils we labour under here.
1. The evil of sin.
2. Of temptation.
3. Of affliction. None of which shall trouble the Saints in Heaven.
1. The evil of sin is there removed. Sin is the great evil the children of God complain of with so much sadnesse in this world. Here the Spirit lusteth against the flesh, and the flesh against the Spirit; but in Heaven there shall be no sinful lusts to war against the soul. Paul shall not there complain of a law in his members rebelling against the law of his his mind: Nor c [...]y out, Oh miserable man that I am who shall deliver me from the body of this death, Rom. 7. There sh [...]ll be no blindness in the mind, perversenesse in the will, disorder in the affections, no concupiscence in the members, no rebellion in the flesh, the old Adam is left in the grave, never to rise more. The dominion of sin the Saints are delivered from in this life, but [Page 619] there the very being of it is removed. Grace weakens sin, Glory quite abolisheth it. Into Heaven nothing enters that defiles. There we shall be under an [...] happy impossibility of offending God.
2. The evil of temptation. The world is a place of snares, a valley of temptations, the devils circuit. What abundance of temptations are we assaulted with here continually, either from the Devil, the world, or our own corrupt Natures? In Paradise there was a tempter, but there is none in Heaven. No Serpent can creep in there. Here we had need pray continually, Lord lead us not into temptation: There we shall be fully delivered from it.
3. The evil of affliction. In Heaven, there is an absolute freedom from all misery, pain, labour, want, or whatever else might afflict us. All sorrow shall be done away, as well as all sin. Sorrow is the fruit of sin, and when the mother is dead, no more off-spring can be expected. Whatsoever is painful, and burdensom to Nature is a fruit of sin, and a brand, and mark of our rebellion against God. Here we are subject to a number of necessities, hunger, thirst, cold, wants of several sorts. In Heaven the children of God shall enjoy perfect freedom from whatsoever is troublesom. Grief, fear, temptation, sicknesse, pain of body, anguish of mind, shall be heard of no more for ever. When the Saints are once [Page 620] past death, they are past the fear of all misery. When their bodies are once lapt up in their winding-sheets, they are past all tribulation. Heaven is a happy ayre, where none are sick. There is no such thing as agues, feavers, gouts, or the grinding paines of the Stone. There is nothing to discompose the mind, or afflict the body. The Saints shall there be freed from the necessities of Nature, such as eating, drinking, sleeping, &c. Meat is for the belly, and the belly for meat, but God shall destroy both it and them, 1 Cor. 6.12. The use of meats, and of the stomack and belly is there abolished. Here we are almost continually in want of something or other; but there we shall be above meat and drink and apparrel, &c. Here we have a mixture of pleasures and sorrows; (both good and evil are to be received from the hand of God in this life) but there is fulnesse of joy for evermore. I shall conclude this, with that comfortable place, Rev. 21.4. And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes, & there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain; for the former things are passed away.
Secondly, A Second thing wherein the blessedness of Heaven consists, is, in a confluence of all good necessary to the happiness of the Creature. The Saints in Heaven will be blessed,
1. In their bodies.
2. In their soules.
3. In their Company.
4. In an absolute security of enjoying all this blessedness for ever, without any fear of losing it, or being deprived of it.
I. They will be blessed in their bodies. The bodies even of the best of the Saints are for the present vile bodies, instruments of sin, and subjects of diseases; but the Lord Jesus Christ shall at the day of judgment raise these vile bodies, and change them into the likenesse of his own glorious body, Phil. 3.20, 21. The bodies of the Saints are the members of Christ, and no member of his shall remain in death. They are the Temples of the holy Ghost; and therefore if they be destroy'd, they shall be raised again. For if the Spirit of him that raised up Jesus from the dead, dwell in us (as he doth in the Saints, and by so dwelling, makes their bodies Temples) he that raised up Christ from the dead, shall also quicken our mortal bodies by his Spirit that dwelleth in us, Rom. 8.11. The Holy Ghost will not forsake his mansion and ancient habitation. Therefore he raiseth it up, and formeth it again into a compleat fashion, like Christs glorious body. The bodies of the Saints when dead, and separated from their souls, are not separated from Christ, as we shewed before: And therefore are said to be dead in Christ, to sleep in Jesus, as 'tis, 1 Thes. 4.14. While dead, they are united to Christ, and by vertue of this Union, Christ as their Head, will raise [Page 622] them at the last day; and at their resurrection, they shall be changed, as to their qualities, though their substance shall not be altered. The Ancient Christians when they rehearsed that Article of the Creed, I believe the resurrection of the flesh, were wont to adde, even of this my flesh: 'Tis necessary the same flesh should be raised again. For it cannot stand with Gods justice, that one body should sin, and another body be damned. That he that sinned in one body, should be punished in another; or he that pleased God in his own flesh, should see God with other eyes. 'Tis also contrary to the very nature of the resurrection; for a resurrection is when the same body that dieth, riseth again. Otherwise it is rather a new Creation than a resurrection. As therefore the body of Christ after his resurrection was the same for substance, though much more excellent and glorious, so shall the bodies of the Saints be at their resurrection. If any shall ask how a resurrection is possible? I answer, to Angels or men this is impossible; but to an all-knowing God, whose wisdom is infinite, and to an almighty God, whose power is illimited, this is very possible. It shall be done according to the mighty working, whereby he is able to subdue all things unto himself; As the Apostle speaks, Phil. 3.21. He by whom the very haires of our heads, and the sands of the sea are all numbred, knoweth all the scattered bones, knoweth what dust belongeth to each body. And as his [Page 623] all-seeing eye observeth every particle of dissolved and corrupted man; so doth he also see and know all waies and meanes by which those scattered parts should be united; by which this ruin'd fabrick should be re-compos'd. Though the parts of the body of man be dissolved, yet they perish not. They are laid up in the secret places, and lodged in the Chambers of Nature, and 'tis no more a contradiction, that they should become the parts of the same body of man again, to which they did once belong, than that after his death, they should become the parts of any other body, as we see they do. And moreover we see by experience that our most curious glasses are made by art, even of Ashes. Cannot then the all knowing and Omniscient God, raise mens bodies out of Ashes? 'Tis as easie for God to distinguish between dust and dust, and to give to every man his own dust, as it is for a Gardiner that hath divers seeds in his hand to sever them, and know them one from another. A skilful Alchimist can extract one metal from another; much more can God Allmighty distinguish and separate one dust from another. As it was therefore only an Omnipotent power, which could mould the first dust, of which man was made, into an humane body, and breath into the nostrils of it the breath of life, so the same power can still make of the dust, returning from the bodies of men unto the earth, humane bones and flesh. For the Apostle tels [Page 624] us in the place before mentioned, that he is able to subdue all things unto himself. And further the Scripture tels us, that Christ by vertue of the dominion he obtain'd at his resurrection, must reign till he hath put all his enemies under his feet; and the last enemy that shall be destroyed is death. Now there is no destruction of death, but by a general resurrection. Christ is the Lord of the dead, and so hath a right by that dominion to raise them all to life, 1 Cor. 15.22. For as in Adam all die, even so in Christ shall all be made alive. I shall conclude this with those two famous places, John 5.28. Marvel not at this, for the hour is coming, in the which all that are in the graves shall hear his voice, V. 29. And shall come forth, they that have done good, unto the resurrection of life, and they that have done evil, unto the resurrection of damnation. Acts 24.15. And have hope towards God, which they themselves also allow, that there shall be a resurrection of the dead, both of the just, and the unjust.
Well then, seeing there will be a Resurrect [...]on,
Here possibly some will enquire, what transformations and changes Christ will make in the bodies of the Saints at the last day?
I answer, That day being to be as it were the marriage day between Christ and his Saints, he will endow their bodies with glorious qualities, as well as their souls: For he assumed their bodies [Page 625] as, well as their souls; suffered in body as well as in soul; died for their bodies as well as for their souls; and therefore will glorifie their bodies as well as their souls. But to speak more particularly; the Apostle tels us what kind of change this will be, 1 Cor. 15.41. There is one Glory of the Sun, and another of the Moon, and another Glory of the Stars, for one Star differeth from another Star in Glory. V. 42. So also is the resurrection of the dead; it is sowne in corruption, it is raised in incorruption. V. 43. It is sowne in dishonour, it is raised in glory: It is sowne in weakness, it is raised in power. V. 44. It is sowne a natural body it is raised a spiritual body.
1. Our bodies shal be made incorruptible. They are sown in corruption, but shall be raised in incorruption. They now yield to the decaies of nature, and are exercised with paines and aches; but hereafter they shall be cloathed with immortality, made wholly impassible. What a comfort must it needs be to the Saints, to think that there is a time coming when they shall have a body without aches, paines, and without decaies, that shall be alwaies in the spring of youth. The resurrection is the Saints best Physitian.
2. Our bodies shall be made glorious bodies. They are sown in dishonour, but shall be raised in glory. All deformities, and defects (which are the fruits of sin) shall be removed. As the body of Adam in innocency, was lovely and beautiful, [Page 626] compleat in all its parts, so shall ours be at the resurrection: The righteous shall shine as the Sun in the Kingdom of their Father, Mat. 13.43. If Moses's face by conversing with God but fourty daies did shine so exceedingly that they were glad to put a vail upon it; how glorious shall our bodies be, when we shall be ever with the Lord? Christ in the Mount when he was transfigured, Mat. 17.2. His face did shine as the Sun, and his raiment was white as snow. Peter, James and John were not able to bear the sight of the glory there manifested, and yet this was but a glimpse of that glory he hath now in Heaven. By this you may guesse a little at the glory of the body; when it is likened to Christs glorious body. If we would have our bodies eternally beautiful, let us labour to be truly gracious here.
3. Our bodies shall be made spiritual bodies: They are sown natural bodies, but shall be raised spiritual bodies. When we come into the other world, that world of Spirits, even our bodies shall be spiritual; not spiritual for substance, but for qualities.
1. They shall have no need of meat, drink; sleep, &c. but shall be as the Angels of God, Mat. 22.30, If Moses upon the Mount, in the state of mortality, was upheld by the power of God fourty daies, without meat, and without sleep; how much more shall we be so upheld [Page 627] for ever in the Kingdom of Heaven?
2. They shall move with great agility and nimblenesse. We shall not be clogg'd as now, but shall be able (as the Learned think) to move upwards and downwards freely, like a bird in the aire.
3. Or Lastly, Our bodies after the resurrection may be termed spiritual, because they will then be more fitted and disposed for spiritual uses, for the enjoyments and employments of Grace.
4. Our bodies shall be made powerful. They are sown in weakness, but shall rise in power. The power and strength that glorified bodies shall have, will be wonderful. In this life the eye is dazeled at the brightnesse of the Sun; but then it shall be strengthened to behold glorious sights, and not be dazeled at them. The body shall be enabled and strengthened by God, to bear that exceeding and eternal weight of Glory that shall be allotted to it.
5. Unto all these glorious perfections, and endowments, we may add this one more, the great priviledge and happiness we shall have to beh [...]ld with our bodily eyes our blessed Saviour as man. That we shall see our Redeemer with these eyes, Job plainly testifies, Job 19.25. For I know that my Redeemer liveth, and that he shall stand at the later day upon the earth. V. 26. And though after my skin, worms destroy this body, yet in my flesh shall I see God. V. 27. Whom I shall see for my self, and mine [Page 628] eyes shall behold, and not another, &c. And that this sight will add much to our happinesse, we need not doubt. The sight of Christ as man is the next object (as one saith well) to the beatifical Vision. M r Calamy in his Serm at D r Boltons Funeral. For the fulnesse of the God head dwells in him bodily, and doth as it were radiate through his body. Hence there must needs arise much joy to the beholder, both from the eminency of, and our interest in this Object. Christ in Glory, and Christ in Glory ours. As much of the Creator, as is possibly visible in the Nature of man, will be to be seen in Christ. As much contentation as the Creature can be made partaker of, by the sight of any visible Object, will be the portion of the beholders of Christ as he is man. See Mr. Nortons orthodox Evangelist.
So much for the blessedness of the Body.
II. The Saints in Heaven shall be blessed in their Souls. Let us enquire wherein this blessednesse consists.
1. The understanding being enlarg'd and widened shall have a right knowledge, a clear sight and vision of God. Now we see through a glasse darkly, 1 Cor. 13.12. but then face to face; now we know but in part, but then we shall know even as we are known; our knowledge of God now is very imperfect, but then we shall see him as he is, 1 John 3.2.
2. The will shall be perfected with absolute and [Page 629] indefective holinesse, with exact conformity to the will of God, and perfect freedom from all servitude to sin.
3. The affections shall be set right by an unalterable regularity. There shall be a constant cleaving of heart to God, a constant loving of him, without satiety or wearinesse. Here are many startings aside to the creature; but in Heaven there will be an eternal fixed delight and complacency in God.
4. The Soul will enjoy a full, immediate, uninterrupted communion with God, and fruition of him. Whilst we are here at home in the body, we are absent from the Lord, saies the Apostle, 2 Cor. 5.6. Here our comforts come in by the ministry of Ordinances, but there God will be all in all to us immediatly, 1 Cor. 15.28.
III. The Saints in Heaven shall be blessed in their Company. Oh what blessed company is there in the new Jerusalem! There is God, and Christ, and Angels, and Saints. How will God the Father welcome us? Well done good and faithful servants, enter into your Masters joy. How will our Redeemer welcome us? How joyful will he be to receive us, who shed his blood to bring us thither? How will the Holy Angels welcome us? They delight in the good of men. When man was created, those Morning Stars sung together, and those Sons of God shouted for joy, Job 38.7. When Christ came to [Page 630] redeem man, an Heavenly host of them praysed God, Luke 2.13. When man is converted; there is joy in Heaven among those blessed Spirits, Luke 15.10. How much more rejoycing will there be when we come to be glorified? Lastly, How will the blessed Saints welcome us? Our old acquaintance, with whom we have prayed, suffered, familiarly conversed. Memory is not abolished in Heaven (as one observes) but perfected. Mr. Manton in his Sermon at Mrs. Blackwels Funeral. Therefore those whom we knew here, we shall know again. A Minister shall see his Crown, and the fruit of his labours, 1 Thes. 2.19. Those that have been relieved by us, shall welcome us into Heaven, who therefore are said (according to some Interpreters) to receive us into everlasting habitations, Luke 16.9. Yea, we shall know those whom we never saw. Why else is it made a part of our priviledge to sit down with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob? Mat. 8.11. In the transfiguration, Peter knew Moses and Elias, dead many hundred years before. So shall we (as 'tis more than probable) know one another. O what blessed company shall we converse with in the City that is above.
IV. And Lastly, The Saints in Heaven shall be blessed in this, They shall have the perpetual enjoyment of all this blessednesse secured to them, without any fear of ever losing it, or being deprived [Page 631] of it. The Saints shall never put off their glorious robes, after they have once put them on. Their state is a sure eternal state of actual delights. Though there be several degrees of glory in Heaven, yet he that enjoyes the least degree, is fully satisfied with what he enjoyes. He desires not one degree of Glory above what he possesses.
What now remaines, but that we presse this duty upon our selves, frequently to meditate on this coelestial Glory. Many great benefits will accrue to us thereby.
1. This will abate our thirst after earthly things. One houres serious musing on the glory that is above, would cause the soul to be as a weaned child to the glory that is here below.
2. It will make sufferings light, Rom. 8.18. For I reckon (saies the Apostle) that the sufferings of this present time, are not worthy to be compared, with the Glory which shall be revealed in us.
3. It will make us serious in Duties. It will make us pray earnestly, hear attentively, walk circumspectly. Serious thoughts of Heaven will make us shake off lazinesse, and sloth, and with fervency of Spirit to serve the Lord.
4. It will stirre us up to an earnest desire of that righteousnesse to which such a Glory appertaines, and to a careful and constant performance of those commands to which such a reward is so [Page 632] graciously promised. Without holinesse no man shall see the Lord. Men do but deceive themselves, who think to passe immediatly from a state of corruption, to a state of Glory. Would we enter into Glory, let us labour to secure our state in Grace. Grace and Glory do not differ specifically, but gradually. When a soul is brought into a state of saving Grace, it is entred into a state of Glory: For as God hath prepared Heaven for his children, so he prepares his children for Heaven. Grace is the Nursery of Glory: As the plants of righteousness grow fit for Heaven, they are removed to Heaven, and shall be for ever with the Lord. O Lord, prepare and fit my soul for this new Jerusalem, into which no unclean thing can enter. Give me true repentance for all my sins, and wash away the guilt of them in the blood of thy dear Son, my Lord and Saviour: Sanctifie me throughout both in soul and body by thy Grace and holy Spirit, and enable me to glorifie thee in this life, that I may hereafter enter into thy Kingdom, into that eternal state of Glory, bliss, and purity. O let me not have my portion in this life, but when thou sendest for me out of this world by death, Lord receive my soul (for thy free mercy and my Saviours merits sake) into those Heavenly mansions, where there is fulnesse of joy, and pleasures at thy right hand for evermore. Amen.
BOOKS Printed for, and are to be sold by JOHN ROTHWEL, at the Fountain and Bear in Cheap-side.
- A
- Mr. AInsworth Arrow against Idolatry in fol. & 12
- Dr. Ames Cases of conscience. Engl.
- Marrow of Divinity. 4 On Peter. 4
- D. Arrowsmith Tactica Sacra sive de milite spirituali pugnante, Vincente & Triumphante.
- Annotations on the Bible by the Dutch Ministers, fol.
- Assembly Confes. Catechism large and small in 4 with Scriptures at large.
- B
- M. Bradshaw Sin against the H. Ghost 12
- M. Bridges Babylons downfal 4
- M. Bohemus on 100 Scriptures opened 8
- M. Broxolme on Perkins Six Principles 8
- M. Bucklers Assize Sermon
- C
- M.
Church, Miscelanies of the Attributes of God
- The Creatures of God 4
- Good mans Treasury 12
- Of Ejaculations 12
- His Golden Sayings 12
- Pocket companion 12
- M.
Culverwells Light of nature 4
- White stone (alone) 8
- M. Clark Of Persecution and Lives of Ministers. folio.
- M. Cravens Catechisme 8
- M. Cotton of singing of Psalmes 4
- Catechising and Conference by the Ministers of the Isle of Wight.
- M.
Church, Miscelanies of the Attributes of God
-
[Page]D
- M. Dales Shepherdizing of Lambs 8
- D. Drake De sanguine 4
- M.
Dyke of Epping, His Right Receiving of Christ 8
- Safety in case of danger 8
- Select Sermons of Quenching the Spirit, and Pardon of sin, &c. 8
- F
- Mr
Fenner of Affections 4
- Of Conscience 4
- Alarm for drousie Saints 4
- Wilful Impenitency 4
- Catechism, On the Creed
- Lords Prayer
- Ten Commandments,
- M.
Ford of Baptism, Catechising, and first Fruits of Davids Government 8
- His Catechise against the Anabaptists
- Mr
Fenner of Affections 4
- G
- Germany Lamentations Octavo
- Invasion Octavo
- Prodigies Octavo
- H
- M.
Hughes Of Affliction, the benefit of it 4
- Funeral Sermon 4
- Parliament Sermon 4
- M.
Hooks New-Englands Tears 4
- New-Englands Sense 4
- M.
How of Universal Redemption 4
- Pagan Preacher silenced 4
- M. Haines Grammar 8
- M. Hanmer Of Confirmation
- M.
Hughes Of Affliction, the benefit of it 4
- L
- M.
Lockier Balm for bleeding England and Ireland 8
- Communion of Church Militant
- Discovery of Sincerity 8
- [Page]Olive Leafe 8
- Parliament Sermon 4
- Englands Wounds 4
-
Love, Grace with its different degrees 8
- Zealous Christian 4
- Heavens Glory and Hels Terror 4
- Effectual Calling 4
- Combat between the Flesh and Spirit 4
- Directory of a Christian 4
- The Penitent Pardoned 4
- The Dejected Souls Cure
- Administration of Angels 4
- Gods Omni-presence
- The Sinners Legacy to their posterity 4
- By Mr. Calamy
- By Mr. Whitaker
- By Mr. Ashe
- By Mr. Taylor
- Longland On the four last things. Death, Judgment, Hell and Heaven 12
- M.
Lockier Balm for bleeding England and Ireland 8
- M
- M.
Milton His Reason of Church-Government 4
- Apology for Smectymnuus
- M.
Mathers Catechism 8
- Reply to M. Rutherford 4
- M.
Milton His Reason of Church-Government 4
- P
- M. Pool His Answer to Biddles Denial of the H. Ghost to be God 12 His Vindication of the Ministry 4
- A Pacification between the Lutheran and Reformed Churches 8
- M. Perrot The Scripture Stability
- R
- Bp. Richardson his choice Observations on the Old Testament, as a supplement to the large Annot. fol.
- M Robouro [...]gh against Goodwin about Justification 4
- [Page]M [...] Robinson Christ is all in all 4
- M. Ruttons Sermon before the Lord Mayor
- S
- Smectymnuus redivivus first and second Parts about Episcopacy and Presbytery 4
- M.
Shepherd on the Sabbath, with Cases of Conscience 8
- Of Subjection to Christ 8 On the Parab. of the 10 Virg. 4
- D.
Sibbs Miracle of Miracles 4
- Glorious feast of the Gospel 4 His Glance of Heaven 12
- Spiritual mans aim 12 His Charter of a Christian 12
- Conference between Christ and Mary after his Resurrect. 12
- On 2. Epist. Cor. Chap. 4. 4
- D.
Stoughtons Sermons in his younger years 4
- His form of sound words, with the righteous mans plea to true Happinesse 4
- Heavenly conversation, Two Sermons 12
- D.
Seaman of Ordination 4 His Solomons choice 4
- Head of the Church 4 Glasse for the times 4
- Mrs. Scots exemplary life and death drawn up by several Minist.
- T
-
Thaesaurus Poeticus 12 D.
Tuckney Balm for Gilead 12
- Death disarmed: A Sermon at D Hills Funeral 12
- None but Christ 12
- M. Tutty Funeral Sermon
-
Thaesaurus Poeticus 12 D.
Tuckney Balm for Gilead 12
- V
- M.
Venning Orthodox Parodoxes 8
- New Command octavo
- Mysteries & Revelat. octavo
- Milk and Honey Second Part. octavo
- Warning to Backslid. octavo
- Way to Heaven 4 octavo
- Sermon on the 5th. of November
- M.
Venning Orthodox Parodoxes 8
- W
- Wise Virgin, A Narrative of Gods dealing with a child of eleven years of age; and her gracious speeches in time of her affliction: Published by three Ministers. 8
- M. Whitlock and M Reinolds Funeral Sermon of Francis Pierpointe Esq;